New Mailing Standards for Domestic Mailing Services Products, 25527-25569 [2015-10029]

Download as PDF Vol. 80 Monday, No. 85 May 4, 2015 Part III Postal Service mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 39 CFR Part 111 New Mailing Standards for Domestic Mailing Services Products; Final Rule VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25528 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations POSTAL SERVICE 39 CFR Part 111 New Mailing Standards for Domestic Mailing Services Products Postal ServiceTM. ACTION: Final rule. AGENCY: On April 16, 2015, the Postal Service filed a notice of mailing services price adjustments with the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC), effective May 31, 2015. This final rule contains the revisions to Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) to implement the changes coincident with the price adjustments and other minor DMM changes. DATES: Effective date: May 31, 2015. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Karen Key, 202–268–7492, John Rosato, 202–268–8597, or Suzanne Newman, 202–695–0550. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Prices are available under Docket Number R2015– 4 on the Postal Regulatory Commission’s Web site at www.prc.gov. The Postal Service’s final rule includes changes to certain market dominant prices. Directly below, we discuss comments on proposed price changes, and the Postal Service’s responses to those comments, followed by a summary of minor DMM changes. SUMMARY: Comments on Proposed Changes mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Summary The Postal Service received four formal responses to our proposed rule as comments, questions, or suggestions related to prices. Changes to Prices We received one formal question from a mailer on prices and three formal comments from mailers voicing opposition to the price increases. One mailer questioned why First-ClassTM commercial automation prices in the PRC filing were slightly lower than the proposed prices posted on Postal Explorer®. Response: We believe that the mailer was viewing the CPI prices without exigent surcharges within the filing; therefore, the customer was advised to view Attachment A, Part II, Changes to Mail Classification Schedule (CPI Prices + Exigent Surcharges) which was filed under Docket Number R2015–4 on the Postal Regulatory Commission’s Web site at www.prc.gov. One periodicals printer/mailer commented that the Industry as a whole were unaware of the Postal Service’s intentions for price changes any time in VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 2015. This commenter recommended leaving the Exigent pricing in place as long as there were no additional increases for the next two to three years. A fulfillment company which uses various classes of mail and serves both consumer and business customers, including commercial and non-profit, urged deferral of the proposed price increase for postage rates in 2015 until 2016, except for the increases applicable to Standard Mail® parcels. The commenter stated that the Postal Service did not signal postage increases for 2015, any time during 2014. Therefore, mailers/clients budgeted accordingly and any increases would cause the customers to mail less, if at all. The commenter continued that price increases in 2014 have already impacted mail volumes, and mailers are offering e-gifts, over postage and fulfillment costs. Further, with diminishing volumes due to price increases, the commenter suggested that the Postal Service pursue internal efficiency goals, including reducing the costs of labor, facilities, and processing instead of enacting postage increases. Response: The Postal Service signaled its intention in January 2015 that new pricing, combined with increased efficiencies gained through network consolidation and improved processing, supported the overall strategic direction of the Postal Service. One Mail Service Provider commented on the virtues of eDocumentation (eDoc) and seamless acceptance and directed his recommendation in support of future price increases to reduce the differences between automation and nonautomation prices, to encourage more mailers to participate in eDoc, which is a requirement for seamless acceptance participation. Response: The Postal Service appreciates the recommendation and will consider it during future pricing evaluations. Changes to Extra Services Certificate of Mailing We received two comments from mailers related to the changes to Certificate of Mailing service, generally stating that there has not been a sufficient amount of notification for the changes, that mailers were not directly engaged in the development of these proposed changes, and the technical integration work required of the mailers to comply with the changes will take time and be a significant cost factor. There appeared to be some confusion on the actual extent of the changes proposed. One commenter further PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 suggested that the Postal Service eliminate pursuing changes as mailers are moving toward electronic notifications instead of purchasing Certificate of Mailing service. The commenter also stated that the Postal Service should permit the two domestic Certificate of Mailing options to remain as they are today, and implement the new version as optional. The mailer also suggested that the Postal Service change the proposed rule to an Advanced Notice. Response: To provide clarification, the proposed changes to Certificate of Mailing did not include eliminating the provision of a date stamp (postmark) on the forms, nor provision of the piecelevel data from mail processing equipment. The current acceptance and sampling procedures were not changing. Return Receipt After Mailing We received two comments from mailers and one from mailer associations who disagreed with our proposal to retire Return Receipt after MailingTM (RRAM). Opposition surrounded the flexibility and the costs to purchase return receipts at the time of mailing versus after mailing. One third-party mailer using Certified Mail® voiced concern that this appeared to be reducing the level of Certified Mail service. Response: The Postal Service believes that allowing a mailer to purchase a return receipt at the time of mailing still provides the same or a preferable service to customers. A hard-copy return receipt purchased at the time of mailing provides the recipient’s actual hardcopy signature when the mailpiece can be successfully delivered as addressed. A PS Form 3811–A, Request for Delivery Information/Return Receipt After Mailing, provides either information from the delivery record (recorded and postmarked by an employee on the form) or an electronic signature (electronic return receipt) provided to the mailer when an email address has been provided. Restricting the purchase of a return receipt to only at the time of mailing will eliminate manual efforts needed to process a hardcopy PS Form 3811–A. The cost of purchasing return receipt (PS Form 3811, Domestic Return Receipt) at the time of mailing (currently $2.70) or an electronic return receipt at the time of mailing (currently $1.35) are both significantly lower than the cost of purchasing a return receipt after mailing (currently $5.25). The Postal Regulatory Commission’s Order 2388 on March 10, 2015, confirmed that the elimination of RRAM does not violate applicable law and regulations. Therefore, this product E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations will be removed from the Postal Service’s product offering. so, a formal advanced notice would be provided. Other Comments Indemnity Claims and Refunds In continuing our efforts to streamline and improve the refunds and claims processes for our customers, the Postal Service proposed that mailers would file their requests for any applicable extra service fee refunds using an online application instead of submitting hardcopy requests to the local Postmaster. Although the Postal Service has approval to proceed with this enhancement, the final implementation date is not yet determined and will be communicated in a future final rule. Three other formal comments were received; one comment on more than one item, one with a question not related to the proposed rulemaking, and one with a suggestion. One mailer association voiced displeasure regarding changes to FSS preparation, Certificate of Mailing, and the late fee proposed for overdue Address Correction Service fees. The association urged the Postal Service not to implement any price or mail preparation changes. Another mailer association commented that there were too many changes in the proposed rule and suggested that changes be separated into three or four separate proposals. One representative of a mailer association questioned the context of a DMM section mentioned in the proposed rule that was outside of the proposed rulemaking. Response: The Postal Service has received prior feedback that changes should be combined and implemented simultaneously to help reduce the number of changes throughout a calendar year. Knowing the complete scope of what is planned helps vendors and mailers better understand the strategic vision of what is planned. The FSS changes in the proposal were a reflection of previous mailer feedback to continue to improve FSS pricing and mail preparation to obtain additional cost efficiencies. The late fees for Address Correction Services will be considered in the future and have been withdrawn from the final rule. First-Class Mail Parcels In November 2014, the Governors approved filing for the transfer of FirstClass Mail® Parcels from a market dominant to a competitive product. The pleading was filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) on November 14, 2014, Docket No. MC2015–7. As of this date, the PRC has not yet ruled on the filing, therefore, no changes to the standards for First-Class Mail Parcels are being announced as part of this final rule. mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Return Receipt for Merchandise The Postal Service has elected to defer its proposal to eliminate Return Receipt for Merchandise effective April 26, 2015, filed in Docket No. MC2015–8, following conditional approval received from the Commission (Order No. 2322, January 15, 2015). The Postal Service will continue to evaluate whether Return Receipt for Merchandise service will be eliminated in the future, and if VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Summary of Changes To Be Implemented Changes for First-Class Mail Prices The Postal Service will maintain the First-Class Mail single-piece stamp price at 49 cents, and the price for singlepiece flats up to one ounce at 98 cents. The single-piece additional ounce and non-machinable surcharge prices will increase one cent to 22 cents. The Metered Mail price will increase modestly but will still remain below the single-piece stamp price. A complete list of approved prices for First-Class MailTM is available under Docket Number R2015–4 on the Postal Regulatory Commission’s Web site at www.prc.gov. Package Services Package Services (Alaska Bypass, Bound Printed Matter, Media Mail®, and Library Mail) prices were adjusted for these products. Standard Mail Prices Standard Mail prices were adjusted. Periodicals Prices Periodicals prices were adjusted. Returns Simplification The Postal Service is making several changes to merchandise return options. Customers may establish a single Return Services permit, and pay a single Return Services annual account maintenance fee at any Post Office, to receive any one, or a combination of, the following returns offerings: • Merchandise Return Service (MRS), including USPS Returns paid using a scan-based payment method. • Parcel Return Service (PRS). Upon annual renewal, the Return Services permit and annual accounting fees will be waived for those mailers showing outbound package volume paid using their outbound permit imprint account within the prior year. The Postal Service is expanding the amount PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25529 of insurance available for purchase with returns as detailed under the insurance section of this final rule. Additionally, Parcel Return Service—Full Network is eliminated as a general offering and retained only as an option for customers under a Negotiated Service Agreement (NSA). Merchandise Return Service The Postal Service will replace the use of market dominant First-Class Mail parcels, Package Services (Media Mail, Library Mail, and Bound Printed Matter), and Standard PostTM for MRS with First-Class Package Service and Parcel Select® Nonpresort (ground) products. The Postal Service believes that our business mailers using MRS today can receive the same handling and delivery service options when using our commercially-priced products, or one of the other existing returns products. Additional changes to the DMM include removing obsolete language allowing MRS labels to be sent by fax. An IMpb is required by current standards on all MRS labels, and which align with standards prohibiting the faxing of MRS labels with USPS Tracking barcodes. Bulk Parcel Return Service The Postal Service will eliminate the BPRS annual permit and account maintenance fees as a requirement for the service. Additionally, in support of our visibility initiatives, all BPRS labels will require an IMpb. This change aligns with the IMpb requirement on all other return services labels for parcels, and on all outbound commercial parcels. All other requirements for participation will remain unchanged. Extra Services The following items represent the changes to extra services: USPS Tracking With this final rule, USPS Tracking will be included at no additional charge for First-Class Mail parcels, Media Mail, Library Mail, and Bound Printed Matter as long as the label includes an accurate Intelligent Mail package barcode (IMpb). USPS Tracking will still be available for purchase with Standard Mail parcels, including Marketing Parcels. Insurance The Postal Service will combine the domestic Priority Mail Express® merchandise insurance and the domestic general insurance tables into one table. No other changes will be made to the insurance included with Priority Mail Express and Priority Mail®, or to the options for purchasing E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25530 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations additional insurance for any applicable outbound product. However, the ability to purchase insurance coverage for USPS returns products will be expanded to allow either the Returns Services permit holder, or the sender using the returns label, to purchase insurance up to the current allowable limit of $5,000.00. There will be no other changes to the standard which disallows any ‘‘included’’ insurance coverage for returns products. The Postal Service will adjust the insurance threshold for capturing the recipient’s signature at the time of delivery from items insured for more than $200.00, to items insured for more than $500.00. Additionally, the delivery record (including a copy of the recipient’s signature) will be provided to mailers at no additional charge for items insured for more than $500.00 (excludes insurance purchased for more than $500.00 for returns). Customers who want a signature for their outbound items insured for $500.00 or less can purchase Signature ConfirmationTM service in addition to insurance. Certified Mail The Postal Service introduces three new combined offerings under Certified Mail® service: • Certified Mail Restricted Delivery (available through all channels); • Certified Mail Adult Signature Required; • Certified Mail Adult Signature Restricted Delivery (available online and to commercial mailers only). mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Restricted Delivery The Postal Service will replace restricted delivery service, which is currently used as a separate add-on and price, with a combination of extra services (with which restricted delivery can be purchased today). Customers may choose from the following restricted delivery combined services: • Certified Mail Restricted Delivery. • Certified Mail Adult Signature Restricted Delivery. • Collect on Delivery (COD) Restricted Delivery. • Insurance (over $500.00) Restricted Delivery. • Registered MailTM Restricted Delivery. • Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery (expanded from online only, to include retail and commercial channels.) Return Receipt The Postal Service is adjusting the availability of a domestic return receipt from items insured for more than $200.00, to items insured for more than VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 $500.00, which aligns with the threshold changes to insured mail for which USPSTM obtains a delivery record (that includes the recipient’s signature). Additionally, the hardcopy PS Form 3811, Domestic Return Receipt, or any USPS-approved facsimile, will include an IMpb that will be electronically linked to the IMpb for the applicable extra service for the mailpiece. The IMpb on the return receipt will provide tracking visibility to mailers similar to that provided for other extra services requiring an IMpb. The option for purchasing a return receipt after mailing is being eliminated. Mailers wishing to receive a copy of the delivery record (including the recipient’s signature obtained at the time of delivery) will still be able to do so by purchasing the applicable extra service at the time of mailing. USPS Signature Services The Postal Service introduces a USPS SignatureTM service umbrella which will encompass the various extra services that provide electronic signature data (including the recipient’s signature obtained at the time of delivery). The basic standards for the extra services will remain unchanged. The USPS Signature services umbrella will encompass: • Signature Confirmation. • Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery. • Adult Signature Required *. • Adult Signature Restricted Delivery *. * This USPS Signature service is only available through online or commercial channels. Adult Signature Adult Signature Required and Adult Signature Restricted Delivery options are expanded to include First-Class Package Service and Parcel Select Lightweight® pieces purchased through commercial channels. Customers using these products are able to choose either Adult Signature Required (delivery to an individual with identification showing they are at least 21 years of age) or Adult Signature Restricted Delivery (delivery to an individual specified by name with identification showing who they are, and that they are at least 21 years of age). Certificate of Mailing The following changes related to domestic Certificate of Mailing service are being made: A new firm sheet, PS Form 3665, Certificate of Mailing—Firm (Domestic), is being introduced for commercial mailers presenting three or more mailpieces at one time (replacing PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 the use of the PS Form 3877 firm sheet as domestic certificates of mailing) and a new PS Form 3606–D, Certificate of Bulk Mailing (For Domestic Use) (replacing the use of the current PS Form 3606). However, until further notice, the Postal Service will grant a grace period for forms implementation and allow mailers to use up existing supplies of current facsimiles (of either replaced form). This exception is universal in scope and does not require a unique request for an exception. The additional changes to Certificate of Mailing service will limit the use of PS Form 3817, Certificate of Mailing, to fewer than three pieces presented at retail locations at one time, and PS Form 3665—Firm for three or more pieces presented at one time. Mailers presenting fewer than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) of corresponding articles at one time, will be permitted to present PS Form 3665—Firm or PS Form 3606–D at retail Post OfficeTM locations. Mailers presenting at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first; lesser amounts only if deemed reasonable by USPS management) of corresponding articles at one time, must do so at a Business Mail Entry Unit (BMEU) or USPS authorized DMU (Detached Mail Unit). Collect on Delivery (COD) PS Form 3816, COD Mailing and Delivery Receipt, used for Collect on Delivery (COD) service will be revised to include a Hold For Pickup and a street delivery option for mailers using online and commercial payment methods. Additionally, mailers will have the option to obtain Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), in lieu of a postal money order, for remittance of COD payments made by cash. No fee is associated with remittances made via EFT; however, mailers must be authorized by the Postal Service to participate in the EFT option. Special Handling The Postal Service has redesigned special handling service by eliminating the weight threshold associated with special handling fees, and creating content-specific identifiers. Only the Fragile category will include a fee. The Postal Service added the following content-specific handling service codes under the special handling umbrella: • Hazardous Material Transportation. • Fragile. • Perishable. E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Changes to Flats mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Incenting for Flats Sequencing System (FSS) Preparation The Postal Service is adding a new FSS piece price for all FSS qualifying pieces for machinable barcoded (automation) flats and machinable nonbarcoded/nonautomation flats. Sortation of High Density and High Density Plus Carrier Route flats will continue to be optional for inclusion in FSS scheme bundles. However, if included in the FSS sort, they will no longer be considered High Density or High Density Plus mailpieces and will pay the new FSS piece price. High Density and High Density Plus mailers may continue to prepare their mail destined to FSS ZIPs as High Density and High Density Plus Carrier Route pieces and would sort, bundle, and containerize them as they would for Non-FSS ZIPs and pay the applicable High Density and High Density Plus prices. However, the Postal Service has added a new destination entry for these High Density and High Density Plus Carrier Route flats containers going to FSS zones. Mailers will be able to enter these containers at the applicable FSS facility and receive a DFSS entry price for these High Density or High Density Plus that is applicable to the DSCF entry price. All FSS scheme and facility containers (including sacks and flat trays) entered at an FSS facility will be eligible for the DFSS entry price for Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Bound Printed Matter (BPM) flats. The Postal Service also added new destination entry pricing (DFSS) for eligible FSS scheme and facility containers for qualifying FSS Periodicals, Standard Mail flats and Bound Printed Matter flats. Besides enhanced FSS piece pricing and container specific DFSS destination entry pricing, Periodicals will also have bundle pricing for FSS scheme bundles and container prices for FSS Scheme and FSS Facility containers. All BPM flats pieces that bear addresses within FSS Zip-CodesTM must be sorted to FSS schemes. This includes pieces that are currently sorted to the 5-digit and Carrier Route level and dropped at the DDU. All qualified FSS schemed BPM flats will be reported as: Origin entry (None) zones 1–9 FSS scheme, DNDC entry zones 1–5 FSS scheme, DSCF entry FSS Scheme; or DFSS entry for the pieces in FSS scheme bundles in or on a FSS scheme container; or in FSS scheme bundles in or on a FSS facility container. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Incenting for 5-digit Pallets of Carrier Route Bundles A new incentive is included for Periodicals and Standard Mail flats. There will be separate prices for carrier route pieces on 5-digit Carrier Routes or 5-digit Scheme Carrier Routes pallets which consist entirely of carrier route bundles for the same applicable 5-digit or 5-digit scheme. 2015 Promotions The Postal Service will offer the following four mailing promotions in three categories in calendar year 2015 (details of these promotions will be available on RIBBS at https:// ribbs.usps.gov/ index.cfm?page=mailingpromotions: Leverage Value of First-Class Mail 1. Earned Value Promotion; May 1– July 31 2. Color Transpromo Promotion; June 1–November 30 Mobile Technology—Standard Mail and First-Class Mail 3. Advanced and Emerging Technologies Promotion; June 1– November 30 Technology Drives Relevance— Standard Mail 4. Mail Drives Mobile Engagement Promotion; July 1–December 31 Ancillary Service Endorsements Change Service Requested Option 2 The standards for the treatment of Standard Mail letters and flats, and Bound Printed Matter Flats will be revised to allow mailers an additional ancillary service endorsement option. Other DMM Clarifications, Changes and Corrections Return Call Tag (Print and Deliver Return Label Service) Name Change This article serves as notice to customers that the Postal Service renames Call Tag Return Service (implemented in September 2014) as Print and Deliver Return Label Service. Print and Deliver Return Label Service provides an option for permit holders to electronically request that an applicable USPS-return label, which is then generated and delivered by USPS to their customer (label end-user). Competitive Post Office (PO) Box Services The Postal Service will clarify the language in the DMM standards for competitive PO BoxTM service, when box holders in competitive locations use the optional street addressing PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25531 enhancement. Customers who choose to use this designation also have the option of receiving packages from private carriers at their Post Office BoxTM address. Packages from private carriers being delivered to a customer at a competitive Post Office Box service location, when using the street addressing designation option, do not require U.S. Postage to be affixed on the face of the package. Standard Mail Marketing Parcels Clarifying language will be added to the standards for Standard MailTM Marketing Parcels to indicate that bulk insurance is not available because bulk insurance is already excluded by standards for items bearing an alternate address format. Expedited Markings on Mailpieces Clarification will be made to the mailing standards for use of expedited attention, handling, or delivery markings (e.g., ‘‘Urgent,’’ ‘‘Rush Delivery,’’ or ‘‘Time Sensitive’’) on mailpieces. Over time, some mailers have expanded the use of these markings to classes of mail other than Standard MailTM paid by permit imprint, as originally intended and described in the standards. In some cases the wording used has been expanded, risking or creating trademark infringements and false advertising. This final rule provides all mailers detailed standards for the use of expedited handling or delivery markings across all products and mailpieces. Change of Address Orders by Phone Revisions are being made to update standards for change of address orders made by phone. The corporate call center no longer accepts change-ofaddress orders, requiring customer authorization using a credit card. Customers may continue to make change-of-address orders online at https://moversguide.usps.com which requires customer verification using a credit card (authentication fee charged), by submitting PS Form 3575, Change of Address Order, or other written notice, to any Post Office. Indemnity Claims and Refunds Revisions are being made for claims to eliminate outdated or duplicate information as follows: Proof of value: Invoices or bills of sales must be paid receipts, not solely a customer’s statement and a picture from a catalog showing value of an item. Payable claims: The USPS is not presumed to be at fault without any E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25532 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations physical damage to the package for live bees, crickets, and poultry. Complete loss: If the insured, registered, or COD article is lost (not damaged), the payment includes an additional amount for the postage (not associated fee) paid by the sender. Miscellaneous 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001–3011, 3201– 3219, 3403–3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001. 2. Revise the following sections of the Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM). * * * * * ■ ***EDDM—Retail flats may bear Repositionable Notes under 202.7.0.*** * * * * * 200 Commercial Mail 201 Physical Standards * * * * * Repositionable Notes (RPNs) Clarification will be made in the DMM to remove references to the former price charged for RPNs which was eliminated. Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM) 3.0 Physical Standards for Machinable and Automation Letters and Cards * * 100 Retail Mail Bound Printed Matter (BPM) On December 15, 2014, the Postal Service published Postal Bulletin issue 22405, which revised the DMM to remove unnecessary language related to the former BPM barcode discount for flats which was replaced by a FullService Intelligent Mail option for BPM flats. This final rule revises the DMM further to remove residual references to the former barcode discount for BPM flats. The DMM language will be aligned with the Mail Classification Schedule which permits presorted or Carrier Route barcoded BPM flats to be prepared as Full-Service mailings. Although these corrections will not be published in the DMM until June 1, 2015, they may be followed immediately. * * List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111 Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service. Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is amended as follows: * * * * * * * * * 3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings * 4.0 Physical Standards for Flats * * * * * * * * * * * [Insert new 3.5 to read as follows:] 3.5 Marking Expedited Handling on Mail Mailpieces bearing references to expedited handling or delivery (e.g., ‘‘Urgent,’’ ‘‘Rush Delivery,’’ ‘‘Time Sensitive’’) must meet the requirements under 604.5.3.5. * * * * * 140 Every Door Direct Mail—Retail (EDDM-Retail) Prices and Eligibility * * * * * 2.0 Content Standards for EDDM— Retail Flats PART 111—[AMENDED] * 1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as follows: 2.5 Attachments and Enclosures [Revise the third sentence of the introductory text of 2.5 to read as follows:] Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301– 307; 18 U.S.C. 1692–1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, * [Revise the second sentence of 3.18 to read as follows:] * * *For Business Reply Mail (BRM) see 505.1.0, for pre-paid reply mail (also known as Metered Reply Mail) or Courtesy Reply Mail (CRM) see 505.2.6. 102 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece 143 ■ * 3.18 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes * * * * * * * 4.7 Flat-Size Pieces Not Eligible for Flat-Size Prices [Revise the introductory text of 4.7 to read as follows:] Flat-size mailpieces that do not meet the standards in 4.3 through 4.6 must pay applicable higher prices as follows: * * * * * b. * * * Under the column heading ‘‘eligibility as presented,’’ flats will be considered to be presented as automation flats only if they meet all other eligibility standards for automation flats. [Revise Exhibit 4.7b, Pricing for Flats Exceeding Maximum Deflection, to read as follows:] Exhibit 4.7b Pricing for Flats Exceeding Maximum Deflection (see 4.6) FIRST-CLASS MAIL AUTOMATION * * * * * * * * * FIRST-CLASS MAIL PRESORTED (NONAUTOMATION) mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * * * PERIODICALS OUTSIDE COUNTY Piece price eligibility as presented ............................................................................................. Piece price eligibility with failed deflection. Basic Carrier Route flat, if not entered at a DDU ...................................................................... Machinable barcoded FSS ......................................................................................................... Machinable barcoded 5-digit flat ................................................................................................. Machinable barcoded 3-digit flat ................................................................................................. Machinable barcoded ADC flat ................................................................................................... Machinable 5-digit flat. Nonmachinable barcoded Nonmachinable barcoded Nonmachinable barcoded Nonmachinable barcoded VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 5-digit flat. 5-digit flat. 3-digit flat. ADC flat. 25533 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Machinable barcoded MADC flat ................................................................................................ Machinable nonbarcoded FSS ................................................................................................... Machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat ........................................................................................... Machinable nonbarcoded 3-digit flat ........................................................................................... Machinable nonbarcoded ADC flat ............................................................................................. Machinable nonbarcoded MADC flat .......................................................................................... Nonmachinable barcoded or nonbarcoded flat .......................................................................... Nonmachinable barcoded MADC flat. Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat. Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat. Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 3-digit flat. Nonmachinable nonbarcoded ADC flat. Nonmachinable nonbarcoded MADC flat. Price claimed, if otherwise eligible. PERIODICALS IN–COUNTY * * * * * * * STANDARD MAIL Eligibility as presented ................................................................................................................ Basic Carrier Route flat, if not entered at a DDU ...................................................................... Automation FSS Sch Pallet ........................................................................................................ Automation FSS Other ................................................................................................................ Automation FSS Sch Cont. ......................................................................................................... Automation FSS Facility Cont. .................................................................................................... Automation 5-digit flat ................................................................................................................. Automation 3-digit flat ................................................................................................................. Automation ADC flat ................................................................................................................... Automation MADC flat ................................................................................................................ Nonautomation flat (all sort levels) ............................................................................................. Eligibility with failed deflection Nonautomation 5-digit flat. Nonautomation FSS Sch Pallet. Nonautomation FSS Other. Nonautomation FSS Sch Cont. Nonautomation FSS Facility Cont. Nonautomation 5-digit flat. Nonautomation 3-digit flat. Nonautomation ADC flat. Nonautomation MADC flat. Nonautomation MADC flat. BOUND PRINTED MATTER Eligibility as presented ................................................................................................................ Carrier Route flat, if not entered at a DDU ................................................................................ Barcoded/nonbarcoded presorted flat ........................................................................................ Barcoded/nonbarcoded FSS Sch flat ......................................................................................... Eligibility with failed deflection. Carrier Route parcel. Presorted parcel. Presorted parcel Price as claimed, if otherwise eligible. Nonbarcoded nonpresorted flat. * * * * * 202 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece barcode dimensions and spacing requirements in 708.4.0. * * * * * * * * * 7.0 Repositionable Notes (RPNs) 7.1 Use * * * * 3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings * * * * * [Insert new 3.5.1 to read as follows:] 3.5.1 Mail Marking Expedited Handling on Mailpieces bearing references to expedited handling or delivery (e.g., ‘‘Urgent,’’ ‘‘Rush Delivery,’’ ‘‘Time Sensitive’’) must meet the requirements under 604.5.3.5. * * * * * 5.0 Barcode Placement Letters and Flats mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * 5.2 Flat-Size 5.2.1 * * * Barcode Placement for Flats 207 [Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 to read as follows:] * * * The portion of the surface of the piece on which the Intelligent Mail barcode is printed must meet the VerDate Sep<11>2014 22:21 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 [Revise the introductory sentence to read as follows:] RPNs are not assessed a fee when used, and must meet all of the following standards: * * * * * [Revise the text of item 7.1f to read as follows:] f. Attach the RPNs to all pieces in the mailing, except as provided for nonidentical manifested mail. * * * * * [Delete 7.5, Prices, in its entirety and renumber current 7.6, Compliance, as new 7.5.] * * * * * Periodicals * * * * * 2.0 Price Application and Computation * PO 00000 * * Frm 00007 * Fmt 4701 * Sfmt 4700 2.1 Price Application * * * * * 2.1.8 Applying Outside-County Bundle Prices * * * The following additional standards apply: * * * * * [Revise the text of 2.1.8 item b to read as follows:] b. For bundles with both In-County and Outside-County pieces, mailers do not pay the bundle charge for carrier route, 5-digit/scheme bundles and FSS scheme bundles. * * * * * 2.2 Computing Postage * * 2.2.8 * * * Total Postage [Revise the text of 2.2.8 to read as follows:] Total Outside-County postage is the sum of the per pound and per piece charges, the bundle charges, the container charges, and any Ride-Along charges; minus all discounts, rounded off to the nearest whole cent. Total InCounty postage is the sum of the per pound and per piece charges, and any E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25534 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Ride-Along charges, less all discounts, rounded off to the nearest whole cent. * * * * * 12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Eligibility * * 12.3 * * 14.0 Barcoded (Automation) Eligibility * Prices—In-County 12.3.1 5-digit prices apply to: * * * * * [Revise item 12.3.1c to read as follows:] c. Qualifying flats sorted to a FSS scheme under 705.14.0. Three-Digit Prices 3-digit prices apply to: * * * * * [Delete item 12.3.2c in its entirety] * * * * * 13.0 * Carrier Route Eligibility * 13.2 * * * Sorting 13.2.1 Basic Standards * * * Carrier route prices apply to copies that are prepared in carrier route bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, subject to these standards: * * * * * b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier route prices apply to carrier route bundles that are sorted in one of the following ways: * * * * * [Delete 13.2.1b item 4 in its entirety] * * * * * 13.3 Walk-Sequence Prices 13.3.1 14.4.2 3-digit automation prices apply to: * * * * [Delete 14.4.2 item c in its entirety] * * * * * 17.0 Documentation Eligibility [Revise the second sentence of 13.3.1 to read as follows:] * 14.2 Eligibility Standards for FullService Automation Periodicals All pieces entered under the fullservice automation option must: * * * * * [Revise 14.2 item c to read as follows:] c. Be scheduled for an appointment through the Facility Access and Shipment Tracking (FAST) system when deposited as a DNDC, DADC, DSCF, or DFSS drop shipment. * * * * * 17.4.2 14.4 Prices—In-County 14.4.1 Five-Digit Prices 5-digit automation prices apply to: * * * * * [Revise 14.4.1 item c to read as follows:] c. Qualifying flats sorted to a FSS scheme under 705.14.0. * * * * * Three-Digit Prices * 14.1 Basic Standards All pieces in a Periodicals barcoded (automation) mailing must: * * * * * [Revise 14.1 item d to read as follows:] d. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in 705.8.0 (if palletized); or 24.0 (for letters) or 25.0 (for flats) or; for nonletter-size mail, 705.9.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0; or for nonletter-size mail, bundles prepared on or in pallets, trays, sacks or other approved container under 705.14.0. * * * * * Five-Digit Prices 12.3.2 * * * High density and saturation mailings must be prepared in carrier walk sequence according to USPS schemes see 23.8. * * * * * * * 17.4.1 Basic Standards [Revise the first sentence of 17.4.1 to read as follows:] The publisher must be able to present documentation to support the actual number of copies of each edition of an issue, by entry point, mailed to each zone, at DDU, DSCF, DADC, DFSS and In-County prices.* * * * * * * * Format Report the number of copies mailed to each 3-digit ZIP Code area at zone prices using one of the following formats: * * * * * [Revise the first sentence of 17.4.2 item b to read as follows:] b. Report copies by zone (In-County DDU, In-County others, Outside-County DDU, Outside-County DFSS, OutsideCounty DSCF, and Outside-County DADC) and by 3-digit ZIP Code, in ascending numeric order, for each zone. *** 17.4.3 Zone Abbreviations [Revise the text of 17.4.3 to read as follows:] Use the actual price name or the authorized zone abbreviation in the listings in 17.3 and 17.4.2. Price equivalent mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 ICD ........................................................................................................................................................... IC .............................................................................................................................................................. DDU .......................................................................................................................................................... FSS .......................................................................................................................................................... SCF .......................................................................................................................................................... ADC .......................................................................................................................................................... 1–2 or 1/2 ................................................................................................................................................. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (as applicable) .................................................................................................................. M .............................................................................................................................................................. 18.0 * * * * * 18.3 General Mail Preparation * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 * * 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Presort Terms Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows: * * * * * [Redesignate current items 18.3c through 18.3t as new items 18.3d PO 00000 Frm 00008 * 17.4 Detailed Zone Listing for Periodicals Zone abbreviation * * Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 In-County, DDU. In-County, Others. Outside-County, DDU. Outside-County, DFSS. Outside-County, DSCF. Outside-County, DADC. zones 1 and 2. zones 3 through 8 (as applicable). mixed zones. through 18.3u, then, add new item18.3c to read as follows:] c. FSS scheme for flats: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces in the FSS bundle is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as one scheme as shown in L006. * * * * * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 18.5 FSS Preparation [Revise the text of 18.5 to read as follows:] Flat sized Periodicals In-County priced mailings, along with a maximum of 5,000 Outside-County pieces for the same issue (see 207.1.1.4) and flats mailed at Saturation (Non-simplified addressed) and High Density prices may be optionally sorted under FSS preparation standards. All other Periodicals flats destinating and qualifying to FSS zones in L006, must be prepared under 705.14.0. * * * * * 26.0 Physical Criteria for Nonmachinable Flat-Size Periodicals * * * * * 26.3 Flexibility and Deflection [Revise the text of 26.3 to read as follows:] Nonmachinable flats (under 26.0) are not subject to flexibility standards or deflection standards in 201.4.0. * * * * * 29.0 29.1 Basic Standards * * * The following standards apply: * * * * * [Revise 29.1 item c to read as follows:] c. The advertising and nonadvertising portions may be eligible for DADC, DSCF, DFSS, or DDU pound prices based on the entry facility and the address on the piece. * * * * * 29.5 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Entry mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 29.5.1 Definition [Revise 29.5.1 to read as follows:] For this standard, destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) refers to the facilities listed in L006, Scheme, Column B or Facility, Column C. 29.5.2 Eligibility [Revise 29.5.2 to read as follows:] DFSS prices apply to eligible FSS pieces deposited at a USPS-designated FSS processing facility and correctly placed in a flat tray, sack, alternate approved container or on a pallet, labeled to a FSS scheme processed by that facility, under labeling list L006. These pieces must include a complete address and meet the physical standards for machinable flats in 201. Eligibility also applies to Carrier Route High Density containers properly prepared under 207.23 for FSS ZIPs. * * * * * 240 Commercial Mail Standard Mail * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 * * 21:56 May 01, 2015 Prices and Eligibility * * * * 3.2 Defining Characteristics [Revise the text of 5.6.1 item a to read as follows:] a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as applicable; properly placed in a 5-digit/ scheme sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. * * * * * * * 5.6.2 * * * 3.0 Basic Eligibility Standards for Standard Mail * * * * * * 3.2.2 Standard Mail Marketing Parcels [Revise 3.2.2 by inserting a new last sentence to read as follows:] * * * USPS Tracking is the only extra service available for Standard Mail Marketing parcels. * * * * * 3.2.8 Extra Services [Revise the text of 3.2.8 to read as follows:] See information regarding available extra services under 503.0. * * * * * Jkt 235001 4.0 Price Eligibility for Standard Mail * Destination Entry * 243 25535 * 4.2 Minimum Per Piece Prices * * * * * * * * [Revise the third sentence of 4.2 item c to read as follows:] * * * Except for Customized MarketMail pieces, discounted per piece prices also may be claimed for destination entry mailings (destination flat sequencing sorter (DFSS), destination network distribution center (DNDC), destination sectional center facility (DSCF), and destination delivery unit (DDU)) under 246. * * * * * 4.3 3-Digit Prices for Flats The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces: * * * * * [Delete 5.6.2 item c in its entirety.] * * * * * [Insert new 5.6.5 and 5.6.6 to read as follows:] 5.6.5 FSS Scheme Piece Price for Flats The FSS Scheme Price applies to flatsize pieces: a. In an FSS Scheme bundle of at least 10 or more pieces, no matter the container level. b. The FSS Scheme Pallet price applies to the piece price for flat-sized pieces on a FSS scheme pallet with bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0. 5.6.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices; placed in mixed ADC sacks or on ASF, NDC, or mixed NDC pallets under 705.8.0. * * * * * 6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Letters and Flats * * * * * 6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards Piece/Pound Prices [Revise the last sentence of 4.3 to read as follows:] * * * Discounted per pound prices also may be claimed for destination entry mailings (destination flat sequencing sorter (DFSS), destination network distribution center (DNDC), and destination sectional center facility (DSCF)) under 246. * * * * * * 5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail Letters, Flats, and Presorted Standard Mail Parcels 6.3.4 Basic Carrier Route Bundles on a 5-digit Pallet (Basic–CR Bundles/ Pallet) Price Eligibility–Flats * * * * * 5.6 Nonautomation Price Application—Flats 5.6.1 5-Digit Prices for Flats The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces: PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 6.3.3 * * * * Basic Price Eligibility–Flats Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that is: * * * * * [Delete 6.3.3 item e in its entirety] [Add new item 6.3.4 to read as follows:] Basic—CR Bundles/Pallet prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that are palletized under 705.8.0 on a 5-digit carrier route or 5-digit scheme carrier route pallet entered at an Origin (None), DNDC, DSCF, or DDU entry. * * * * * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25536 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 6.5 High Density and High Density Plus (Enhanced Carrier Route) Standards—Flats 245 * * * * * 1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation * 6.5.2 High Density and High Density Plus Prices for Flats [Revise the introductory text of 6.5.2 to read as follows:] High density or high density plus prices apply to each piece meeting the density standards in 6.5.1 or in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that is: * * * * * 7.0 Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 [Revise 7.5 in its entirety to read as follows:] Automation prices apply to each piece properly sorted into qualifying groups: a. The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces in a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as applicable; b. The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces. c. The ADC price applies to flat-size pieces in an ADC bundle of 10 or more pieces. d. The mixed ADC price applies to flat-size pieces in mixed ADC bundles (no minimum). e. The FSS Scheme Pallet price applies to the piece price for flat-sized pieces on a FSS scheme pallet with bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0. f. The FSS Other price applies to the piece price for flat-sized pieces in or on any container other than a FSS Scheme pallet with bundles of 10 or more FSSschemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0. g. The FSS Scheme Container price (DFSS Entry only) applies to the piece price for flat-sized pieces on or in a FSS scheme container with bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0 and dropped at a DFSS. h. The FSS Facility Container (DFSS Entry Only) price applies to the piece price for flat-sized pieces in or on a FSS facility container with bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0 and dropped at a DFSS. * * * * * Jkt 235001 * * * Enter and Deposit * * 21:56 May 01, 2015 * 1.6 FSS Preparation [Revise the text of 1.6 to read as follows:] Except for Standard Mail flats mailed at Saturation, High Density, or HighDensity Plus prices, all Standard Mail flats destinating to a FSS scheme in accordance with labeling list L006 must be prepared under 705.14.0. * * * * * 246 7.5 Price Application for Automation Flats VerDate Sep<11>2014 Mail Preparation * * * * 4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry * * * 4.2 Eligibility * * * * * * * 4.2.2 Flats Pieces in a mailing that meet the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for the DSCF price, as follows: * * * * * [Revise text of 4.2.2 item c to read as follows:] c. DSCF prices apply to all pieces on or in a FSS Scheme or FSS Facility container when entered at a DSCF facility and any of the pieces on or in the container are addressed for delivery within that DSCF’s service area. DSCF prices also apply to high density and high density plus carrier route containers entered at a DFSS facility. [Insert a new item d to read as follows:] d. DSCF prices apply to high density and high density plus pieces on a 5-digit or 5-digit scheme container entered at a Flat Sequencing System (FSS) facility for pieces that are not addressed for that facility’s FSS ZIPs. * * * * * [Revise the title of 6.0 to read as follows:] 6.0 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Facility Entry 6.1 Definition [Revise the text of 6.1 to read as follows:] Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) refers to the facilities listed in L006. 6.2 Eligibility [Revise the text of 6.2 to read as follows:] DFSS prices apply to pieces deposited at a USPS-designated FSS processing PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 site and correctly placed in or on a container labeled to a FSS scheme or FSS Facility processed by that site under labeling list L006 (Column B or Column C). These pieces must include a full delivery address and meet the physical standards for FSS machinability in 705.14.0. * * * * * 260 Commercial Mail Bound Printed Matter 263 Prices and Eligibility 1.0 Prices and Fees for Bound Printed Matter 1.1 Nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter Apply the prices and discounts for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter (BPM) as follows: 1.1.1 Prices [Revise text of 1.1.1 to read as follows:] BPM prices are based on the weight of a single addressed piece or one pound, whichever is higher, and the zone to which the piece is addressed. The nonpresorted price applies to BPM not mailed at the Presorted, FSS scheme or carrier route prices. For prices, see Notice 123, Price List. * * * * * [Delete item 1.1.4 in its entirety.] 1.2 Commercial Bound Printed Matter * * * * * 1.2.3 Price Application [Revise the text of 1.2.3 to read as follows:] The presorted, FSS scheme, FSS scheme container, and FSS facility container Bound Printed Matter price has a per piece charge and a per pound charge. The minimum postage price for an addressed piece is one unit of the per piece charge plus the per pound charge for an addressed piece weighing one pound. Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-piece discount for each presorted flat (except pieces mailed at carrier route prices) that complies with the Full-Service Intelligent Mail option requirements under 705.23.0. [Revise the title and text of 1.2.4 to read as follows:] 1.2.4 Bound Printed Matter Carrier Route Prices Each piece is subject to both a piece price and a pound price. Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-piece discount for each presorted flat that complies with the Full-Service Intelligent Mail option requirements under 705.23.0. E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 265 1.2.5 Bound Printed Matter Destination Entry Prices [Revise the second sentence of 1.2.5 to read as follows:] * * * Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-piece discount for each presorted or Carrier Route barcoded flats that complies with the Full-Service Intelligent Mail option requirements under 705.23.0. * * * 1.2.6 Destination Entry Mailing Fee [Revise the text of the last sentence of 1.2.6 to read as follows:] * * * Payment of this fee is waived for mailers who present only qualified full-service flat-size automation mailings under 705.23. * * * * * 1.2.8 Computing Postage for Permit Imprint [Revise introductory text of 1.2.8 to read as follows:] Presorted, FSS Presorted and Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter mailings paid with permit imprint are charged a per pound price and a per piece price as follows: * * * * * 4.0 Price Eligibility for Bound Printed Matter 4.1 Price Eligibility * * * Price categories are as follows: * * * * [Revise the second sentence of item b to read as follows:] b. Presorted Price. The Presorted price applies to BPM prepared in a mailing of at least 300 BPM pieces, prepared and presorted as specified in 265.5.0, 265.8.0, 705.8.0, and 705.21. [Renumber current 4.1 items c as new item d, then, insert new item c to read as follows:] * * * * * c. FSS Scheme Presorted Price. This price applies to BPM flats prepared in a mailing of at least 300 BPM pieces, prepared and presorted as specified in 705.14.0. * * * * * [Revise the heading of 6.0 to read as follows:] * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Full-Service Bound Printed Matter Flats * * * * * Mail Preparation 1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation * * * 7.0 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Facility Entry 7.1 Definition 5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats * * 7.2 5.3 Sacking * * * * * * * * 5.3.4 Cosacking Presorted Mail With Barcoded Mail [Revise the entire text of 5.3.4 to read as follows:] The following standards apply if the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing, and a Presorted mailing, then the carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0, and the Presorted mailing must be co-sacked under 705.9.0. Bundled pieces must be cosacked under 705.9.0. * * * * * 7.0 Preparing Barcoded Flats 7.1 Basic Standards [Revise the first sentence of 7.1 to read as follows:] Flat-size Bound Printed Matter pieces claiming the Full-Service discount must be prepared under 7.0 and the eligibility standards for the price claimed. * * * * * * * * 266 Enter and Deposit * * * * * Eligibility DFSS prices apply to pieces deposited at a USPS-designated FSS processing facility and correctly placed on a container labeled to a FSS scheme or a FSS facility processed by that facility or to a single 5-digit destination processed by that facility under labeling list L006. These pieces must include a full delivery address and meet the physical standards for FSS machinability in 705.14.0. * * * * * 500 Additional Mailing Services 503 Extra and Additional Services 1.0 Basic Standards for All Extra Services * * 1.3 Jkt 235001 * * * Paying Fees and Postage [Revise the first sentence of 1.3 to read as follows:] Except as provided under 604.6.1 and for official mail of federal government agencies collected under 703.7.0 (for Department of State, see 703.3.0), postage and extra service fees are paid at the time of mailing. * * * 5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry 1.4 Matter Eligible for Extra Services 5.1 Eligibility Bound Printed Matter pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 are eligible for the DSCF price when they meet all of the following additional conditions: * * * * * b. Are deposited at: * * * * * [Revise the text of 5.1b item 2 to read as follows:] One or more of the following extra or additional services may be added at the time of mailing, if the standards for the services are met and the applicable fees are paid, as follows: 1.4.1 Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Eligible Matter Exhibit 1.4.1 Eligible Matter— Domestic Destinations [Revise the entire Exhibit 1.4.1, Eligible Matter—Domestic Destinations, to read as follows:] Eligible mail class Registered Mail Registered Mail Restricted Delivery 21:56 May 01, 2015 * 2. DSCF prices apply to all pieces on or in a FSS Scheme or FSS Facility container when entered at a DSCF facility when any of the pieces on or in the container are addressed for delivery within that DSCF’s service area. * * * * * [Insert new 7.0 to read as follows:] Destination Flat Sequencing System Facility (DFSS) refers to the facilities listed in L006, Column C. Extra service VerDate Sep<11>2014 * 1.6 FSS Preparation [Revise the text of 1.6 to read as follows:] BPM flats claiming FSS presorted scheme prices, meeting the standards in 201.0 and destinating to a FSS scheme in accordance with labeling list L006, must be prepared under 705.14.0. * * * * * 25537 Additional combined services Registered Mail COD Return Receipt Signature Confirmation E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25538 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Extra service Certified Certified Certified Certified Eligible mail class Mail Mail—Restricted Delivery Mail—Adult Signature 1 Mail—Adult Signature Restricted 1 Additional combined services Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Return Receipt (Form 3811 only if with Adult Signature options 1) Priority Mail Express Priority Mail Critical Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Standard Post Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Parcel Select Parcel Select Lightweight (bulk insurance only) Standard Mail 7 (bulk insurance for (nonprofit) parcels only) USPS Tracking Signature Confirmation (available if insured for <$500; included if insured for >$500.00.) Adult Signature Requested 1 Adult Restricted Delivery 1 Return Receipt (if insured >$500.00, Form 3811 only.) Certificate of Mailing (Form 3817 (retail use only) or Form 3665–Firm) for individual pieces only; Form 3665–Firm is for 3 or more pieces presented at one time (see 5.0) Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Standard Post Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Special Handling—Fragile Parcel Airlift (PAL) Certificate of Bulk Mailing (Form 3606; only evidence of number of identical weight piece mailed (see 5.0). Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Standard Post Parcel Select Parcel Select Lightweight Standard Mail 7 Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Special Handling—Fragile Parcel Airlift (PAL) Return Receipt (Form 3811 must bear an IMpb linked to the IMb for the host extra service for the appended mailpiece.) Priority Mail Express (Form 3811 only). Priority Mail 3 First-Class Mail 3 First-Class Package Service 3 Standard Mail (parcels only) 2 3 7 Parcel Select 4 Parcel Select Lightweight 3 Standard Post 4 Bound Printed Matter 4 Library Mail 4 Media Mail 4 USPS Tracking. Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery Signature Confirmation 6 Special Handling Adult Signature Requested 1 (Form 3811 only) Adult Signature Restricted Delivery 1 (Form 3811 only) Parcel Airlift (PAL) Insurance Insurance Restricted Delivery (If insured >$500.00.) (Note: Priority Mail Express includes $100.00 of insurance and Priority Mail includes either $100.00 or $50.00 of insurance (see 503.4.0), insurance >$500.00 includes Signature Confirmation.) Special Handling—Fragile Parcel Airlift (PAL) USPS Signature Services mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Signature Confirmation Priority Mail Critical Mail First-Class Mail (parcels only; electronic option only) First-Class Package Service (electronic option only) Standard Post Parcel Select Parcel Select Lightweight Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Collect on Delivery (COD) Insurance Registered Mail Return Receipt 6 (Form 3811 only) Special Handling Hold For Pickup Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery Priority Mail 3 First-Class Mail 2 3 First-Class Package Service Standard Post 5 Parcel Select 5 Parcel Select Lightweight 4 Bound Printed Matter 5 Library Mail 5 Collect on Delivery (COD) Insurance Registered Mail Return Receipt 6 (Form 3811 only) Special Handling Hold For Pickup VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25539 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Extra service Eligible mail class Additional combined services Media Mail 5 Adult Signature Required 1 Adult Signature Restricted Delivery 1 Priority Mail Express Priority Mail Critical Mail First-Class Mail 2 First-Class Package Service 3 Parcel Select Parcel Select Lightweight Bound Printed Matter 2 Library Mail 2 Media Mail 2 Insurance Return Receipt (Form 3811 only) Hold For Pickup USPS Tracking (USPS Tracking is provided at no additional charge for all classes of mail (excludes Periodicals and Standard Mail parcels.) Standard Mail (parcels only; electronic option only 1 2) Insurance (bulk insurance (for Standard Mail (nonprofit) parcels) only 1 2) Collect on Delivery (COD) COD Restricted Delivery Priority Mail Express (1-Day and 2-Day only) Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Signature Confirmation 2 (not available for purchase with Priority Mail Express COD) Standard Post Parcel Select Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Registered Mail Return Receipt Special Handling—Fragile Return Receipt for Merchandise Priority Mail Standard Mail (machinable and irregular parcels only) 7 Parcel Select Standard Post Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Hold For Pickup USPS Tracking Insurance 1 Special Handling Parcel Airlift (PAL) (see 703.2.0) 1. If insured for $200.00 or less Special Handling Special Handling—Fragile Priority Mail Express Priority Mail First-Class Mail First-Class Package Service Standard Post Parcel Select Bound Printed Matter Library Mail Media Mail Collect On Delivery (COD) Insurance Signature Confirmation 2 Parcel Airlift (PAL) 1 Not at retail. only. purchased with Certified Mail, COD, insurance over $500.00 or Registered Mail. 4 If purchased with bulk insurance over $500.00. 5 If purchased with COD or insurance over $500.00. 6 If purchased with insurance over $500.00, COD, Registered Mail, or Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery. 7 Excludes Marketing Parcels. 2 Parcels 3 If mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.4.2 Offshore Domestic Destinations [Revise the text of 1.4.2 to read as follows:] As provided for the classes of mail under 1.4.1, and unless otherwise restricted (also see ‘‘Overseas Military/ Diplomatic Mail’’ and ‘‘Freely Associated States (FAS)’’ sections of the Postal Bulletin), extra services are available for mail addressed to APO/ FPO destinations (also see 703), and to ZIP Codes in U.S. territories and possessions (also see 608.2.0), or Freely Associated States (also see 608.2.0), as follows: Exhibit 1.4.2 Eligible Matter— Offshore Domestic Destinations [Revise Exhibit 1.4.2 to read as follows:] Extra service APO/FPO U.S. territories and possessions Registered Mail ............................................................................................. Limited 1 (Available only to select APO/FPO destinations.). Yes .............. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Freely associated states Yes. 25540 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations U.S. territories and possessions Extra service APO/FPO Certified Mail ................................................................................................. Certified Mail Restricted Delivery .................................................................. Certified Mail Adult Signature Required ........................................................ Certified Mail Adult Signature Delivery ......................................................... Insurance (< or = $500.00) ........................................................................... Insurance (>$500.00) .................................................................................... Insurance Restricted Delivery ....................................................................... Certificate of Mailing ...................................................................................... USPS Tracking .............................................................................................. Yes .................................................... Yes .................................................... No ..................................................... No ..................................................... Yes .................................................... Limited 2 ............................................ Limited 2 ............................................ Yes .................................................... Limited 1 ............................................ Freely associated states Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. Yes. Yes. No. No. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. No. No. No. No. Limited.3 Yes. USPS Signature Service Signature Confirmation ................................................................................. Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery .................................................. Adult Signature Requested ........................................................................... Adult Signature Restricted Delivery .............................................................. COD .............................................................................................................. Return Receipt for Merchandise ................................................................... No ..................................................... No ..................................................... No ..................................................... No ..................................................... No ..................................................... Yes .................................................... Special Handling Special Handling—Fragile ............................................................................. Yes .................................................... Yes .............. Yes. 1 If insured for more than $500.00, signature service provided only if hardcopy return receipt (form 3811) is also purchased. 2 Availability of electronic information regarding an event scan may be limited. 3 Except for items sent to Marshall Islands and the Federated States of Micronesia. 1.4.3 Domestic Returns Exhibit 1.4.3 Eligible Matter— Domestic Returns [Revise Exhibit 1.4.3 to read as follows:] Extra services for return mailpieces are available as follows: Return service Eligible extra services (paid by permit holder) Eligible extra services (paid by permit holder or sender) Merchandise Return Service Registered Mail: .............................................................. Insurance < or = $500.00 1 2 .................................... Insurance >$500.00 1 2 4 ........................................... Return Receipt for Merchandise ..................................... Special Handling—Fragile ............................................... Priority Mail Return Service First-Class Package Return Service. Ground Return Service. Parcel Return Service .......... Insurance < or = $500.00 2 ............................................. Insurance >$500.00 2 4 .................................................... Insurance < or = $500.00 2 ............................................. Insurance >$500.00 2 4 .................................................... Registered Mail: Insurance < or = $500.00.1 2 Insurance >$500.00.1 2 4 Return Receipt for Merchandise. Special Handling—Fragile Certificate of Mailing.3 Insurance < or = $500.00.2 Insurance >$500.00.2 4 Insurance < or = $500.00.2 Insurance >$500.00.2 4 Certificate of Mailing.3 1 Insurance may be combined with Special Handling. must be purchased; no included insurance is provided for returns. 3 Individual pieces using Form 3817 or Form 3665 by sender only. 4 Signature service is not provided for items insured for >$500. 2 Insurance * * * 1.7 Forms and Labels * * * * * * 1.7.4 * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.7.2 Privately Printed Forms or Labels [Revise the third sentence of 1.7.2 to read as follows:] * * * Customers affixing both a barcoded address label and a barcoded extra service label on the same mailpiece must ensure that the barcodes on both labels match. * * * * * * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Acceptance Customers must also meet the following requirements when presenting mail bearing an extra service IMpb for acceptance: [Revise the text of 1.7.4 item a to read as follows:] a. Certificates of mailing using Form 3655–Firm or Form 3606–D when at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) of corresponding articles presented at one time, or for presorted or permit imprint mailings containing pieces with extra services, PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 must be presented to a Post Office business mail entry unit (BMEU) or authorized detached mail unit (DMU). * * * * * 1.8 Obtaining Delivery Information and Delivery Records Delivery records for extra services are available as follows: [Revise the text of 1.8 items a and c to read as follows:] a. Information by article number can be retrieved at www.usps.com or by calling 1–800–222–1811. A proof of delivery letter (including recipient’s E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations signature, when available) may be provided by email. * * * * * c. A return receipt (hardcopy Form 3811) may be purchased at the time of mailing and is received by mail. * * * * * 1.10 Receipts [Revise the text of the first and third sentence of 1.10, then, insert a new final sentence of 1.10 to read as follows:] Except when using Certificate of Mailing Form 3655-Firm and Form 3606–D when presenting less than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) of corresponding articles at one time, the mailer receives a USPS sales receipt and the postmarked (round-dated) extra service form for services purchased at retail channels. * * * For three or more pieces with extra or accountable services (includes international certificate of mailing) presented for mailing at one time, the mailer uses Form 3877 (firm sheet) or USPS-approved privately printed firm sheets in lieu of the receipt portion of the individual form. * * * Except for Registered Mail and COD items, the USPS keeps no mailing records for pieces bearing extra services. [Delete current 1.11, USPS Mailing Records, in its entirety (text relocated to 1.10).] Registered Mail 2.1 mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 2.0 Basic Standards 2.1.1 Description [Revise the introductory text of 2.1.1 to read as follows:] Registered Mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Registered Mail is the most secure service that the USPS offers. It incorporates a system of receipts to monitor the movement of the mail from the point of acceptance to delivery. Registered Mail provides the sender with a mailing receipt and, upon request (see 1.8), electronic verification that an article was delivered or that a delivery attempt was made. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the recipient’s signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0), at the time of mailing. Customers may direct delivery of Registered Mail only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent) using Registered Mail Restricted Delivery (2.1.4). Postal insurance is included in the fee for articles with a value of at least $0.01 up to a maximum insured value of $50,000.00. Postal insurance is not available for articles with no value ($0.00). The fees for articles valued over $50,000.00 include insurance up to $50,000.00, and VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 25541 increasingly higher fees for handling costs. The face (address side) of a registered article must be at least 5 inches long and 31⁄2 inches high, regardless of thickness. Registration may not be obtained for the following item if: * * * * * [Revise the text of item c to read as follows:] c. Prepared improperly or packed inadequately to withstand normal handling (see 2.3.4). * * * * * [Revise the text of item f. to read as follows:] f. A class of mail not listed under eligible matter (see 1.4). b. The maximum amount collectible from the recipient on one article is $1,000.00. Indemnity is available up to the registry limit of $50,000.00 by paying the registry fee for the value declared. The total fees charged for registered COD service include the proper registry fee for the value declared plus the registered COD fee. The mailer must declare the full value of the article being mailed, regardless of the amount to be collected from the recipient. c. The registered label and the COD form must be affixed to each article. The registration number is used for delivery receipt and indemnity claims. * * * * * 3.0 Certified Mail 2.1.2 Label 200 [Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2 to read as follows:] Registered Mail must bear the barcoded red Label 200 (see forms at https://pe.usps.gov/), or a non-barcoded red Label 200–N (when a mailergenerated shipping label bearing an IMpb (under 708.5.0) is also affixed on the same mailpiece). * * * * * * * * [Insert new items 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 to read as follows:] 3.1 Basic Standards 2.1.4 Additional Standards for Registered Mail Restricted Delivery Registered Mail Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct delivery only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent). The addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer may request Registered Mail Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ above the address and to the right of the return address, and paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the recipient’s signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0). If a return receipt is requested, the correct block on Form 3811 must be checked to show that restricted delivery is also required. Mail marked ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ is delivered under the conditions in 508.1.1.7 and 1.1.8. 2.1.5 Registered COD Mail Sealed domestic mail bearing FirstClass Mail, First-Class Package Service, or Priority Mail postage may be sent as registered COD mail when meeting the standards in 9.0 and as follows: a. Such mail is handled the same as other Registered Mail. PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 3.1.1 Description [Revise the text of 3.1.1 to read as follows:] Certified Mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Certified Mail provides the sender with a mailing receipt and, upon request, electronic verification that an article was delivered or that a delivery attempt was made. Customers can retrieve the delivery status as provided in 1.8. Certified Mail is dispatched and handled in transit as ordinary mail. Except for Priority Mail pieces with included insurance, no insurance coverage is provided when purchasing Certified Mail. USPS maintains a record of delivery (which includes the recipient’s signature). Customers may obtain a delivery record by purchasing a return receipt (6.0) at the time of mailing. Customers may direct delivery of Certified Mail only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent) using Certified Mail Restricted Delivery (3.2.2); or to an adult using Certified Adult Signature Required or Certified Adult Signature Restricted Delivery when meeting the applicable standards for Adult Signature under 8.1.1e and 8.1.3. 3.2 Mailing 3.2.1 Form 3800 * * *A mailer of Certified Mail must: * * * * * [Revise the text of 3.2.1 item e to read as follows:] e. For Certified Mail Restricted Delivery, meet the additional standards under 3.2.2). [Insert new item 3.2.2 to read as follows:] 3.2.2 Additional Standards for Certified Mail Restricted Delivery Certified Mail Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct delivery only E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25542 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent). The addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer may request Certified Mail Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ above the address and to the right of the return address and paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the recipient’s signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0). If a return receipt is requested, the correct block on Form 3811 must be checked to show that restricted delivery is also required. Mail marked ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ is delivered under the conditions in 508.1.1.7 and 1.1.8. 4.0 Insured Mail * * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 4.1.1 Additional Insurance—Priority Mail Express [Revise the text of 4.1.1 to read as follows:] Additional insurance, up to a maximum coverage of $5,000.00, may be purchased for merchandise valued at more than $100.00 sent by Priority Mail Express. The additional insurance fee is in addition to postage and other fees. See Notice 123—Price List. The insurance fee is entered in the block marked ‘‘Insurance’’ on the mailing label. If the label does not contain this block, the mailer uses the ‘‘COD’’ block by crossing out ‘‘COD,’’ writing ‘‘INS’’ to the right, and entering the fee for the coverage. Coverage is limited to the actual value of the contents, regardless of the fee paid, or the highest insurance value increment for which the fee is fully paid, whichever is lower. When ‘‘signature required’’ service is not requested or when ‘‘waiver of signature’’ is requested, additional insurance is not available. [Delete 4.1.2, Fees for Priority Mail Express Insurance, in its entirety (text relocated to 4.1.1).] 4.2 Insurance Coverage—Priority Mail Priority Mail pieces bearing an Intelligent Mail package barcode (IMpb) or USPS retail tracking barcode (see 4.3.4) are insured against loss, damage, or missing contents, up to a maximum of $50.00 or $100.00, subject to the following: * * * * * [Delete 4.2 item e in its entirety, then, renumber current items f and g as new items e and f.] * * * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 4.3 Basic Standards 4.3.1 Description [Revise the introductory text of 4.3.1 to read as follows:] Insured mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. The following additional standards apply to insured mail: * * * * * [Revise the text of 4.3.1 item c to read as follows:] c. Insured mail provides the mailer with a mailing receipt. No record of insured mail is kept at the office of mailing; however, the USPS maintains insured mail delivery records for a period of time. An item insured for $500.00 or less receives a delivery scan. An item insured for more than $500.00 receives a delivery scan (includes returns products meeting the applicable standards in 505.0) and the USPS obtains and provides the recipient’s signature as the delivery record to the mailer electronically (excludes returns products). Customers may optionally obtain a delivery record by purchasing a hardcopy return receipt (Form 3811; also see 6.0; excludes returns products). Customers may direct delivery of mail insured for more than $500.00 only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent) using Insurance Restricted Delivery (4.5); * * * * * 4.3.2 Ineligible Matter The following types of mail may not be insured: * * * * * [Delete 4.3.2 item e in its entirety (eligible matter provided under 1.4), then, renumber item f as new item e.] f. Matter mailed at First-Class Mail prices (including Priority Mail) that consists of items described in 123.3.0,133.3.0, 233.2.0, and 283.2.0, and required to be mailed at First-Class Mail prices. * * * * * 4.3.4 Markings and Forms [Revise the introductory text of 4.3.4 to read as follows.] The treatment of pieces is determined by the insurance amount as described in 4.3.1c and under the following conditions: [Revise the text of 4.3.4 items a and b to read as follows:] a. For retail pieces insured for $500.00 or less, the mailer must affix a barcoded Form 3813 (see forms at https:// pe.usps.gov/) to each piece above the delivery address and to the right of the return address. b. For retail pieces insured for more than $500.00, the mailer must affix a PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 barcoded Form 3813–P (see forms at https://pe.usps.gov/) to each piece above the delivery address and to the right of the return address. * * * * * [Revise the second sentence of 4.3.4 item d to read as follows:] d. * * * Mailing receipts are provided under 1.10. * * * * * [Revise the title of 4.4, Bulk Insurance for Standard Mail, to read as follows:] 4.4 Bulk Insurance for Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight 4.4.1 Eligibility [Revise the introductory text of 4.4.1 to read as follows:] To mail at the bulk insurance prices, for Standard Mail (except Marketing Parcels) and Parcel Select Lightweight, mailers must obtain an authorization under 4.4.2 and meet the following criteria: * * * * * [Insert new 4.5 to read as follows:] 4.5 Additional Standards for Insurance Restricted Delivery Insurance Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct delivery only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent). The addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer may request Insurance Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ above the address and to the right of the return address and paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the recipient’s signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0). If a return receipt is requested, the correct block on Form 3811 must be checked to show that restricted delivery is also required. Mail marked ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ is delivered under the conditions in 508.1.1.7 and 1.1.8. [Revise the title of 5.0 to read as follows:] 5.0 Certificates of Mailing 5.1 Basic Standards 5.1.1 Description—Individual Pieces [Revise the text of 5.1.1 to read as follows:] Certificates of mailing are subject to the basic standards in 1.0, see 1.4 for eligible matter. Certificates of mailing (Form 3817 and barcoded Form 3665Firm, including USPS-approved facsimiles) are available only at the time E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations of mailing and provide evidence that individual mailpieces have been presented to the USPS for mailing. Certificates of mailing do not provide a record of delivery, and the Postal Service does not retain copies of either form. Form 3817 is available for less than three individual pieces, presented at one time at a retail Post Office, station or branch). Form 3665-Firm is available for three or more pieces, but fewer than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first), presented at one time at a retail post office, station or branch, or for three or more pieces, but at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first), presented at a BMEU or USPS authorized DMU). Each individual Form 3817 or the Form 3665-Firm is postmarked (round-dated) at the time of mailing; the form(s) are then returned to the mailer and become the mailer’s receipt. Mailers may use USPSapproved privately printed facsimiles of Form 3877 firm sheets as domestic certificates of mailing in lieu of the Form 3665. [Delete 5.1.2, Eligible Matter—Single Piece, in its entirety (context of text already under 1.4 for eligible matter), then, renumber current 5.1.3 through 5.1.7 as new 5.1.2 through 5.1.6.] [Revise the text of 5.1.4 item b to read as follows:] b. When the mailer describes and lists three or more individual pieces on Form 3665-Firm, but does not present the pieces in the order shown on the sheets, the mailer must consecutively number each entry line on the sheet and lightly number each piece to show both the corresponding sheet and line number. 5.1.2 Paying Fees [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 5.1.2 to read as follows:] For Certificate of Mailing, in addition to the correct postage, the applicable Certificate of Mailing fee must be paid for each article on Form 3817 or listed on Form 3665-Firm and for duplicate copies of either form. * * * 5.2 Other Bulk Quantities—Certificate of Bulk Mailing mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 5.1.3 Mailer Preparation [Revise the text of renumbered 5.1.3 to read as follows:] A Certificate of Mailing must be completed by the mailer and all entries must be typed or printed in ink, by ballpoint pen, or computer-generated; the form or firm sheets become the mailer’s receipts. Individual certificate and firm mailings must show the names and addresses of the sender and addressee and may show the amount of postage paid. The mailer may also place identifying invoice or order numbers on the certificate as a reference. [Revise the title of renumbered 5.1.4 to read as follows:] 5.1.4 Firm Mailings—Three or More Pieces When the number of articles presented justifies such action, the mailer must comply with these standards: * * * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 5.1.5 Duplicate Copies—After Mailing [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 5.1.5 to read as follows:] To obtain a duplicate copy of the certificate after mailing (Form 3817 only), the mailer must present the original postmarked certificate and an additional certificate endorsed ‘‘Duplicate’’ or a copy showing the original dates of mailing. * * * 5.1.6 Presenting to Rural Carrier [Revise the text of renumbered 5.1.6 to read as follows:] For certificate of mailing (Form 3817 only), a mailer may provide mail to the rural carrier with the fee for the certificate. The carrier obtains the certificate at the Post Office, attaches the stamps, obtains the postmark (rounddate) on the certificate on the day of mailing, and delivers the certificate to the mailer on the next trip. 5.2.1 Description [Revise the text of 5.2.1 to read as follows:] Certificate of Bulk Mailing is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Form 3606–D, or USPSapproved facsimile, is available only at the time of mailing and is used to specify only the number of identicalweight pieces mailed; it does not provide evidence that a piece was mailed to a particular address. The Form 3606–D is postmarked (rounddated) at the time the mailing is presented and returned to the mailer as their receipt. Form 3606–D is available for identical-weight mailings of fewer than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) presented at any retail Post Office, station or branch, or, for mailings of at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) presented at a BMEU or USPS authorized DMU. Certificate of Bulk Mailing service does not provide a record of delivery and the Postal Service does not retain any copies of Form 3606–D. The Form 3606–D cannot be used as a certificate of mailing of individual mailpieces or itemized lists. Mailers may use USPS-approved privately printed facsimiles of Form PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25543 3606 for domestic certificates of bulk mailings in lieu of the Form 3606–D. 5.2.2 Paying Fees [Revise the text of 5.2.2 to read as follows:] The applicable Certificate of Bulk mailing fee must be paid for mailings of identical-weight pieces reported on Form 3606–D, or for additional copies of the form if requested at the time of mailing, in addition to the correct postage. Mailers using Form 3606–D may affix ordinary stamps or postage evidencing indicia on the form to pay the fee. When postage evidencing indicia are used, they must bear the full numerical value of the fee in the imprint. Mailers using Form 3606–D with a permit imprint mailing also may pay certificate of mailing fees, at the time of mailing, using the same permit imprint. 6.0 Return Receipt 6.1 Basic Standards 6.1.1 Description [Revise the text of 6.1.1 to read as follows:] Return Receipt service is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. A return receipt may be purchased at the time of mailing and provides a mailer with evidence of delivery (to whom the mail was delivered and date of delivery), and information about the recipient’s actual delivery address. A mailer purchasing a return receipt may choose to receive the return receipt by mail (Form 3811) or electronically (by email, or by signature extract file format under 1.8). A complete return address is required on the mailpiece when a return receipt is requested. For Priority Mail Express (Form 3811 option only), the return address on the Priority Mail Express label meets this requirement. The unique barcode on a return receipt must be electronically linked to the separate barcode for the host extra service (for additional information, see the Intelligent Mail Package Barcode (IMpb) Implementation Guide available on RIBBS). * * * * * 6.2 Obtaining Service * * * * * [Delete the heading 6.2.1, At Time of Mailing.] [Delete items 6.2.2, After Mailing, and 6.2.3, Time Limit, in their entirety.] E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25544 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 6.3 Other Requests for Delivery Information 6.3.1 Receipt Not Received [Delete the heading 6.3.1, Receipt Not Received, and revise the text of former 6.3.1 to read as follows:] A mailer who did not receive a return receipt (Form 3811) for which the mailer had paid may request information from the delivery record within 90 days of the date of purchase using Form 3811–A. The mailer must complete Form 3811–A, at any Post Office, station or branch, and produce their receipt showing that the applicable return receipt fee was paid. [Delete 6.3.2, Form 3811–A, in its entirety (text relocated to 6.3.1).] [Delete sections 7.0, Restricted Delivery, through 9.0 Return Receipt for Merchandise, in their entirety, then, renumber current 10.0 through 15.0 as new 7.0 through 12.0.] * * * * * 7.0 USPS Tracking 7.1 Basic Standards mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 7.1.1 Description [Revise the text of renumbered 7.1.1 to read as follows:] USPS Tracking is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. USPS Tracking provides the mailer with information about the date and time an article was delivered or the date and time of the delivery attempt. See 1.8 to obtain delivery information. USPS Tracking is available only at the time of mailing. No record is kept at the office of mailing. USPS Tracking does not include insurance, but insurance may be purchased as an additional service unless otherwise restricted. Some statutes governing the mailing of legal documents may require the use of Certified Mail or Registered Mail, rather than USPS Tracking. [Revise the title of and insert a new first and second sentence to renumbered 7.1.2 as follows:] 7.1.2 Electronic Option USPS Tracking for Standard Mail Parcels Electronic option USPS Tracking may be purchased for Standard Mail parcels for mailers using privately printed forms or labels, or Label 400, and who establish an electronic link with the USPS to exchange acceptance and delivery data. Mailers wishing to obtain a mailing receipt may use Form 3877. * * * * * * * * 7.1.3 Additional Physical Standards [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 7.1.3 to read as follows:] VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 In addition to the applicable standards in 101, 201.7.0, and 201.8.0, all parcels must be large enough to hold the required delivery address, return address, mailing labels, postage, barcode, endorsements, and other mail markings on the address side of the parcel. In addition to the applicable standards in 101 and 201 and for the purposes of USPS Tracking with Standard Post, Media Mail, Library Mail, Bound Printed Matter, or Parcel Select, the parcel must meet these additional requirements: [Delete 7.1.3 item a in its entirety (context of text relocated to introductory text), then, renumber current items b and c as new a and b.] * * * * * [Delete renumbered 7.1.4, Service Options, in its entirety (appropriate text relocated to either 7.1.2 or 7.2.1 as only electronic option remains).] 7.2 Labels 7.2.1 Types of Labels [Revise the text of renumbered 7.2.1 to read as follows:] Mailers using privately printed USPS Tracking labels must meet the requirements in 1.8. Mailers not printing their own privately printed labels must use one of the label options as follows: a. Label 400 may be used by: Electronic option mailers, USPS retail associates when affixed to mailpieces at a Post Office, station, or branch, or by mailers when affixed to mailpieces with postage and fees prepaid by metered indicia or ordinary stamps. A mailing receipt is provided to mailers who present mailpieces with an affixed Label 400 at a Post Office, branch, or station, or to their USPS carrier (except under 507.7.2.2). A mailer may also present mailpieces to a retail employee at a Post Office, station, or branch; and the retail associate will affix a USPS Tracking label to the item. b. Unique, product specific USPSprovided tracking labels are for use by electronic option mailers. The labels are populated with the product service type code and customer’s Mailer Identification (MID) number in the Intelligent Mail package barcode (IMpb). * * * * * [Revise the title of renumbered 8.0 to read as follows:] 8.0 USPS Signature Services 8.1 Basic Standards 8.1.1 Description [Revise the entire text of renumbered 8.1.1 to read as follows:] USPS Signature Services include Signature Confirmation, Signature PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Confirmation Restricted Delivery, Adult Signature Required, and Adult Signature Restricted Delivery, all of which are subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Some statutes governing the mailing of legal documents may require the use of Certified Mail or Registered Mail rather than USPS Signature Services. USPS Signature Services are available as follows: a. Signature Confirmation provides the mailer with information about the date and time an article was delivered or the date and time of the delivery attempt. A delivery record (including the recipient’s signature) is maintained by the USPS and is available electronically or by email, upon request. The Signature Confirmation is available as a Retail option: Available at Post Offices at the time of mailing; a mailing receipt is provided. Electronic option: Available to mailers who establish an electronic link with the USPS to exchange acceptance and delivery data; no mailing receipt is provided. b. Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery provides the same service as provided under item a and permits a mailer to direct delivery only to the addressee (or addressee’s authorized agent). The addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer may request Insured Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ above the address and to the right of the return address and paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the mailpiece. c. Adult Signature service provides electronic confirmation of the delivery or attempted delivery of the mailpiece and signature of the recipient, who must be 21 years of age or older. Prior to delivery, the recipient must furnish proof of age via a driver’s license, passport, or other government-issued photo identification that lists age or date of birth. The USPS maintains a record of delivery (including the recipient’s signature) for two years. The Adult Signature options are: 1. Adult Signature Required— provides delivery to a person who is 21 years of age or older. Upon delivery, an adult who is 21 years of age or older must provide one of the forms of identification listed above and provide a signature for receipt of the mailpiece. 2. Adult Signature Restricted Delivery—provides Adult Signature Required with the additional restriction of limiting delivery to a specific addressee or authorized agent who is 21 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations years of age or older. If the specific individual is not 21 years of age or older, the mailpiece will be returned to sender. [Revise the title and text of renumbered 8.1.2 to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 8.1.2 Additional Standards for Signature Confirmation For Signature Confirmation with Standard Post, Media Mail, Library Mail, Bound Printed Matter, or Parcel Select pieces meeting the physical standards under 201.7, the parcel must meet these additional requirements: a. The surface area of the address side of the parcel must be large enough to contain completely and legibly the delivery address, return address, postage, and any markings, endorsements, and extra service labels. b. Except as provided in (12.1.2c.) for machinable parcels, the parcel must be greater than 3⁄4 inch thick at its thickest point. c. If the mailpiece is a machinable parcel under 201.7.0 and no greater than 3⁄4 inch thick, the contents must be prepared in a strong and rigid fiberboard box or similar container or in a container that becomes rigid after the contents are enclosed and the container is secured. The parcel must be able to maintain its shape, integrity, and rigidity throughout processing and handling without collapsing into a letter-size or flat-size piece. d. Mailers must use one of the following labels: 1. Form 153 (see forms at https:// pe.usps.gov/), obtained from the Post Office at no charge, may be used only with the retail option. 2. Label 315 electronic Signature Confirmation is available to electronic option mailers. 3. Privately printed barcoded labels must meet the requirements in 1.8. On the Priority Mail label, mailers must use the registered trademark symbol following the Priority Mail text or add the following statement at the bottom of the label in at least 6-point Helvetica type: ‘‘Priority Mail is a registered trademark of the U.S. Postal Service.’’ See Parcel Labeling Guide or Publication 97 available on RIBBS. e. The barcoded label section of Label 315 or Form 153 (see forms at https:// pe.usps.gov/) must be placed completely on the address side either above the delivery address and to the right of the return address, or to the left of the delivery address. A privately printed Signature Confirmation label that is separate from a privately printed address label must be placed in close proximity to the address label. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 25545 [Delete renumbered 8.1.3, Service Options, in its entirety (context of text relocated to 8.1.2), then insert new 8.1.3 as follows:] also available if electronic return receipt service is purchased at the time of mailing. * * * * * 8.1.3 Additional Standards for Adult Signature Service Customers may obtain Adult Signature Required and Adult Signature Restricted Delivery by producing qualified shipping labels with Intelligent Mail package barcodes. The Adult Signature Required or Adult Signature Restricted Delivery fee must be paid in addition to the correct postage using Click-N-Ship, PC Postage, Permit imprint (if the customer electronically submits postage statements and mailing documentation) or IBI postage meter. Conditions in 8.3.1 and 8.3.2 also apply to Adult Signature Restricted Delivery items. A shipment of cigarettes and smokeless tobacco with Adult Signature service, mailed by certain individuals under 601.9.0, requires the mailer to present items at a retail counter. [Delete renumbered 8.2, Labels, in its entirety (context of text relocated to 8.1.2).] 9.1.3 9.0 Collect on Delivery (COD) 9.1 Basic Standards 9.1.1 Description [Revise the text of renumbered 9.1.1 to read as follows:] Collect on delivery (COD) is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Any mailer may use COD to mail an article (using a unique COD number for each article) for which the mailer has not been paid and have its price and the cost of the postage collected (not to exceed $1,000.00) from the addressee (or agent). COD service provides the mailer with a mailing receipt and the USPS maintains a record of delivery (including the recipient’s signature). The recipient has the option to pay the COD charges (with one form of payment) by cash, or a personal check or money order made payable to the mailer (accepted by the USPS employee upon the recipient’s presentation of adequate identification). The USPS forwards the check or money order to the mailer. If payment is made by cash, a money order fee is included in the amount collected from the recipient (unless the mailer is authorized to participate in EFT for the remittance), in addition to the COD amount. The Postal Service cannot intervene in disputes between mailers and recipients of COD mail after payment was returned to the mailer. Customers may obtain a delivery record by purchasing a return receipt. Bulk proof of delivery service (7.0) is PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Registered COD Mail [Revise the text of renumbered 9.1.3 to read as follows (text relocated under 2.1.5, Registered COD):] Sealed domestic mail bearing FirstClass Mail, First-Class Package Service, or Priority Mail postage may be sent as registered COD mail as provided under 9.0 and 2.1.5. * * * * * 10.0 Special Handling 10.1 Basic Standards 10.1.1 Description [Revise the first and last sentences of renumbered 10.1.1 to read as follows:] Special Handling is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter.* * * There are unique service codes included in the IMpb for the content categories (Fragile, Hazardous Material Transportation, Live Animal Transportation, Perishables, and Cremated Remains (only available with Priority Mail Express) of special handling. 10.1.2 Bees and Poultry [Revise the text of renumbered 10.1.2 to read as follows:] Unless sent Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, First-Class Mail or FirstClass Package Service, special handlingfragile is required for parcels containing honeybees or baby poultry. 10.1.3 Marking [Revise the text of renumbered 10.1.3 to read as follows:] Except for cremated remains (accordingly marked or with Label 139 affixed), the marking ‘‘Special HandlingFragile’’ must appear prominently above the address and to the right of the return address on each piece for which the special handling service is requested and the applicable fee has been paid. [Delete renumbered item 10.1.4, Parcel Select—Nonmachinable Parcels, in its entirety (the Parcel Select nonmachinable surcharge was eliminated in a prior price change).] * * * * * 505 Return Services 1.0 Business Reply Mail (BRM) 1.1 Business Reply Mail (BRM) Prices and Fees [Revise the title and text of 1.1.1 to read as follows:] E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25546 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 1.1.1 General BRM Charges For BRM cards, letters and flats, an annual permit fee under 1.2 is required, and a per-piece fee under 1.1.8 is applied to each mailpiece, in addition to the applicable First-Class Mail or Priority Mail postage. See Notice 123— Price List, for applicable prices and fees. [Revise the title and text of 1.1.2 (context of deleted text relocated to 1.1.1) to read as follows:] 1.1.2 High-Volume Basic BRM An annual account maintenance fee is required for high-volume BRM. [Revise the text of 1.1.3 (context of deleted text relocated to 1.1.1) to read as follows:] 1.1.3 Basic Qualified BRM (QBRM) In addition to prices and fees under 1.1.1, an annual account maintenance fee is required for basic QBRM (which applies to a card meeting the applicable standards in 1.6 and 201.1 or a letter meeting the applicable standards in 1.6 that is not eligible for and claimed at the QBRM price for cards). [Revise the text of 1.1.4 (context of deleted text relocated to 1.1.2) to read as follows:] 1.1.4 High-Volume Qualified BRM In additional to 1.1.1, annual permit and account maintenance fees, and a quarterly fee, are required for highvolume QBRM. [Revise the text of 1.1.5 (context of deleted text relocated to 1.1.1) to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.1.5 Bulk Weight Averaged Nonletter-Size BRM In addition to 1.1.1, permit holders participating in bulk weight averaged nonletter-size BRM under 1.8 must pay an annual account maintenance fee, and a monthly maintenance fee. * * * * * [Insert new 1.1.7 through 1.1.11 as follows (these relocated sections all have to do with prices and fees):] 1.1.7 Postage Each piece of returned BRM is charged the applicable single-piece First-Class Mail or Priority Mail postage (423.1.0, and 133.1.0). Cards must meet the standards in 201.1.0 to qualify for card price postage. Any card larger than those dimensions is charged the applicable First-Class Mail letter price. For Priority Mail or First-Class Mail BRM pieces exceeding 13 ounces in weigh, if the zone cannot be determined from a return address or cancellation, then the permit holder is charged zone 4 postage based on the weight of the piece. For QBRM, see 1.6.3. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 1.1.8 Per Piece Fees Per piece fees listed in 1.1 are charged for each piece of returned BRM postcard, letter or flat (in addition to postage in 1.1.1). If a permit holder has not paid an annual account maintenance fee and established a BRM advance deposit account, then the basic (higher) BRM per piece fee must be paid. If a permit holder has paid the annual account maintenance fee and has established a BRM advance deposit account, then the high-volume (lower) BRM per piece fee is paid. For QBRM, see 1.6.4. 1.1.9 Advance Deposit Account and Annual Account Maintenance Fee A permit holder may choose to pay an annual account maintenance fee and establish an advance deposit account, which qualifies returned BRM pieces for the high-volume per piece fee. The account maintenance fee must be paid once each 12-month period at each Post Office where a permit holder holds an advance deposit account. Payment of the account maintenance fee is based on the anniversary date of the initial payment. The fee may be paid in advance only for the next 12-month period and only during the last 60 days of the current 12-month period. The fee charged is that which is in effect on the date of payment. A separate advance deposit account solely for BRM is not required. An advance deposit account can be used for BRM under these conditions: a. For each withdrawal, only one statement is provided for each annual account maintenance fee paid. b. If a permit holder distributes BRM with different addresses (including Post Office box numbers) under the same permit number going to the same delivery unit and has only one business reply account, then the BRM is separated by each different address but only one statement is provided and only one annual account maintenance fee is paid. c. The permit holder must pay an annual account maintenance fee for each separate statement (accounting) requested. If only one annual account maintenance fee is paid, then the permit holder receives only one statement. d. The permit holder must maintain a sufficient balance in the BRM advance deposit account to cover postage and per piece fees for returned mailpieces. The permit holder is notified if funds are insufficient. After three calendar days, if no funds are deposited, then the BRM on hand is charged the basic BRM per piece fee and postage and charges are collected from the permit holder (e.g., in cash) prior to delivery. PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 e. BRM addressed to several different firms at the same delivery unit may be delivered to an agent authorized by a valid BRM permit holder. The agent pays one annual account maintenance fee for all the firms represented by the agent in the same delivery unit. If the agent, or any of the firms represented by the agent, wants a separation of charges, then separate (additional) account maintenance fees must be paid. 1.1.10 Renewal of Annual Account Maintenance Fee An annual renewal notice is provided to each BRM permit holder with a BRM advance deposit account. The notice and the payment for the next 12 months must be returned by the expiration date to the Post Office that holds the advance deposit account. After the expiration date, if the permit holder has not paid the annual account maintenance fee but still has a valid BRM permit, returned BRM pieces no longer qualify for the high-volume BRM per piece fee and are charged the basic BRM per piece fee in 1.1.8. 1.1.11 Payment Options Permit holders may pay for postage and per piece fees on returned pieces by cash or check upon delivery, through a regular postage due account (604.6.3), or through a BRM advance deposit account (1.1.9). A regular postage due account is not charged an annual account maintenance fee and does not qualify the permit holder for high-volume BRM per piece fees. [Delete 1.2 Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM) Prices, and 1.3, Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM), in their entirety, (1.2 is already stated in 505.1.1 and 1.3 relocated to 1.10, Additional Standards for QBRM.), then, insert new 1.2, Permits, (relocated from current 1.5) to read as follows:] 1.2 Permits * * * * * 1.2.2 Application Process The mailer may apply for a BRM permit by submitting a completed Form 3615 to the Post Office issuing the permit and paying the annual permit fee. If a completed Form 3615 is already on file for the mailer for other permits at that office, then the mailer must submit the annual BRM permit fee and the USPS amends Form 3615 by adding the BRM authorization. 1.2.3 Annual Permit Fee A permit fee must be paid once each 12-month period at each Post Office where a BRM permit is held. Payment of the permit fee is based on the E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations anniversary date of the permit’s issuance. The fee may be paid in advance only for the next 12 months and only during the last 60 days of the current service period. The fee charged is that which is in effect on the date of payment. Agents authorized by a permit holder under 1.7 are not required to pay an annual permit fee at the Post Office where their BRM is received. 1.2.4 Renewal of Annual Permit Fee An annual renewal notice is provided to each BRM permit holder by the USPS. The notice and the payment for the next 12 months must be returned by the expiration date to the Post Office that issued the permit. After the expiration date, if the permit holder has not paid the annual permit fee, then returned BRM pieces are treated as follows: a. Postcards of no obvious value are treated as waste and disposed of at the delivery unit. b. Letter and flat pieces with a return address are endorsed ‘‘Business Reply Permit Canceled’’ and are returned to the sender. c. Pieces without a return address are endorsed ‘‘Business Reply Permit Canceled’’ and forwarded to the mail recovery center for handling. 1.2.5 Other Post Offices A permit holder may distribute BRM through any Post Office for delivery at any Post Office under 1.7. mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.2.6 Revocation of a Permit The USPS may revoke a BRM permit because of format errors or for refusal to pay permit fees (annual, accounting, quarterly, or monthly), postage, or per piece fees. If the permit was revoked due to format errors, then a former permit holder may obtain a new permit and permit number by completing and submitting a new Form 3615, paying the required BRM annual permit fee, paying a new annual account maintenance fee (if applicable), and, for the next 2 years, submitting two samples of each BRM format to the appropriate Post Office for approval. [Renumber current 1.4 through 1.12 as new 1.3 through 1.8.] [Revise the title (to align with other titles in 505) of renumbered 1.3 as follows:] 1.3 1.3.1 Description [Revise the text of renumbered 1.3.1 to read as follows:] Business Reply Mail (BRM) service enables a permit holder to receive FirstClass Mail and Priority Mail back from customers. The permit holder 21:56 May 01, 2015 1.3.2 Jkt 235001 Samples [Revise the text of newly renumbered 1.3.4 to read as follows:] Prior to printing, permit holders are encouraged, but not required, to submit preproduction samples of BRM to the USPS for approval. QBRM pieces require USPS approval (1.6). PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 1.3.5 Error Notification [Revise the text of newly renumbered 1.3.5 to read as follows:] If the USPS discovers a BRM format error, the responsible permit holder or authorized agent receives written notification of the error. The permit holder must correct the error and make sure that all future BRM pieces meet appropriate specifications. The repeated distribution of BRM with format errors is grounds for revoking a BRM permit (1.2.6). [Delete renumbered 1.4, Permits, in its entirety (relocated to new 1.2.] [Delete renumbered 1.5, Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Account Maintenance Fees, and 1.5.1, Postage through 1.5.4, Renewal of Annual Account Maintenance Fee, (all text relocated within 1.1) in their entirety.] [Renumber 1.5.5 through 1.5.7 as new 1.3.6 through 1.3.8.] 1.3.6 Item Combined Pieces as a Single Two or more BRM pieces may be mailed as a single piece if the BRM pieces are identically addressed and prepared for mailing in accordance with 201.1.0. The permit holder is charged postage based on the total weight of the combined piece plus one per piece fee. If the combined pieces become separated, then the permit holder must pay postage and a per piece fee for each individual piece. Combined pieces are not eligible for QBRM postage prices or per piece fees. 1.3.7 Extra Services No extra services are permitted with BRM, except for BRM parcels bearing an Intelligent Mail package barcode with imbedded USPS Tracking service. [Delete renumbered 1.3.3, Address, in its entirety, (text relocated more appropriately under 1.8.6, Format Elements), then, renumber recently renumbered 1.3.4, through 1.3.7 as new 1.3.3 through 1.3.6.] [Delete recently renumbered 1.3.4, Intentions of the Permit Holder, in its entirety, (text relocated in 1.3.1, Description) and renumber recently renumbered 1.3.5 through 1.3.6 as new 1.3.4 through 1.3.5.] 1.3.4 Basic Standards VerDate Sep<11>2014 guarantees payment of the applicable First-Class Mail or Priority Mail postage, plus a per piece fee, on all returned BRM which includes any incomplete, blank, or empty BRM cards and envelopes and any mailable matter with a BRM label affixed. BRM cards, envelopes, self-mailers, and flats may be distributed by a BRM permit holder in any quantity for return to any Post Office in the United States and its territories and possessions, including military Post Offices overseas. HighVolume BRM under 1.1.2 is a subset of BRM that qualify pieces for a reduced per piece fee. QBRM, under 1.1.3, 1.1.4 and 1.6, is a subset of BRM available for specific automation-compatible lettersize pieces that qualify for an automation postage price and a reduced per piece fee. Domestic BRM may not be distributed to foreign countries (see the International Mail Manual for International Business Reply Service (IBRS)). BRM may not be used for any purpose other than that intended by the permit holder, even when postage is affixed. In cases where a BRM card or letter is used improperly as a label, the USPS treats the item as waste. [Delete renumbered 1.3.2, Payment Guarantee, in its entirety, (text relocated under 1.3.1, Description), then, renumber recently renumbered 1.3.3, Services, through 1.3.8, Error Notification, as new 1.3.2 through 1.3.7.] [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 1.3.2 as follows:] Sfmt 4700 25547 With Postage Affixed [Revise the text of renumbered 1.3.7 to read as follows:] BRM with postage affixed is handled the same as other BRM. No effort is made to identify or separate BRM pieces with postage affixed. The amount of affixed postage is not deducted from the postage or per piece fees owed. The permit holder may request a credit or refund for postage affixed to BRM under 604.9.2. [Delete newly renumbered 1.3.8 in its entirety (context of text relocated to 1.1.11 under BRM Prices and Fees).] 1.4 Mailpiece Characteristics * * 1.4.5 * * * Window Envelopes The following standards apply to BRM prepared in an open-panel or a covered window envelope: * * * * * c. Open panel window envelopes: * * * * * [Revise the text of renumbered 1.4.5c.2 to read as follows:] E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25548 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Exhibit 1.4.8a Instructions for Affixing Business Reply Label 2. Other required and optional elements in 1.5 may be printed on the insert appearing through the address window. * * * * * [Delete 1.4.9, Labels for Letter-Size Pieces, in its entirety (context of text relocated to 1.4.8).] 1.4.6 Self-Mailers and Reusable Mailpieces [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 1.4.6 to read as follows:] In addition to the standards in 1.4 and 1.5, self-mailers and reusable mailpieces must meet the standards in 201.3.14 and 601.6.5 (or 601.6.6). * * * * * * * * [Revise the title and text of renumbered 1.4.8 to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.4.8 Labels for Letter-Size Pieces The minimum size of a BRM label for use on letter-size pieces is 2 inches high and 3 inches long. BRM labels on ordinary letter-size pieces are not required to have a FIM or a ZIP+4 barcode, but all other format standards in 1.5 must be met. In cases where a BRM card or letter is used improperly as a label, the USPS treats the item as waste. The following standards apply to BRM labels for use on letter-size pieces: a. The minimum size of a BRM label is 25⁄8 inches high and 41⁄4 inches long. All format elements, including a FIM, must be printed on the label. Exception: The vertical series of horizontal bars must be at least 3⁄4 inch high. Horizontal bars may be omitted on BRM letter-size pieces bearing Intelligent Mail barcodes. The back of the label must be coated with a permanent adhesive strong enough to firmly attach the label to an envelope. b. The permit holder must provide instructions to the user describing how the label should be applied to a mailpiece and what precautions must be observed when applying the label (see Exhibit 1.4.8a). A pictorial diagram showing proper placement of the label must be included with the instructions. At a minimum, the instructions must include the following directions: 1. Place the label squarely in the upper right corner of the envelope. 2. Do not write on the envelope or label. 3. Do not use a window envelope, an envelope that is less than 1 inch higher than the label an envelope that is more than 41⁄2 inches high, or an envelope with any printing other than a return address. 4. Do not use tape to affix the label. c. When the label is affixed to an envelope, the address must be placed within the OCR read area (see 202.2.1). d. Pieces with business reply labels cannot qualify for QBRM prices. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 1.5 Format Elements 1.5.1 General [Revise the text of renumbered 1.5.1 to read as follows:] Except for BRM parcels under 3.0, all pieces of BRM are subject to these format elements. The USPS may revoke a BRM permit because of format errors under 1.2.6. An Intelligent Mail barcode (IMb) is not required, except for QBRM prices; if an IMb is used, it must be printed and placed under 1.5.10 and as shown in Exhibit 1.5.1a. Pieces of QBRM and bulk weight averaged nonletter-size BRM are subject to additional format standards listed in 1.6 and 1.8. BRM format elements are shown in Exhibit 1.5.1a. Exhibit 1.5.1a Format Business Reply Mail * * * 1.5.2 * * Printing and Print Reflectance [Revise the second sentence of renumbered 1.5.2 to read as follows:] * * * Handwriting, typewriting, and hand stamping may not be used to prepare BRM. Printed borders are not permitted on letter-size BRM, but are permitted on envelopes greater than 61⁄8 inches high or 111⁄2 inches long or 1⁄4 inch thick. * * * * * * * * 1.5.4 Business Reply Legend [Revise the first sentence of 1.5.4 to read as follows:] The legend ‘‘BUSINESS REPLY MAIL’’ or ‘‘BUSINESS REPLY LABEL’’, as appropriate, must appear on all pieces. * * * * * * * * 1.5.6 Delivery Address [Add a new first sentence to and revise item d of renumbered 1.5.6 to read as follows:] The delivery address on a piece of BRM may not be altered to redirect the mailpiece to any address other than the one preprinted on the piece. * * * * * * * * [Renumber current 1.9 as new 1.5.10, then, revise the title and text of renumbered 1.5.10 to read as follows:] PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 1.5.10 Additional Standards for Letter-Size and Flat-Size BRM Bearing an IMb When an Intelligent Mail barcode is printed on any BRM pieces, it must contain the barcode ID, service type ID, and correct ZIP+4 routing code, as specified under 708.4.3. The IMb must be placed on the address side of the piece and positioned as part of the delivery address block under 202.5.7 or within the barcode clear zone in the lower right corner of the piece if printed directly on the piece. 1.6 Additional Standards for Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM) 1.6.1 Description [Revise renumbered 1.6.1 to read as follows:] Qualified business reply mail (QBRM) is a subset of business reply mail. Permit holders distribute automationcompatible letter-size pieces that qualify for automation postage prices and reduced per piece fees. In addition to meeting the eligibility requirements below, the authorization to participate in QBRM under 1.6.2, and the format standards in 1.5, QBRM is First-Class Mail that: a. Is letter-size and is prepared to meet the automation compatibility requirements in 201.3.0 (except 201.3.13.1). b. Meets all the Business Reply Mail (BRM) standards in 1.3 through 1.8. c. Has postage and per piece charges deducted from a BRM advance deposit account. d. Is authorized to mail at QBRM prices and fees under 1.6.2. During the authorization process, a proper ZIP+4 Code is assigned to the mailer (under 1.6.2) for each price category of QBRM to be returned under the system (one for card priced pieces, one for letter-size pieces weighing 1 ounce or less, and one for letter-size pieces weighing over 1 ounce up to and including 2 ounces). e. Bears the proper ZIP+4 Code, assigned by USPS for the appropriate price category, in the address of each piece. The ZIP+4 Codes assigned for this program must be used only on the organization’s appropriate QBRM pieces. f. Bears the correct Intelligent Mail barcode, correctly prepared under 1.9 and 708.4.0, that corresponds to the unique ZIP+4 code in the address on each piece distributed. g. Bears a properly prepared facing identification mark (FIM) C on each piece distributed (see 708.9.0). [Delete renumbered 1.6.2, Eligibility, in its entirety (text in ‘‘1.3’’ as reference in 1.10.2 relocated to 1.10.1 (1.10.1 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations subsequently renumbered as new 1.6.1)), then, renumber recently renumbered 1.6.3 through 1.6.8 as new 1.6.2 through 1.6.7.] 1.6.2 Authorization [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.2 to read as follows:] To participate in QBRM, a mailer with a valid BRM permit and having paid the annual account maintenance fee, must submit Form 6805 to the Postmaster or manager, Business Mail Entry for the Post Office to which the QBRM pieces are to be returned. USPS assigns to the mailer a proper BRM ZIP+4 Code, as applicable, reviews Form 6805 and preproduction samples provided by the mailer for compliance with relevant standards, and if approved, issues the mailer an authorization via the Form 6805. * * * * * 1.6.4 Per Piece Fees [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.4 to read as follows:] Per piece fees are charged for each piece of returned QBRM (in addition to postage in 1.6.3). Pieces that do not meet the format requirements for QBRM cannot qualify for QBRM per piece fees and are charged the high-volume BRM per piece fees in 1.1.2. 1.6.5 Annual Account Maintenance Fee and Advance Deposit Account [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.5 to read as follows:] Permit holders are required to pay QBRM postage and per piece fees through a BRM advance deposit account, which requires payment of an annual account maintenance fee (see 1.1.9). * * * * * [Revise the complete text of renumbered 1.7 to read as follows (incorporating the text and sections 1.11.2 through 1.11.6 as new 1.7.1 items a through e.):] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 1.7 BRM Distributed and Received by Agents of a Permit Holder 1.7.1 Description Permit holders may give permission to subsidiary offices, agents, or authorized representatives to distribute and receive BRM using a single (corporate) permit number. BRM pieces are distributed by and returned to agents, who pay postage and per piece fees on those returned pieces. Agents may use any type of BRM service meeting the applicable standards in 1.0 and under the following additional conditions: a. Permit—The main permit holder or ‘‘corporate’’ office applies for the permit VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 25549 number and pays the permit fee. The agent must present a letter of authorization from the permit holder showing the name, address, and telephone number of the local agent authorized to receive the BRM to the Post Office where the BRM is to be returned. Any time there is a change to the original permit application or the authorization letter, each agent must provide an amended letter of authorization to their local Post Office. b. Annual Permit Fee—Agents do not pay a separate annual permit fee but must submit evidence (usually a copy of Form 3544) to the local office once each 12-month period to show that the annual permit fee has been paid. This evidence is not required if-the permit holder has a centralized account processing system (CAPS) account, through which the local Post Office can determine that the permit fee has been paid. c. Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Annual Account Maintenance Fees—Agents receiving BRM or QBRM are responsible for paying all the postage and per piece fees, and applicable annual account maintenance fees, under 1.1 for the type of service received. d. Payment Guarantee—The permit holder is ultimately responsible for postage and per piece fees for all pieces returned under that permit number. If a local agent refuses or neglects to pay postage or per piece fees on returned pieces, then those pieces are forwarded to the Post Office that issued the original permit for collection of postage and per piece fees from the permit holder. Once forwarded to the permit holder, these pieces cannot qualify for QBRM postage and per piece fees. The permit holder’s refusal to accept and pay the required postage and per piece fees for BRM offered for delivery is grounds for immediate revocation of the BRM permit (1.5.6). e. Format—BRM distributed by agents must meet all required format standards in 1.4 and 1.5. Authorized representatives distributing BRM on behalf of a permit holder must have the permit holder’s name and permit number printed on the BRM and their own names and addresses printed below the permit holder’s name, except: 1. When the agent is a branch of an authorized business. 2. The permit holder notifies a Post Office that authorized representatives may use the permit holder’s permit number without printing the permit holder’s name. 1.8.3 Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Other Fees [Revise the last sentence of renumbered 1.8.3 to read as follows:] * * * Permit holders participating in bulk weight averaged nonletter-size BRM must pay an annual account maintenance fee and a monthly maintenance fee (see 1.1.5). [Revise the title of 1.8.4, Application Procedures, to read as follows:] 1.8 Bulk Weight Averaged Nonlettersize BRM * * PO 00000 * * Frm 00023 * Fmt 4701 * Sfmt 4700 1.8.4 Application Process [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 1.8.4 to read as follows:] A permit holder who wants to use bulk weight averaged BRM for nonlettersize pieces must submit a written request to the Postmaster of the office where the BRM permit is held. The Postmaster forwards this information to the manager, Customer Service Standardization, USPS Headquarters (see 608.8.0 for address). The request must include the following information: * * * * * [Revise the text of 1.8.4d read as follows:] d. Based on the estimated volume in 1.8.4c, a 24-hour estimate and a 30-day estimate of postage and per piece fees using the postage and charges listed in 1.1.5. * * * * * 1.8.7 Revoking Authorization [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 1.8.7 to read as follows:] A Postmaster may terminate authorization for bulk weight averaged BRM by sending written notice to the permit holder, for any of the following reasons: * * * * * [Revise the heading of 2.0, Permit Reply Mail, to read as follows:] 2.0 Permit, Pre-Paid (Metered), and Courtesy Reply Mail [Revise the title of 2.1, General Information, to read as follows;] 2.1 Permit Reply Mail 2.1.1 Description [Revise the second sentence of 2.1.1 to read as follows:] * * * Mailers must distribute PRM pieces as part of the contents of an outgoing First-Class Mail mailing (see 230) only by using a valid permit imprint (604.5.0) account. [Revise the title of 2.1.2, Services, as follows;] 2.1.2 Extra Services * * * * [Delete 2.1.3, Address, in its entirety (text relocated to 2.3.6), then renumber E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25550 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations interfere with any required format element. [Delete 2.4, Permit Imprint Account, in its entirety (relocated the last sentence to 2.1.1, Description, and the rest of this text is already stated in 2.1.1), then, renumber current 2.5 and 2.6 as new 2.4 and 2.5.] * * * * * [Renumber recently renumbered 2.5, Courtesy Reply Mail, as new 2.7.] [Insert new section 2.6 (relocated more appropriately here from 604.4.5.2) to read as follows:] * * * * [Insert new 2.8 (context of text relocated from 201.3.18) to read as follows:] 3.0 Merchandise Return Service (MRS) 3.1.2 Advance Deposit Account and Account Maintenance Fee 3.1 2.8 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes [Revise the text of 3.1.1 to read as follows:] An annual Returns Services permit fee must be paid once each 12-month period at each Post Office where a Merchandise Return Service (MRS) permit is held. The fee (in effect on the date of the payment) may be paid for the next 12 months, during the last 60 days of the service period, before the anniversary of the permit’s issuance. An approved merchandise return permit on Form 3615 must be on file at every Post Office to which parcels are returned. [Revise the entire text of 3.1.2 (including relocated text from 3.2.9, Multiple Accounts) to read as follows:] There is an annual Returns Services account maintenance fee for the advance deposit account. The permit holder must pay postage and extra service fees through an advance deposit account and must pay an annual account maintenance fee. When an advance deposit account is kept at each entry location, a separate permit (except as provided under 3.2.11 and for qualified national permit holders using scan based payment for returns) is needed and the annual merchandise return service permit and annual 2.3.6 Delivery Address [Revise the text of 2.3.6 to read as follows:] The complete address (including the permit holder’s name, delivery address, city, state, and ZIP+4 Code) must be printed on the piece. The delivery address on a PRM mailpiece may not be altered to redirect it to any address other than the one preprinted on the piece. PRM pieces must bear an Intelligent Mail barcode meeting the standards in 202.5.0 and 708.4.0. * * * * * 2.3.8 Company Logo [Revise the text of 2.3.8 to read as follows:] A company logo is permitted on letter-size PRM, provided the logo is placed no lower than 5/8 inch from the bottom edge of the piece and it does not mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Prepaid (Metered) Reply Mail 2.6.1 PO 00000 Description Prices and Fees 3.1.1 Mailers may enclose reply cards or envelopes (i.e. BRM under 1.0; Permit Reply Mail under 2.1 and 2.4, Prepaid (Metered) Reply under 2.6, or Courtesy Reply Mail under 2.7), addressed for return to a domestic delivery address, within automation mailings subject to provisions in 201.3.0 for enclosures. [Revise the title of 3.0 to read as follows:] VerDate Sep<11>2014 2.6 Permit Fee Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 ER01MY15.eps</GPH> Mailers may use indicia generated by any postage evidencing system (see 604.4) to prepay reply postage on Priority Mail Express, on Priority Mail when the price is the same for all zones, on First-Class Mail, and on single-piece price Media Mail and Library Mail under the following conditions. a. The postage amount must be sufficient to prepay the full postage due. b. Print indicia directly on the mailpiece or on a label, and place indicia under 201.4.3.3. c. Indicia used to prepay reply postage must not show the date. d. Pre-address the mailpiece for return to the authorized user only. e. Print the words ‘‘NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY POSTAGE HAS BEEN PREPAID BY’’ directly above the address. f. Mailers may use FIM A on barcoded letter-size First-Class Mail reply mail except when using PC Postage. g. When using PC Postage, mailers must use FIM D for prepaid reply mail when the indicium is printed directly on the mailpiece. h. The address side must appear as described in this section and shown in the illustration below. Nothing may be added except a return address, FIM, or barcode. current 2.1.4 through 2.1.5 as new 2.1.3 through 2.1.4.] * * * * * Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations account maintenance fees must be paid at each Post Office. The fee (in effect on the date of the payment) may be paid for the next 12 months, during the last 60 days of the service period, before the anniversary date of the initial fee payment. A separate advance deposit account for MRS is not required; the annual account maintenance fee is charged if MRS postage and fees are paid from an existing account: a. For each withdrawal, only one statement is provided for each annual account maintenance fee paid. b. The permit holder must pay an annual account maintenance fee for each separate statement (accounting) requested. * * * * * 3.1.3 Postage Merchandise return service parcels are charged single-piece price postage and extra service fees based on the class or subclass marking on the label. If a parcel is unmarked or marked Media Mail, Library Mail, or Bound Printed Matter, then it is charged Parcel Select Nonpresort prices. If the postage for the returned parcel is zoned and there is no way to determine its zone of origin (i.e., no postmark or return address), then postage is calculated at zone 4 (for Priority Mail, or for pieces marked ‘‘Ground’’ and charged at Parcel Select Nonpresort prices). Postage is deducted from an advance deposit account. * * * * * 3.1.5 Priority Mail Commercial Base and Commercial Plus Prices Priority Mail Commercial Base and Commercial Plus prices are available to MRS permit holders when the following criteria are met: [Revise the text of 3.1.5 item a by deleting the second sentence.] * * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 3.2 Basic Standards 3.2.1 Description [Revise the text of 3.2.1 to read as follows:] Merchandise return service allows an authorized Returns Services permit holder to pay the postage and extra service fees on single-piece priced Priority Mail, or First-Class Package Service or ground return service parcels (Parcel Select Nonpresort) that are returned to the permit holder by the permit holder’s customers via a special barcoded label (see 3.5.10) produced by the permit holder. * * * * * [Delete 3.2.5, IMpb Standards, in its entirety, (context of text in new item j. under 3.5.10, Label Format Elements) VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 25551 then, renumber current 3.2.6 through 3.2.14 as new 3.2.5 through 3.2.13.] * * * * * sender’s return address is returned to the sender; otherwise, it is treated as dead mail. 3.2.6 Application Process [Revise the text of 3.2.6 to read as follows:] The applicant must submit a completed Form 3615 and the annual permit fee to the Post Office issuing the permit, or amend an existing Form 3615 on file at that office by adding the merchandise return service authorization to existing Returns Service permit authorizations. Except for MRS labels generated by the USPS Application Program Interface (API), Form 3615 must be accompanied by copies of the MRS labels (including printed copies of labels intended to be faxed to customers or transmitted to customers electronically) and the instructions provided to the permit holder’s customers. All MRS labels that have preprinted USPS Tracking barcodes must be approved by the USPS. If articles are to be returned from customers as Registered Mail, the applicant must indicate ‘‘Registered Mail’’ on the application. After a MRS permit is obtained, any change to label formats or customer instructions must be approved by the Post Office where the permit is held. The permit is valid for 12 months after the approval date of the application. [Delete renumbered 3.2.7, Procedure, (text relocated in 3.1.1), 3.2.8, Multiple Accounts, (text relocated in 3.1.2) in their entirety, then renumber recently renumbered 3.2.9 through 3.2.13 as new 3.2.7 through 3.2.11.] [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 3.2.7, Renewal, to read as follows:] 3.2.9 3.2.7 Permit Renewal To renew the MRS permit, the permit holder must send the annual fees (under 3.1.1 and 3.1.2) to the issuing Post Office by the expiration date of the permit, or authorize the Postmaster to deduct the fee from the advance deposit account, or establish a CAPS link for EFT. If a permit holder’s outbound permit account shows any amount of outbound parcel volumes, the annual Returns Services permit and account maintenance fees may be waived at the time of renewal. Written authorization is not needed for permit renewal if there is no change to the authorization on file at the delivery unit. 3.2.8 Nonrenewed Permit [Revise the text of 3.2.8 to read as follows:] If the permit is not renewed, merchandise return mail bearing the PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Permit Cancellation [Revise the text of 3.2.9 to read as follows:] The USPS may cancel a MRS permit if the permit holder refuses to accept and pay postage and fees on merchandise return service parcels, fails to keep sufficient funds in the advance deposit account to cover postage and fees, or distributes merchandise return labels or tags that do not meet USPS standards. 3.2.10 Reapplying After Cancellation [Revise the text of 3.2.10 to read as follows:] To receive a new MRS permit at the same Post Office after a merchandise return permit is canceled, the applicant must amend the Form 3615 on file at that office to reflect the new application date; pay a new permit fee; submit for approval two samples of any label format to be used; provide evidence that the reasons for the permit cancellation are corrected; and provide and keep funds in an advance deposit account to cover normal returns for at least 2 weeks. 3.2.11 Using Other Post Offices [Revise the text of 3.2.11 to read as follows:] The permit holder may distribute merchandise return labels for return through other Post Offices (i.e. stations or branches under a Main Post Office) without paying an additional permit fee if the permit holder opens and keeps their advance deposit account at the Post Office where the permit is issued and supplies that Postmaster the name, address, and telephone number of a representative in each additional station or branch if different from the information on the application. [Revise the title of 3.3, Additional Standards for Permit Holder, to read as follows:] 3.3 Additional Standards for MRS [Revise the title and text of 3.3.1 to read as follows:] 3.3.1 Extra and Additional Services The MRS permit holder may obtain extra and additional services with MRS as follows: a. Insurance—Which may be combined with special handling) for MRS containing only matter not required to be mailed at First-Class Mail prices under 133.3.0. To request insurance, the permit holder must preprint or rubber-stamp ‘‘Insurance E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 25552 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Desired by Permit Holder for $ll (value)’’ to the left of and above the ‘‘Merchandise Return Label’’ legend and below the ‘‘Total Postage and Fees Due’’ statement on the merchandise return label. The value part of the endorsement, showing the dollar amount of insurance for the article, may be handwritten by the permit holder. If insurance is paid for by the MRS permit holder, then only the MRS permit holder may file a claim (609). b. Registered Mail—May be obtained by the MRS permit holder under the following conditions: 1. The customer using the MRS label must declare the full value of the article to be registered when presented at the Post Office. Registered Mail service may be obtained only on articles returned at Priority Mail or First-Class Package Service prices and may not be combined with any other extra service. 2. A permit holder wanting to add Registered Mail service under an existing permit must submit a written request to the Post Office where the permit is held, with samples of the merchandise return labels and a copy of the instructions to be provided to the permit holder’s customers. The permit holder must not distribute labels that request Registered Mail service before receiving USPS written approval. c. Special Handling—The permit holder may obtain special handling service with MRS. d. Pickup on Demand Service—The permit holder may obtain Pickup on Demand service with MRS. Pickup on Demand service may be combined with Certified Mail (Priority Mail only), USPS Tracking, and special handling. e. USPS Tracking—(which may be combined with insurance and special handling or both) is included with MRS when the MRS labels are properly formatted under 3.5.10. f. Mailing Acknowledgment—The permit holder may prepare a detachable mailing acknowledgment form, subject to these conditions: 1. The acknowledgment must not bear adhesive but must be attached to the label and perforated or designed for easy separation at the time of mailing. 2. The acknowledgment establishes no USPS liability for the parcel if damaged, lost, or stolen. 3. The acknowledgment provides documentation for account management between the mailing customer and the permit holder. The USPS charges no fee, keeps no records, and does not provide copies of or further information about the acknowledgment. 4. A merchandise return service parcel containing the detachable mailing acknowledgment form must be VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 presented to the USPS acceptance employee at the time of mailing to be executed. 5. Each mailing acknowledgment part of the label must include a unique parcel identification number assigned by the permit holder; the return address of the customer mailing the parcel, in the upper part of the detachable form; the permit holder’s address, in the lower part of the form; an initials section in the acknowledgment portion for use by the USPS acceptance employee; and space in the acknowledgment part where the USPS acceptance employee places the date stamp. [Delete 3.3.2, Registered Mail, through 3.3.7, Mailing Acknowledgment, in their entirety (context of text relocated to 3.3.1).] [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.2 to read as follows:] 3.4 Additional Standards for Permit Holder’s Customer Any photographic, mechanical, or electronic process or any combination of such processes other than typewriting or handwriting may be used to prepare the MRS label and detachable acknowledgment form. The background may be any light color (excluding brilliant colors) that allows the address, postmark, and other endorsements to be readily discerned. If labels are faxed to customers or electronically transmitted to customers for their local printing, the permit holder must advise their customers of these preparation requirements as part of the required instructions required under 3.5.5. All MRS labels bearing the required IMpb (with imbedded USPS Tracking) must be certified for use by the USPS prior to distribution. Labels with USPS Tracking barcodes cannot be faxed to customers. [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.4 to read as follows:] 3.4.1 Customer Options [Revise the text of 3.4.1 to read as follows:] If the permit holder has not indicated the extra services listed in 3.3.1a through 3.3.1d a customer may request the extra services listed in 3.3.1a through 3.3.1d at their own expense. 3.4.2 Insurance [Revise the text of 3.4.2 to read as follows:] If insurance is paid by the customer, then only the customer may file a claim. 3.4.3 Certificate of Mailing * * * * * [Revise the title of 3.5, Preparation, to read as follows:] 3.5 Labels 3.5.1 Distribution of Labels [Revise the text of 3.5.1 to read as follows:] Merchandise return service labels may be distributed to customers as an enclosure with merchandise, as a separate item (including when requested electronically through the Business Customer Gateway for printing and delivery to the end-user by USPS), as part of a double postcard subject to 201.1.2.8 and the approval of the PCSC, as an electronic transmission for customer downloading and printing, or through one of the permit holder’s designated pickup facilities. Any such label distributed to a customer must meet the format standards in 3.5.10, including the requirement to furnish instructions. [Delete 3.5.2, Labels, in its entirety (text relocated to introductory text of renumbered 3.5.10, Label Format Elements); then, renumber 3.5.3 through 3.5.14 as new 3.5.2 through 3.5.13.] PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 3.5.2 Mailer Price Markings It is recommended that permit holders preprint a price marking (or ‘‘Ground’’ for ground service charged at Parcel Select Nonpresort prices) on the merchandise return service labels they distribute to ensure that returned parcels will be given service and charged postage according to the wishes of the permit holder. Regardless of weight, all unmarked parcels will be treated as Standard Post and charged Parcel Select Nonpresort prices. [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.3 to read as follows:] 3.5.3 3.5.4 Label Preparation Labeling Methods If all applicable content and format standards are met (including the written instructions required by 3.5.5), a merchandise return service label may be produced by any of the following methods: * * * * * [Revise the text of renumbered 3.5.4 item c to read as follows:] c. Printed and delivered by USPS to the customer (end-user) when requested electronically by the permit holder or its agents through the Business Customer Gateway. * * * * * [Revise the title of renumbered 3.5.5 to read as follows:] 3.5.5 Labeling Instructions Written instructions must be provided with the label that, at a minimum, directs the customer to do the following: * * * * * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations [Revise renumbered 3.5.5 item d by changing any blue colored text to black.] d. ‘‘Mail the labeled parcel at a Post Office, drop it in a collection box, leave it with your letter carrier, or schedule a package pickup at usps.com.’’ [Delete renumbered 3.5.6, Insured Markings, in its entirety (context of text relocated more appropriately under 3.5.8); then, insert new 3.5.6 to read as follows:] 3.5.6 Special Handling Endorsement To request special handling, the permit holder must preprint or rubberstamp ‘‘Special Handling Desired by Permit Holder’’ to the left of and above the ‘‘Merchandise Return Label’’ legend and below the ‘‘Total Postage and Fees Due’’ statement on the merchandise return label. * * * * * [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.8 to read as follows:] 3.5.8 Placement of Extra Service Labels The permit holder must either leave a clear space on the merchandise return label to the right of the return address for the placement of the applicable extra service label (see 503.1.7.2 for additional standards for extra service labels) or instruct the customer to affix the merchandise return label to the article so that the USPS acceptance employee can place the extra service label on the article directly above the merchandise return label. [Delete renumbered 3.5.9, Placement of Return Receipt for Merchandise Label, (context of text relocated more appropriately under 3.5.8) and 3.5.10, Special Handling Endorsement, (context of text relocated to 3.5.6) in their entirety; then, renumber newly renumbered 3.5.11 through 3.5.13 as new 3.5.9 through 3.5.11.] [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.9 to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 3.5.9 Additional Standards for Special Handling Labels In addition to meeting the standards under 3.5.6 and 3.5.8, as applicable, the permit holder must provide ‘‘Special Handling’’ labels with instructions to customers about their placement on the parcel. [Revise the title, complete text, and exhibits, of newly renumbered 3.5.10 to read as follows:] 3.5.10 Label Format Elements The label used for merchandise return service must meet the standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 [Delete renumbered 3.5.11, Certificate of Mailing, in its entirety (already stated in 505.3.4.3).] 3.6 Enter and Deposit 3.6.1 Customer Mailing Options [Revise the last section of the first sentence of 3.6.1 to read as follows:] * * *; or at any place designated by the Postmaster for the receipt of mail. * * * [Insert new 3.7 to read as follows:] 3.7 Additional Standards for USPS Return Services 3.7.1 Permit and Account Fees An annual Returns Services permit fee, under 3.1.1, and annual account maintenance under 3.1.2, are required for the USPS Return Services described in 3.7. 3.7.2 Extra Services USPS insurance is the only extra service that can be purchased for USPS Returns (Priority Mail Return Service, First-Class Package Return Service and Ground Return Service). There is no included insurance provided for Priority Mail Return Service pieces. 3.7.3 Prices Commercial Base prices are available for permit holders receiving Priority Mail Return Service and First-Class Package Return Service mailpieces under 3.7. Permit holders may combine cumulative volumes for Priority Mail Return Service and First-Class Package Return Service. Eligibility for Commercial Plus prices are available to permit holders who qualify for Commercial Base prices, and at least one of the following: a. Have cumulative Priority Mail Return Service, First-Class Package Return Service, and Ground Return Service volume exceeding a combined total of 25,000 return pieces in the previous calendar year. b. Have cumulative returns Commercial Plus cubic (see 1.1.4) volume exceeding a combined total of 85,000 pieces returned in approved packaging in the previous calendar year. c. Have cumulative returns and outbound volume exceeding a combined total of 90,000 pieces in the previous calendar year. d. Have a signed Commercial Plus returns customer commitment agreement with USPS. e. Have a signed commercial plus Critical Mail commitment agreement with USPS. PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25553 3.7.4 Postage Postage is calculated based on the weight of the parcel and zone, except for First-Class Package Return Service, for which postage is based on the weight of the parcel and Critical Mail returns, for which postage is based on flat rate pricing. Customers must pay postage under a scan based payment program (705.24.0) and using an eVS/CAPS account. 3.7.5 Description Priority Mail Return Service (including Critical Mail), First-Class Package Return Service and Ground Return Service provide return service options to customers who meet the applicable standards in 3.0. Except for restricted material described in Publication 52, any mailable matter may be mailed using any of the USPS Return Service options. Any content that constitutes First-Class Mail matter may only be mailed using Priority Mail Return Service or using First-Class Package Return Service at Commercial Plus prices. 3.7.6 Labels USPS Return Service labels must meet the standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS. USPS Return Services standard label sizes are 3 inches by 6 inches, 4 inches by 4 inches, or 4 inches by 6 inches and must be certified by the USPS for use prior to distribution. All other label sizes require written approval from the National Customer Support Center (NCSC). The label must include an Intelligent Mail package barcode, accommodate all required elements, be legible, and be prepared in accordance with 708.5.0 and Publication 205 at https://ribbs/evs/ documents/tech_guides/pubs/ Pub205.PDF. Permit holders or their agents may distribute approved USPS Return Service labels and instructions by means listed under 3.5.4. Permit holders or their agents must provide written instructions to the label enduser (mailer) as provided under 3.5.5. The label used for USPS Returns must meet the standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS. 3.7.7 Additional Standards for Priority Mail Return Service Priority Mail Return Service may contain any mailable matter weighing no more than 70 pounds. Lower weight limits apply to Commercial Plus cubic (see 1.1.4), APO/FPO mail is subject to 703.2.0 and 703.4.0, and Department of State mail is subject to 703.3.0. Priority Mail Return Service receives expeditious handling and transportation, with service standards in E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25554 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations accordance with Priority Mail. Priority Mail Return Service items mailed under a specific customer agreement is charged postage according to the individual agreement. Otherwise Priority Mail Return Service eligibility is under 3.7.3. Commercial Base and Commercial Plus prices are the same as for outbound Priority Mail in Notice 123—Price List. 3.7.8 Additional Standards for FirstClass Package Return Service First-Class Package Return Service handling, transportation, and eligibility of contents is the same as for outbound First-Class Package Service parcels under 433. Parcels weighing more than 13 ounces but less than 16 ounces may be included in the eligibility calculation for Commercial Plus prices and parcels weighing 13 ounces or less are eligible for Commercial Base prices. 3.7.9 Additional Standards for Ground Return Service Ground Return Service provides ground transportation for mailpieces containing mailable matter weighing no more than 70 pounds and meeting the content standards in 153.3.0. Ground Return Service assumes the handing and transportation and service objectives for delivery of Standard Post. [Delete current 4.0, USPS Returns, in its entirety; then, renumber current 5.0, Parcel Return Service, as new 4.0.] 4.0 Parcel Return Service [Deleted renumber 4.1, Basic Information, in its entirety, (text relocated to new 4.3).] [Renumber and retitle the 4.2 heading to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 4.1 Prices and Fees [Deleted 4.2.1, Postage, in its entirety (text relocated to new 4.1.3).] [Renumber and retitle 4.2.2 as follows:] 4.1.1 Permit and Account Fees [Revise renumbered 4.1.1 to read as follows:] The participant must pay an annual Returns Services permit fee at the Post Office where the permit is held, and must pay postage through an advance deposit account by paying an annual account maintenance fee. See Notice 123—Price List for applicable fees. [Delete renumbered 4.2.2, Advance Deposit Account and Annual Account Maintenance Fee, in its entirety, (context of text relocated to renumber 4.1.2).] [Delete the renumbered heading 4.3, Prices.] [Renumber 4.3.1, Parcel Return Service Prices, as 4.1.2; then, delete VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 4.3.2 through 4.3.3 (text relocated to new 4.1.2); then revise the entire text to read as follows:] 4.1.2 Parcel Return Service Prices Parcel Return Service prices are based on the price that applies to the weight increment of each addressed piece, and on the designated return facility, RDU, RSCF, or RNDC. The price is charged per pound or fraction thereof; any fraction of a pound is considered a whole pound. For example, if an item weighs 4.225 pounds, the weight increment is 5 pounds. The minimum price per piece is the 1-pound price and these additional standards apply: a. Parcel Return Service— Nonmachinable Prices: Parcels exceeding the maximum machinable dimensions in 401.1.5 or are considered an outside parcel under 401.1.7 are subject to nonmachinable prices. b. Balloon and Oversized Prices: RSCF and RNDC parcels that weigh less than 20 pounds but measure more than 84 inches in combined length and girth are charged the applicable price for a 20-pound parcel (balloon price). Regardless of weight, any parcel that measures more than 108 inches (but not more than 130 inches) in combined length and girth must pay the oversized price. c. Standard Post Prices: PRS-labeled parcels shipped from origin ZIP Codes 006–009, 967–969, and 995–999 that are picked up at an RNDC are subject to retail Standard Post prices. [Insert new 4.1.3 as follows:] 4.1.3 Postage There are three PRS price categories: a. Parcel Return Service—RDU. Parcels returned as Standard Post to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated delivery unit. b. Parcel Return Service—RSCF. Parcels returned as Standard Post to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated SCF. c. Parcel Return Service—RNDC. Parcels returned as Standard Post to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated NDC. [Renumber current 4.3.5, Noncompliant Labels, as new 4.2.11.] [Insert new 4.2 to read as follows:] 4.2 Basic Standards 4.2.1 Description Parcel Return Service (PRS) applies to parcels that are picked up in bulk by authorized permit holders or their agents. Permit holders guarantee payment of postage for all parcels mailed with a PRS label. By providing an approved PRS label to its customers, the merchant or other party designates PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 the permit holder identified on the label as their agent for receipt of mail bearing that label, and authorizes the USPS to provide that mail to the permit holder or its designee. The permit holder must retrieve parcels at each of the return network distribution centers (RNDC). For this purpose, an RNDC is each NDC as noted in L601. PRS permit holders also may retrieve parcels at one or more designated return sectional center facilities (RSCFs) or designated return delivery units (RDUs). Payment for parcels returned under PRS is deducted from a separate advance deposit (postage-due) account funded through the Centralized Account Processing System (CAPS). The permit holder must be authorized to use eVS (see 705.2.9). 4.2.2 Conditions for Mailing Parcels may be mailed as PRS when all of the following conditions apply: a. Parcels contain eligible matter as described in 153.3.0 and 153.4.0. b. Parcels bear a PRS label that meets the standards in 5.4. c. Parcels show the permit number, and the permit holder has paid the annual PRS permit fee and the annual PRS account maintenance fee. 4.2.3 Customer Mailing Options Returned parcels may be deposited as follows: a. At any Post Office, station, or branch. b. In any collection box (except a Priority Mail Express box). c. With any letter carrier. d. As part of a collection run for other mail (special arrangements may be required). e. At any place designated by the postmaster for the receipt of mail. 4.2.4 Application Process Companies who wish to participate in PRS must send a request on company letterhead to the manager, Business Mailer Support (see 608.8.0 for address). The request must contain the following information: a. Company name and address. b. An individual’s contact name, telephone number, fax number, and email address. c. The price category or categories to be used, and the proposed retrieval locations (delivery units, sectional center facilities, and network distribution centers). d. A description of the electronic returns manifesting system to be used to document returns listed by location and price eligibility. E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 4.2.5 Approval The manager, Business Mailer Support reviews each request and proceeds as follows: a. If the applicant meets the criteria, the manager, Business Mailer Support approves the letter of request and sends an authorization letter outlining the terms and conditions for the program. b. If the application does not meet the criteria, the manager, Business Mailer Support denies the request and sends a written notice to the applicant with the reason for denial. 4.2.6 Permit Cancellation USPS may cancel a PRS permit for any of the following reasons: a. The permit holder fails to pay the required postage and fees for returned parcels. b. The permit holder does not maintain adequate available funds to cover postage and fees for returned parcels. c. The permit holder does not fulfill the terms and conditions of the PRS permit authorization. d. The return labels do not conform to the specifications in 5.4. 4.2.7 Reapplying After Cancellation To receive a new PRS permit after cancellation under 5.1.7, the mailer must: a. Submit a letter to the manager, Business Mailer Support requesting a permit and a new agreement. b. Pay a new Returns Services permit fee. c. Provide evidence showing that the reasons for cancellation no longer exist. d. Maintain adequate available funds to cover the expected number of returns. mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 4.2.8 Extra Services and Endorsement Pieces using PRS may not bear an ancillary service endorsement (see 102.4.0 and 507.1.5). See 503.0 for available extra services for PRS. 4.2.9 Pickup Schedule and Location Permit holders or their agents must set up recurring or standing appointments to retrieve PRS parcels. If the permit holder (or agent) has existing appointments to deliver Parcel Select parcels to destination facilities and those facilities are one of the NDCs, designated RSCFs, or designated RDUs, those appointments can be used for retrieving PRS parcels at the same time. Permit holders or their agents must retrieve parcels on a regular schedule as follows: a. From RNDCs, at a minimum of every 48 hours, excluding Sundays and USPS holidays. b. From all listed RSCFs, at a minimum of every 24 hours, excluding VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Saturdays, Sundays, and USPS holidays. The Postal Service maintains a list of active RSCFs and provides permit holders 30-day notice of changes to the list. This list is available on the Facility Access and Shipment Tracking system (FAST) at https://fast.usps.com/ fast/. c. From RDUs, according to the authorization letter. The USPS maintains a list of active RDUs and provides permit holders 30-day notice of changes to the list. This list is available on the Facility Access and Shipment Tracking system (FAST) at https://fast.usps.com/fast/. d. For parcels picked up from RNDCs and that are shipped from origin ZIP Codes 006–009, 967–969, and 995–999, see 5.3. 4.2.10 Parcels Endorsed Hold for Pickup PRS participants must pay the appropriate Parcel Return Service RDU price under 5.3 for any unclaimed, refused, undeliverable as addressed, or recalled parcels that are endorsed ‘‘Hold For Pickup’’ (under 508.7.0) and that bear the marking ‘‘PARCEL RETURN SERVICE REQUESTED’’ or ‘‘PRS REQUESTED’’ followed by a unique 569 prefix ZIP Code. 4.2.11 Noncompliant Labels PRS permit holders must use USPScertified labels meeting the standards in 4.3. When noncompliant labels are affixed to PRS parcels, which travel through the Postal network to the delivery address of the label, the permit holder will be assessed the appropriate Standard Post price, calculated from the parcel’s entry point in the USPS network to its delivery address. If the parcel’s entry point cannot be determined, then postage will be calculated at zone 4. [Revise the title of renumbered 4.3 as follows:] 4.3 Labels 4.3.1 Label Preparation [Revise renumbered 4.3.1 to read as follows:] PRS labels must be certified by the USPS for use prior to distribution as defined in the service agreement. In addition, permit holders must obtain USPS certification for barcode symbologies. Except for by FAX, any photographic, mechanical, or electronic process or any combination of these processes may be used to produce PRS labels. The background of the label may be any light color that allows the address, barcodes, and other required information to be easily distinguished. If labels are electronically transmitted to PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25555 customers for their local printing, the permit holder must advise customers of these printing requirements as part of the instructions in 4.3.3. 4.3.2 Labeling Methods [Revise renumbered 4.3.2 to read as follows:] If all applicable contents and formats are approved (including instructions to the user), permit holders or their agents may distribute a PRS label by any of the methods provided under 3.5.4. [Revise the title and text of renumbered 4.3.3 to read as follows:] 4.3.3 Labeling Instructions Regardless of label distribution method, permit holders or their agents must always provide written instructions to the user of the PRS label as provided under 3.5.5. 4.3.4 Label Format Elements [Revise renumbered 4.3.4 to read as follows:] PRS labels must meet the standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS. There is no minimum size for PRS labels; however, the label must be big enough to accommodate all of the label elements and standards in this section. All PRS label elements must be legible. Except where a specific type size is required, elements must be large enough to be legible from a normal reading distance and be separate from other elements on the label. [Delete 6.0, Parcel Return Service-Full Network, in its entirety.] [Renumber current 7.0, Bulk Parcel Return Service, as new 6.0.] 6.0 Bulk Parcel Return Service [Retitle renumbered 6.1 to read as follows;] 6.1 Bulk Parcel Return Service (BPRS) Permit and Fees [Delete renumbered 6.1.1, Permit Fee, through 6.1.3, Per Piece Charge, in their entirety (text relocated in new 6.1.1).] [Delete the renumbered heading 6.2, Charges and Fees.] [Renumber 6.2.1 through 6.2.6 as new 6.1.1 through 6.1.6, then, revise the title and text of renumbered 6.1.1 to read as follows:] 5.1.1 Permit and Per Piece Fees A BPRS permit is required to participate in BPRS; no annual fee is required to obtain a BPRS permit. Each piece returned through BPRS is charged only the per piece fee, not postage, regardless of weight. See Notice 123— Price List for applicable fees. [Delete renumbered 6.1.2, Per Piece Fee, in its entirety (context of text E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25556 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations relocated under 6.5.1); then, renumber 6.1.3 through 6.1.6 as new 6.1.2 through 6.1.5.] [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 5.1.2 to read as follows:] 6.1.2 Advance Deposit Account The permit holder must pay BPRS fees through an advance deposit account. A separate advance deposit account for BPRS is not required; the annual account maintenance fee is charged if BPRS fees are not paid from an existing account and the permit holder desires a single, separate accounting of all charges deducted from that account. [Delete renumbered 6.1.3, Existing Advance Deposit Account, (relocated to 6.1.2, Advance Deposit Account), and 6.1.4, Payment Guarantee, (relocated to 6.2.3 under Availability), in their entirety; then, renumber 6.1.5, Postage Due Weight Averaging, as new 6.1.3.] * * * * * [Renumber 6.3, General Information, as new 6.2, then revise the title of renumbered 6.2, General Information, to read as follows:] 6.2 6.2.1 Basic Standards Description [Revise renumbered 6.2.1 to read as follows:] Bulk parcel return service (BPRS) allows mailers of large quantities of Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight machinable parcels that are either undeliverable-as-addressed or unopened and refused by addressees to be returned to designated postal facilities. The mailer has the option of picking up all returned parcels from a designated postal facility at a predetermined frequency specified by the USPS or having them delivered by the USPS in a manner and frequency specified by the USPS. For this service, a mailer establishes a BPRS permit and pays a per piece charge for each parcel returned from an advance deposit account. mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 6.2.2 Availability [Revise renumbered 6.2.2 to read as follows:] A mailer may be authorized to use BPRS when the following conditions apply: a. All returned parcels are initially prepared as regular or Nonprofit Standard Mail, or Parcel Select Lightweight, and are machinable parcels as defined in 201.7.5. b. At least 10,000 Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight machinable parcels will be returned to a designated postal facility during a 12-month period. VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 c. Parcels are returned to the mailer either because they are undeliverableas-addressed or because they are unopened and refused by the addressee. d. Parcels bear an approved BPRS label or one of the following BPRS endorsements (507.2.0) on the outbound mailpiece: ‘‘Return Service Requested—BPRS’’ ‘‘Address Service Requested—BPRS’’ e. Parcels have a return address that is in the delivery area of the Post Office that issued the BPRS permit. f. The postal facility designated for returned parcels is located in the United States, its territories or possessions, or is a U.S. military Post Office overseas (APO or FPO). g. The mailer has a valid postage due advance deposit account and BPRS permit. h. BPRS parcels may be combined with the shipper paid forwarding service (507.4.2.9). i. Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight parcels that qualify for a Media Mail or Library Mail price under the applicable standards, and that contain the name of the Package Service price in the mailer’s ancillary service endorsement (507.1.5.3d.), are not eligible for BPRS. [Delete renumbered 6.2.3, Optional Label, in its entirety (text relocated to 6.4.2); then, insert new 6.2.3, Payment Guarantee, to read as follows:] 6.2.3 Payment Guarantee The permit holder guarantees payment of all applicable fees. The Post Office returns BPRS items to the permit holder only when there are sufficient funds in the advance deposit account to pay the fees on returned pieces. [Delete renumbered 6.2.4, Extra Services, in its entirety (text relocated to New 6.2.4).] [Delete renumbered heading 6.4, Permits, in its entirety.] [Renumber current 6.4.1, Application Process, through 6.4.3, Postage Due Service Agreement, as 6.2.4 through 6.2.6; then, retitle renumbered 6.2.4 to read as follows:] 6.2.4 Application Process [Revise the introductory text and items a, b, and f, of renumbered 6.2.4 to read as follows:] To obtain a BPRS permit, a mailer must send a written request to the Postmaster at each Post Office where parcels are to be returned that includes the following: a. Request for the BPRS permit. b. Information pertinent to each requested delivery point that documents either the receipt of, or that there are reasonable grounds to expect, at least PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 10,000 machinable parcels originally mailed at regular or non-profit Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight prices during the past, or next, 12 months. * * * * * f. If a label will be furnished for returning opened parcels, the labels must be USPS approved, prepared in accordance with 6.5, and must be accompanied by complete instructions for its use as described in 3.5.5. 6.2.5 Authorization [Revise the text of renumbered 6.2.5 to read as follows:] A BPRS mailer will be required to sign a postage due service agreement with each Post Office that issues a permit for the return of BPRS parcels. Upon approval of a mailer’s request, the Post Office issues an authorization letter and provides a postage due service agreement with a BPRS permit number. The permit number is used for account administration and is required on BPRS labels under 6.5, when used. [Delete renumbered 6.2.6, Postage Due Service Agreement, (text relocated to 6.2.5), in its entirety.] [Insert new heading, 6.3 Permits] 6.3 Permits [Renumber 6.4.4 as new 6.3.1 and revise text to read as follows:] 6.3.1 Permit Renewal A Post Office provides BPRS permit holders with annual renewal notices advising that their permits are due to expire. A notice must be returned to the issuing Post Office with the fee payment or authorization for the postmaster to deduct the fee from the advance deposit account by the permit expiration date. Written authorization is not necessary for renewal of a permit if there is no change to the authorization on file at the Post Office where the parcels are returned. If a permit holder does not renew a BPRS permit after having been given notice, the USPS will endorse the mail ‘‘Bulk Parcel Return Service Canceled’’ and will charge postage due at the single-piece First-Class Mail or Priority Mail price as appropriate for the weight of the piece. If the single-piece First-Class Mail or Priority Mail price is not paid, the mail is forwarded to the nearest mail recovery center. [Renumber 6.4.5 and 6.4.6 as new 6.3.2 and 6.3.3.] 6.3.2 Permit Cancellation A BPRS permit may be canceled by the USPS for any of the following reasons: * * * * * [Revise the text of renumbered 6.3.2 item e to read as follows:] E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations e. Failure to conform return labels to the specifications in section 6.5. 6.3.3 Reapplying After Cancellation 1.5.3 Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight [Revise the title and text of renumber 6.5, Label Requirements, to read as follows:] A mailer must do the following to receive a new BPRS permit at the same Post Office where a permit was previously canceled: [Revise the text of renumbered 6.3.3 items a to read as follows; then, delete item b in its entirety; then, renumber items c and d and new items b and c:] a. Submit a letter to that office requesting a BPRS permit and new agreement. * * * * * [Insert new section 6.3.4 as follows:] 6.5 Optional BPRS Label An authorized BPRS permit holder has the option to use a label to identify BPRS parcels for return to a designated postal facility. The label is prepared at the mailer’s expense and must meet all format standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS, including an IMpb meeting the standards in 708.5.0. * * * * * 6.3.4 Mailer Services 1.0 Treatment of Mail * Extra Services 507 * * * * 1.5 Treatment for Ancillary Services by Class of Mail Extra services cannot be added to pieces returned via bulk parcel return service. * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 OPTION 2 ................................................................................................. ‘‘Change Service Requested’’ .................................................................. Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Exhibit 1.5.3 Treatment of Undeliverable Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight [Revise (only) the two designated sections of Exhibit 1.5.3 titled Address Service Requested (Option 1 and Option 2) and Change Service Requested 1 4 (Option 1 and Option 2) to read as follows:] USPS treatment of UAA pieces No Endorsement 1 .................................................................................... ‘‘Electronic Service Requested’’ ............................................................... ‘‘Address Service Requested’’ .................................................................. OPTION 1 ................................................................................................. OPTION 2 ................................................................................................. ‘‘Address Service Requested’’ .................................................................. Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return Option 1 ............................................... Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return Option 2 ............................................... Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return Option 3 ............................................... ‘‘Address Service Requested—BPRS’’ .................................................... ‘‘Forwarding Service Requested’’ 3 ........................................................... ‘‘Return Service Requested’’ .................................................................... OPTION 1. OPTION 2. ‘‘Return Service Requested—BPRS’’ ....................................................... ‘‘Change Service Requested’’ 1 4. OPTION 1 ................................................................................................. 21:56 May 01, 2015 Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA) Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight pieces are treated as described in Exhibit 1.5.3, with these additional conditions: * * * * * * Mailer endorsement VerDate Sep<11>2014 25557 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 * * * * * * * * * * (Does not include Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return participants) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * (Valid for all pieces, including ACS participating pieces) If no change-of-address order on file, or if change-of-address order is on file: Notice of new address or reason for non-delivery provided (address correction fee charged); piece disposed of by USPS. Restrictions: The following restrictions apply: (1) USPS Tracking is the only extra services permitted with this endorsement. (2) This endorsement is not permitted for Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight containing hazardous materials. (Available via ACS only; for Standard Mail letters and flats only) If no change-of-address order on file: Reason for non-delivery provided to mailer (electronic ACS fee charged); piece disposed of by USPS. If change-of-address order on file: • Months 1 through 12: Piece forwarded; postage due charged to the mailer at applicable Forwarding Fee based on the piece shape (letter or flat); separate notice of new address provided (electronic ACS fee charged). • Months 13 through 18: Piece disposed of by USPS; separate notice of new address provided (electronic ACS fee charged). After month 18: Treatment same as noted under ‘‘If no change-of-address order on file’’. Restrictions: The following restrictions apply: (1) USPS Tracking is the only extra services permitted with this endorsement. (2) This endorsement is not permitted for Standard Mail containing hazardous materials. * * * * * Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25558 * * Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations * * * 1.5.4 Standard Post, Package Services and Parcel Select described in Exhibit 1.5.4, with these additional conditions: * * * * * Exhibit 1.5.4 Treatment of Undeliverable Standard Post, Package Services, and Parcel Select [Revise (only) the designated section of Exhibit 1.5.4 titled Change Service Requested 2 (Option 1 and Option 2) to read as follows:] Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA) Standard Post, Package Services, and Parcel Select mailpieces are treated as Mailer endorsement USPS treatment of UAA pieces No Endorsement ....................................................................................... ‘‘Electronic Service Requested’’ ............................................................... ‘‘Address Service Requested’’ .................................................................. ‘‘Address Service Requested’’ .................................................................. ‘‘Forwarding Service Requested’’ 1 ........................................................... ‘‘Return Service Requested’’ .................................................................... Option 1. Option 2. ‘‘Change Service Requested’’ 2. Option 1 .................................................................................................... Option 2 .................................................................................................... ‘‘Change Service Requested’’ .................................................................. * * 2.0 Change-of-Address Order * Methods of Filing Customers may use one of the following methods to file a change-ofaddress with the Post Office: * * * * * [Delete item c. in its entirety.] * * * * * Premium Forwarding Services * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 3.0 * * * 3.3 Premium Forwarding Service Commercial 3.3.1 Description [Revise the text of 3.3.1 to read as follows:] Premium Forwarding Service Commercial (PFS Commercial) provides business commercial customers the VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * (Valid for all pieces, including ACS participating pieces) If no change-of-address order on file, or if change-of-address order is on file: Notice of new address or reason for non-delivery provided (address correction charged): piece disposed of by USPS. Restrictions: The following restrictions apply: (1) USPS Tracking and Signature Confirmation are the only extra services permitted with this endorsement. (2) This endorsement is not permitted for Standard Post or Package Services containing hazardous materials. (Available via ACS only; for Bound Printed Matter flats only) If no change-of-address order on file: Reason for non-delivery provided to mailer (electronic ACS fee charged); piece disposed of by USPS. If change-of-address order on file: • Months 1 through 12: Piece forwarded; postage due charged to the mailer at applicable Forwarding Fee based on the piece shape (flat); separate notice of new address provided (electronic ACS fee charged). • Months 13 through 18: Piece disposed of by USPS; separate notice of new address provided (electronic ACS fee charged). After month 18: Treatment same as noted under ‘‘If no change-of-address order on file’’. * * * * * option to have USPS gather their mail addressed to business PO Boxes (including Caller Service) or business street addresses within the same servicing postal facility, and dispatch the mail as Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail shipments to a new address in bulk. Customers must establish a service agreement with the USPS, pay an annual enrollment fee, and the applicable postage for the class of mail desired for the shipments. See Notice 123—Price List. Forwarding 2.1 * * * * * * * Jkt 235001 street delivery addresses, destination address, frequency (Monday through Saturday), and the postage payment method (see 3.3.3b). For customers using Priority Mail Express and paying postage through a USPSCA (corporate account), the enrollment request may be made in writing to the Postmaster at the origin Post Office. Service is activated upon approval by the Postmaster for the origin office. 3.3.2 * 2.1.4 * * * * * * * [Revise the text of 3.3.3 to read as follows:] Only the authorized recipient (or legal agent) of the business’ (or organization’s) mail may activate the request for PFS Commercial service. PFS Commercial service agreements are subject to these additional standards: a. Customers must pay an annual enrollment fee to establish service, regardless of the number of individual Authorization [Revise the text of 3.3.2 to read as follows:] Commercial customers may establish PFS Commercial service through the Business Customer Gateway for shipments selected, as desired as Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail. Requests must specify the business PO Boxes (or Caller Service) or business PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 3.3.3 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM Additional Conditions 04MYR3 mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations business PO Boxes, Caller Service numbers, or business street delivery addresses included for each servicing Post Office. The enrollment fee is refundable only if the request is denied. b. For requests made in writing to the origin Post Office, the annual enrollment fee may be paid at a retail Post Office location, station, or branch; the applicable Priority Mail Express postage for each shipment container is paid using the customer’s USPSCA. For requests made through the Business Customer Gateway, the annual enrollment fee and applicable Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail postage for each shipment container is paid using an eVS account linked to the Centralized Account Processing System (CAPS). c. Regardless of payment method chosen, the postage is charged per shipment container as follows: 1. A sack or tray box and its contents are considered one piece for calculation of the price of postage and must not exceed 70 pounds. Postage is calculated by the weight of the container and the zone, based on the ZIP Code of the servicing Post Office and the delivery address for the shipment, minus the tare weight. 2. A Flat Rate envelope and its contents are considered one piece for the applicable Flat Rate price. d. If no mail is collected for a shipment on a designated frequency day, no postage is charged. e. Except under 3.3.3g, the following products may be included in a PFS Commercial service container: Priority Mail, First-Class Mail, and First-Class Package Services pieces. f. The mailer must keep a postage-due merchandise return service (MRS) account, or business reply mail (BRM) account at the originating postal facility where the PO Box or business street address is located. Any short paid, MRS, or BRM pieces will be charged to the mailer’s account prior to shipment. The customer’s application must include confirmation that such an account exists. g. Priority Mail Express, or mailpieces with USPS Tracking, Certified Mail, COD, insurance, Signature Confirmation, or Adult Signature are shipped to the destination delivery office Postmaster separately, for proper handling. h. Registered Mail is not eligible for PFS Commercial service. i. Business customers may terminate their PFS Commercial service agreement, effective 24 hours after the USPS receives the customer’s written notice of termination at the serving Post Office or through the Business Customer VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 Gateway. The customer must pay all postage and fees as applicable for any shipments already scheduled before termination of service is made effective. j. USPS may terminate a customer’s PFS Commercial service agreement, effective 24 hours after the customer receives written notice of termination from the serving Post Office. Termination is based upon the customer’s failure to pay postage and fees, failure to meet the standards for PFS Commercial service, or when there is substantial reason to believe that the service is being or will be used for unlawful activities (in these cases, less than the 24-hour effective period may be granted by USPS). The customer may appeal this termination of services to the manager, Post Office Operations, but must pay for all postage and fees as applicable for any service provided during the appeal period. * * * * * 4.0 Address Correction Services * * 4.2 Address Change Service (ACS) * * 4.2.8 * * * * * * Address Correction Service Fee [Revise the text of 4.2.8 to read as follows:] Unless excepted, the applicable fee for address correction is charged for each separate notification of address correction or the reason for nondelivery provided. Once the ACS fee charges have been invoiced, any unpaid fees for the prior invoice cycle (month) will be assessed an annual administrative fee of 10% for the overdue amount. * * * * * 508 Recipient Services 1.0 Recipient Options 1.1 Basic Recipient Concerns * * * * * 1.1.7 Priority Mail Express and Accountable Mail [Revise the introductory text of 1.1.7 to read as follows:] The following conditions also apply to the delivery of Priority Mail Express, Registered Mail, Certified Mail, mail insured for more than $500.00, Adult Signature, or COD, as well as mail for which a return receipt is requested or the sender has specified restricted delivery. * * * * * [Insert new 1.1.8 (relocated from previously deleted 503.8.0) as follows:] PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25559 1.1.8 Additional Delivery Standards for Restricted Delivery In additional to the standards described under 1.1.7, mail marked ‘‘Restricted Delivery’’ is delivered only to the addressee or to the person authorized in writing as the addressee’s agent (the USPS may require proof of identification from the addressee (or agent) to receive the mail, and under the following conditions: a. Mail for famous personalities and executives of large organizations is normally delivered to an agent authorized to sign for such mail. b. Mail for officials of executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the government of the United States or of the states and possessions and their political subdivisions, or to members of the diplomatic corps, may be delivered to a person authorized by the addressee or by regulations or procedures of the agency or organization to receive the addressee’s mail. c. Mail for the commander or other officials of military organizations by name and title, is delivered to the unit mail clerk, mail orderly, postal clerk, assistant postal clerk, or postal finance clerk, when such individuals are designated on DD (Department of Defense) Form 285 to receipt for all mail addressed to the units for which they are designated. If the person accepting mail is designated on DD Form 285 to receipt for ordinary mail only, then restricted delivery mail addressed to the commander, or other official by name and title, is delivered to the mail clerk only if authorized by the addressee. d. Mail for an inmate of a city, state, or federal penal institution, in cases where a personal signature cannot be obtained, is delivered to the warden or designee. e. Mail for minors or persons under guardianship may be delivered to their parents or guardians. f. An addressee who regularly receives restricted delivery mail may authorize an agent on Form 3801 or by letter to the Postmaster and must include the notation ‘‘this authorization is extended to include restricted delivery (or Adult Signature Restricted Delivery) mail’’. Form 3849 also may be used for the authorization, if the Post Office has no standing delivery order or letter on file, when the addressee enters the name of the agent on the back of Form 3849 in the space provided and signs the form. The agent must sign for receipt of the article on the back of the form. g. When mail is addressed to two or more persons jointly, all addressees or their agents must be present to accept E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25560 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations delivery together. The delivery receipt obtained and the return receipt, if any, must be signed by all joint addressees or their agents. The mail may then be delivered to any of the addressees or their agents unless one or more addressees or their agents object, in which case delivery is not made until all the addressees or their agents sign a statement designating who is to receive the mail. h. Either person may sign for mail addressed to one person in care of another (i.e. ‘‘In Care Of’’). * * * * * another address specified by the mailer. After updating a change to the destination address for the PFS Commercial service, the mailer must provide a 30-day advance notice and submit an amended ARM application, completing only the ‘‘Applicant Information’’ and ‘‘Priority Mail Express PFS Commercial.’’ * * * * * 604 Postage Payment Methods * * * * * Post Office Box Service 4.0 Postage Meters and PC Postage Products (‘‘Postage Evidencing Systems’’) * * * * 4.4 Basis of Fees and Payment 4.5 Special Indicia * * * * 4.5 Fee Group Assignments * * 4.0 * * * * * * * * * 4.5.4 Additional Standards for Competitive PO Box Services * * * Customers in competitive locations may also complete a customer agreement in order to receive one or more of the following enhancements: [Revise 4.5.4 item a to read as follows:] a. Street Addressing—The option to use the Post Office street address for their mailing address along with customer’s box number preceded by as follows (customers who choose to use this designation also have the option of receiving packages from private carriers at the customer’s Post Office Box address): John Smith, 123 Main Street #4567, Any Town, NY 10001. * * * * * [Revise 4.5.4 item c to read as follows:] c. Signature on File—the option to simplify receipt of Priority Mail Express, mail insured for more $500.00, and Signature Confirmation items, all of which may include an electronic Return Receipt request, by providing a signature kept on file by the Postmaster. * * * * * Caller Service * * 5.8 Accelerated Reply Mail (ARM) * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 5.0 * * * * * * * 5.8.6 Mailer Receipt [Revise the text of 5.8.6 to read as follows:] The mailer may either pick up ARM at the origin facility caller service window or have it reshipped, through PFS Commercial (508.7) service, to the destination caller service address or to VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 * * * * * * 4.5.2 Reply Postage [Revise the entire text of 4.5.2 (context of text relocated to 505.2.6, Prepaid Reply Mail), to read as follows:] Mailers may use indicia generated by any postage evidencing system to prepay reply postage as provided under 505.2.0. * * * * * 5.0 Permit Imprint (Indicia) * * postage and fees have been paid. Words, symbols or designs that are unlawful or legally actionable, or create a claim for false advertisements or contributory infringement (infringement of third party rights) are not permitted. 6.0 Payment of Postage 6.1 Basic Standards The mailer is responsible for proper payment of postage. Postage on all mail must be fully prepaid at the time of mailing, except as specifically provided by standard for: [Revise 6.1 items a and b to read as follows:] a. Reply mail and return services under 505.0. b. Alternate Postage payment under 5.5. * * * * * [Insert new item g under 6.1 to read as follows:] g. Packages from private carriers being delivered to a customer at a competitive Post Office Box service location, when using the street addressing designation option, as provided under 508.4.5.4. * * * * * 9.0 Exchanges and Refunds * * 9.2 Postage and Fee Refunds * * * * [Revise the title and text of 5.3.5 to read as follows:] * * 5.3.5 Marking Expedited Handling on Permit Imprint Mail Mailpieces bearing unofficial markings that reference directly or indirectly expedited attention, handling or delivery (e.g., ‘‘Urgent,’’ ‘‘Rush Delivery,’’ ‘‘Time Sensitive’’) must meet the following conditions: a. The indicia much show the class of mail (e.g. ‘‘Standard’’ or ‘‘STD’’; ‘‘Presorted Standard’’ or ‘‘PRSRT STD’’; or ‘‘Nonprofit Organization,’’ ‘‘Nonprofit Org.,’’ or ‘‘Nonprofit’’ or as applicable for the class of mail as provided under 5.3.6 or 5.3.7) more prominently than other words in the indicia. b. Include a clear space of at least 3⁄8 inch around the entire indicia. c. Pieces may not include markings identical to or confusingly similar to USPS trademarks (word marks or logos), trade dress, or other words, symbols, or designs used by the USPS to identify a class of mail, price of postage, or level of service, unless such markings are correctly used under the applicable standards for the mailpiece on which they appear and the corresponding [Revise the first and the last sentences of 9.2.5 to read as follows:] For refunds under 9.2, excluding postage refunds for extra service fees under 9.2.7, the customer must apply for a refund on Form 3533; submit it to the postmaster; and provide the envelope, wrapper (or a part of it) showing the names and addresses of the sender and addressee, canceled postage and postal markings, or other evidence of postage and fees paid. * * * Refunds for postage evidencing systems postage, excluding postage refunds for extra service fees under 9.2.7, are submitted under 9.3. * * * * * [Insert new 9.2.7 to read as follows:] * * * 5.3 Indicia Design, Placement, and Content * PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 9.2.5 * * * * * * Applying for Refund 9.2.7 Applying for Extra Service Refund For refunds for fees paid for extra services, as allowed under applicable standards in 9.2, the customer must apply for a refund online at www.usps.com/domestic-claims. * * * * * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations 609 Filing Indemnity Claims for Loss or Damage 1.0 General Filing Instructions * * * * * 1.5.2 Claims Filed by Mail [Revise the first sentence of 1.5.2 to read as follows:] Customers may file a claim by completing a Form 1000 and mailing the original copy to the address indicated on the form, accompanied by proof of value. * * * * * * * * 3.0 Providing Evidence of Insurance and Value 3.1 Evidence of Insurance * * * Examples of acceptable evidence are: * * * * * [Revise the second sentence of 3.1 item d to read as follows:] d. * * * The printout must identify the USPS Tracking number of the insured parcel, total postage paid, insurance fee paid, declared value (if applicable), mailing date, origin ZIP Code, and delivery ZIP Code. * * * * * 3.2 Proof of Value * * * Examples are: [Revise 3.2 item a to read as follows:] a. A sales receipt, paid invoice or bill of sale, or statement of value from a reputable dealer. [Delete current 3.2 items b and c in their entirety; then, renumber current items d through h as new items b through f.] * * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 4.0 Claims 4.1 Payable Claim [Revise the introductory text of 4.1 to read as follows:] Insurance for loss or damage to insured, COD, or Registered Mail within the amount covered by the fee paid, or the indemnity limits for Priority Mail, or Priority Mail Express (under 4.2), is payable for the following: [Revise 4.1 item a to read as follows:] a. Article’s actual value when mailed. * * * * * [Revise 4.1 item k to read as follows:] k. Cost of bees, crickets, or baby poultry destroyed by physical damage to the package, otherwise, the USPS is not presumed to be at fault. [Delete 4.1 items l and m in their entirety; then, renumber current items n through q as new l through o.] * * * * * [Revise newly renumbered item n to read as follows:] VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 n. For firearms mailed by licensed firearm dealers (under 601.8.0 and Publication 52), 4, a Form 1508 must be submitted with the claim. [Revise newly renumbered item o to read as follows:] o. For collectible items, a sales receipt, paid invoice or bill of sale, or statement of value from a reputable dealer (i.e., a licensed business owner who is qualified to estimate value or cost of repairs for the item) must be provided as described in 3.2a. 4.2 Payable Priority Mail Express Claim In addition to the payable claims in 4.1, the following are payable for Priority Mail Express mailpieces: [Revise the second sentence of 4.2 item a to read as follows:] a. * * * Coverage is limited to $100 per mailpiece, subject to a maximum limit per occurrence as provided in 4.2a.4. * * * * * * * * 4.3 Nonpayable Claims [Revise the introductory text of 4.3 to read as follows:] Indemnity is not paid for insured mail (including Priority Mail Express and Priority Mail), Registered Mail, COD, or Priority Mail and Priority Mail Express in these situations: * * * * * [Revise 4.3 item d to read as follows:] d. Requested replacement value exceeded article’s actual value when mailed. * * * * * [Revise 4.3 item f to read as follows:] f. Loss resulting from delay of the mail, except under 4.2a.2 and 4.3ad. * * * * * [Revise 4.3 item h to read as follows:] h. Perishable contents frozen, melted, spoiled, or deteriorated. * * * * * [Revise 4.3 item k to read as follows:] k. Death of honeybees, crickets, and harmless live animals not the fault of the USPS (mailability is subject to standards under 601.8.4 and Publication 52, Chapter 5). * * * * * [Revise 4.3 item r to read as follows:] r. Consequential loss of Priority Mail Express claimed, except under 4.2a.3 and 4.3ad. * * * * * 25561 when mailed or, for bulk insurance, for more than the wholesale cost of the contents to the sender if a lesser amount. * * * * * * * * 5.4 Loss [Revise the title and text of 5.4 to read as follows:] If the insured, registered, or COD article is lost the payment includes an additional amount for the postage (not fee) paid by the sender. Postage for Priority Mail Express is refunded under 604.9.5. * * * * * 6.0 Adjudication of Claims * * * * * 6.3 Final USPS Decision of Claims [Revise the text of 6.3 to read as follows:] If Accounting Services sustains the denial of a claim, the customer may submit an additional appeal within 30 days for final review and decision at www.usps.com/insuranceclaims/ online.htm. Customers who did not file their claim online must send a written appeal to the Consumer Advocate (see 608.8.0 for address). * * * * * 700 Special Standards * * * * * 705 Advanced Preparation and Special Postage Payment Systems * * 8.0 Preparing Pallets * * 8.10 * * * * * * * Pallet Presort and Labeling * * * * 8.10.2 Periodicals—Bundles, Sacks, or Trays * * * Prepare pallets in the following sequence: * * * * * [Revise the text of 8.10.2 item b to read as follows:] b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes, required, allowed with no minimum, permitted for bundles only. Pallet must contain only carrier route bundles for the same 5-digit scheme under L001. For 5-digit destinations not part of L001, 5-digit carrier routes pallet preparation begins with 8.10.2e. Labeling: 1. Line 1: L001. 5.0 Compensation 2. Line 2: ‘‘PER’’ or ‘‘NEWS,’’ as 5.1 Payment Limit applicable; followed by ‘‘FLTS’’ or [Revise the first sentence of 5.1 to read ‘‘IRREG,’’ as applicable; followed by ‘‘CARRIER ROUTES’’ (or ‘‘CR–RTS’’); as follows:] The USPS does not make payment for followed by ‘‘SCHEME’’ (or ‘‘SCH’’). more than the article’s actual value * * * * * PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25562 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, except for trays; permitted for bundles, sacks, and trays. Allowed with no weight minimum for bundles. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling: * * * * * 8.10.3 Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight-Bundles, Sacks, or Trays * * * Preparation sequence and labeling: a. 5-digit scheme carrier routes, required, allowed with no minimum, permitted for bundles of flats only. Pallet must contain only carrier route bundles for the same 5-digit scheme under L001. Labeling: 1. Line 1: L001. 2. ‘‘STD’’ followed by ‘‘FLTS’’; followed by ‘‘CARRIER ROUTES’’ (or ‘‘CR–RTS’’); followed by ‘‘SCHEME’’ (or ‘‘SCH’’). b. 5-digit carrier routes, required except for trays, permitted for bundles, sacks, trays, and cartons. Allowed with no weight minimum for bundles. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling: 1. Line 1: City, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination (see 8.6.4c for overseas military mail). 2. Line 2: For flats and Marketing parcels (Product Samples only), ‘‘STD FLTS’’ or ‘‘STD MKTG,’’ as applicable; followed by ‘‘CARRIER ROUTES’’ (or ‘‘CR–RTS’’). For letters, ‘‘STD LTRS’’; followed by ‘‘CARRIER ROUTES’’ (or ‘‘CR–RTS’’); followed by ‘‘BC’’ if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by ‘‘MACH’’ if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by ‘‘MAN’’ if pallet contains nonmachinable letters. [Revise heading of 14.0 to read as follows:] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 14.0 FSS Scheme Preparation [Revise the entire text of 14.1 to read as follows:] 14.1 General All presorted and basic carrier route Standard Mail, presorted and carrier route Bound Printed Matter (BPM), and Periodicals flats meeting the standards in 201 must be sorted to FSS schemes, properly bundled and placed on or in pallets, trays, sacks, or approved alternate containers, for FSS scheme ZIP Code combinations within the same facility. Mailings that include 10 or more pieces of Standard Mail flats, 6 or more pieces of Periodicals flats, or 10 or more pieces (or 10 or more pounds) of BPM flats to an FSS scheme must be prepared in FSS scheme bundles. The Postal Service also recommends the use of authorized flat trays in lieu of sacks for FSS bundles. FSS scheme bundles VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 that are not required to be placed in a FSS scheme or FSS facility container are combined with bundles of non-FSS sorted bundles and placed on an applicable SCF, 3-digit or NDC container. Mailers must prepare FSS scheme qualifying mailpieces for each individual FSS scheme combination, and then prepare bundles of uniform size from those pieces. Mailings (excluding saturation mailings of Standard Mail or Periodicals flats) with nonpresorted BPM flats may be included in FSS preparation, but will not be eligible for presorted, FSS scheme, FSS scheme container, FSS facility container or carrier route prices. Mailpieces and bundles must also be prepared as follows: a. Bundles for all FSS schemes must be identified as an FSS scheme presort with an optional endorsement line under 708.7.0, or when authorized, using a red Label 5 SCH barcoded pressure-sensitive bundle label. b. It is recommended that all pieces placed into an FSS scheme bundle be barcoded, and bear an accurate delivery point Intelligent Mail barcode with an accurate 11-digit routing code. c. All FSS scheme bundles must be prepared in bundles with a 3-inch minimum and a 6.5-inch maximum height. ‘‘Leveling’’ (adjusting bundle heights within an FSS Scheme to avoid overflow bundles) of the bundles within each scheme is encouraged. Bundles must be placed on or in sacks, trays, pallets or alternate authorized container to form layers of consistent thickness; bundles of uneven thickness must be counter-stacked on pallets or approved alternate container in accordance with 8.5.8. Except for one overflow bundle that may be under the minimum size, all bundles within each FSS scheme must be of uniform size. d. Pallets must be prepared under 8.0 and labeled under 8.6, with a pallet placard bearing an Intelligent Mail container barcode as described in 708.6.4. e. An FSS scheme pallet, or approved alternate container, must be made when 250 pounds or more of bundles are available for an individual FSS scheme. Bundles remaining after palletization may be placed in sacks (or flat trays if approved) or approved alternate container. f. FSS scheme bundles for multiple schemes processed at one facility according to column C, L006 may be combined on an FSS facility pallet or approved alternate container if quantities are less than 250 pounds. g. Sacks and trays containing flat-size pieces prepared under FSS schemes must meet the applicable sacking PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 standards in 14.2, 14.3, and 14.4 and be labeled with Intelligent Mail tray or sack label under 708.6. 14.2 Periodicals 14.2.1 Basic Standards [Revise the entire text of 14.2.1 to read as follows:] All Periodicals flats meeting the standards in 201 (nonmachinable flats up to 3⁄4 inch thick may be included if they meet the standards in 705.14) and destinating to FSS sites as shown in L006 must be prepared according to these standards. Mailings of In-County Periodicals flats and the associated Outside-County Periodicals flats mailings of 5,000 pieces or less may be prepared according to these standards. Periodicals are subject to the following: a. Pricing eligibility is based on 207.11.0 through 207.14.0. All Periodicals flats prepared under these standards will be assessed the FSS scheme price. FSS bundles placed on FSS scheme or FSS facility pallets, sacks, trays, or approved alternate container will claim the FSS scheme bundle price. b. FSS scheme pallets will be assessed the FSS scheme Pallet price. FSS facility sort level pallets will be charged an FSS Facility Pallet container price. FSS scheme sacks or trays will be assessed the FSS scheme Sack/Tray price. Pallets, sacks and trays entered at a DFSS will claim the DFSS entry price. c. The Outside-County pound price will be DFSS price. The Inside-County price will claim prices for the ‘‘None’’ entry level. d. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS prices in accordance with 207.14.0 and 207.25.0. e. Each bundle must be identified with a ‘‘SCH 5–DIGIT FSS’’ optional endorsement line in accordance with Exhibit 708.7.1.1, or when authorized, using a red Label 5 SCH barcoded pressure-sensitive bundle label. f. All FSS schemed Periodicals mailpieces prepared on FSS scheme pallets must be prepared in uniform size bundles, between 3 inches and 6.5 inches in height and secured under 203.3.0, except that one overflow bundle per mailpiece pool may be under the minimum size. All Periodicals FSS scheme mailpieces must meet the standards in 705.14.0. 14.2.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling [Revise the second and third sentences of the introductory text of 14.2.2 to read as follows:] * * * Residual bundles may be included with non-FSS bundles and E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations placed directly on 3-digit, SCF, or ADC pallets in accordance with 8.10.2, or placed in sacks or approved alternate containers. Preparation sequence and labeling is as follows: * * * * * [Revise 14.2.2b and 14.2.2b1 to read as follows:] b. FSS facility, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS sort plans processed within the same facility, as shown in L006. Labeling: 1. Line 1: L006, column C. * * * * * 14.2.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling [Revise the first sentence of the introductory text of 14.2.3 to read as follows:] Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be placed in sacks or approved alternate containers when 250 pounds are not available to a presort destination (including DFSS sites). * * * Preparation and labeling: [Revise 14.2.3 item a to read as follows:] a. FSS scheme, required at 72 pieces, optional at 24 pieces (fewer pieces not permitted), permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006; labeling: * * * * * [Revise 14.2.3 item b to read as follows:] b. FSS facility, optional with a minimum of 24 pieces (fewer pieces not permitted), permitted only for FSS bundles prepared for the FSS sort plans processed within the same facility, as shown in L006; labeling: * * * * * 14.3 14.3.1 Basic Standards mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * * * * * * Standard Mail flats are subject to the following: [Revise 14.3.1 item b to read as follows:] b. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS scheme prices in accordance with 243. [Delete 14.3.1 item c in its entirety; then, renumber current items d and e as new items c and d; then, and revise renumbered item d to read as follows:] d. Standard Mail FSS scheme mailpieces must meet all the standards in 705.14.1. * * * * * 14.3.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling * * * Preparation sequence and labeling: 21:56 May 01, 2015 14.3.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling [Revise the first sentence of the introductory text of 14.3.3 to read as follows:] Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be placed in sacks or approved alternate containers when 250 pounds are not available to a FSS scheme, L006. * * * Preparation and labeling: [Revise 14.3.3 item a to read as follows:] a. FSS scheme, required at 125 pieces or 15 pounds, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006; labeling: * * * * * [Revise 14.3.3 item b to read as follows:] b. FSS facility, optional with a minimum of 125 pieces or 15 pounds, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS schemes processed within the same facility, as shown in L006; labeling: * * * * * 14.4 Standard Mail VerDate Sep<11>2014 [Revise 14.3.2 item a to read as follows:] a. FSS scheme, required (optional under 250 pounds), no minimum, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006. Labeling: * * * * * [Revise 14.3.2 items b and b1 to read as follows:] b. FSS facility, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS scheme processed within the same facility, as shown in L006. Labeling: 1. Line 1: L006, column C. * * * * * Jkt 235001 Bound Printed Matter 14.4.1 Basic Standards [Revise the introductory text of 14.4.1 to read as follows:] Bound Printed Matter (BPM) flats eligible for, and paid at FSS Scheme prices and that meet the standards in 201, must be prepared in FSS scheme bundles and placed on pallets, or in flat trays, sacks, or approved alternate containers, for delivery to ZIP Codes having FSS processing capability, as shown in L006. BPM flats are subject to the following: * * * * * [Revise 14.4.1 item b to read as follows:] c. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS scheme prices in accordance with 263. [Revise 14.4.1 item c to read as follows:] PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 25563 c. Mailers must prepare all eligible flat-size mailpieces into FSS scheme bundles according to L006. * * * * * 14.4.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling * * * Preparation sequence and labeling: * * * * * b. FSS facility sort, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS bundles prepared for the FSS schemes processed within the same facility, as shown in L006. Labeling: [Revise 14.4.2 item b1 to read as follows] 1. Line 1: L006, Column C. * * * * * 14.4.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling [Revise the introductory text of 14.4.3 to read as follows:] Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be placed in trays, sacks, or approved alternate containers when 250 pounds are not available to an FSS scheme. FSS scheme bundles may be placed in mixed NDC sacks or alternate containers, or combined with non-FSS bundles and placed in 3-digit, SCF, ADC, and mixed ADC sacks or alternate containers. Preparation and labeling: [Revise 14.4.3 item a to read as follows:] a. FSS scheme, required at 20 pieces, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006; labeling: * * * * * [Revise the text of 14.4.3b as follows:] b. FSS facility sort, optional with a minimum of 20 pieces, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS schemes processed within the same facility, as shown in L006. * * * * * 23.0 * 23.2 Full-Service Automation Option * * * * General Eligibility Standards [Revise the introductory text of 23.2 to read as follows:] First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail letters and flats meeting eligibility requirements for automation or carrier route prices (except for Standard Mail ECR saturation flats), and Bound Printed Matter presorted or carrier route barcoded flats, are potentially eligible for full-service incentives. All pieces entered under full service pricing must: * * * * * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25564 708 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Technical Specifications Price 1.0 Standardized Documentation for First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed Matter * * * * * 1.2 Format and Content For First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Bound Printed Matter, standardized documentation includes: * * * * * c. For mail in trays or sacks, list these required elements: [Insert a new second sentence in the text of 1.2c item 4 to read as follows:] * * * * * 4. * * * For pieces prepared in FSS scheme bundles, list by 5-digit ZIP Code within each bundle. * * * * * * * * 1.3 Price Level Column Headings The actual name of the price level (or abbreviation) is used for column headings required by 1.2 and shown below: a. Automation First-Class Mail, Standard Mail, and barcoded Periodicals: [Revise the table in 1.3 item a to read as follows:] Price mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 FSS [Periodicals flats, Standard Mail flats] 5-Digit [FirstClass Mail letters and flats, Periodicals letters and flats, and Standard Mail letters and flats]. 3-Digit [First-Class Mail letters and flats, Periodicals letters and flats, and Standard Mail letters and flats]. AADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail letters]. ADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail Flats]. Mixed AADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail letters]. Mixed ADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail flats]. Basic [In-County Periodicals] Firm [Outside-County Periodicals]. Abbreviation SB 5B 21:56 May 01, 2015 Presorted [First-Class Mail letters/cards, flats, and parcels]. 5-Digit [First-Class Mail parcels, all Standard Mail, and Periodicals letters]. FSS [Periodicals flats, Standard Mail flats]. 3-Digit [First-Class Mail parcels, all Standard Mail and Periodicals letters]. SCF [for Standard Mail parcels]. AADC [Standard Mail machinable letters]. ADC [First-Class Mail parcels, First-Class Mail Package Service parcels, Standard Mail nonmachinable letters, flats, and irregular parcels and all Periodicals]. Basic [In-County Periodicals] Mixed AADC [Standard Mail machinable letters]. Mixed ADC [Standard Mail nonmachinable letters, flats, irregular parcels; and all Periodicals]. Mixed ADC [First-Class Mail parcels]. NDC [Standard Mail machinable parcels and Marketing parcels 6 ounces and over]. Mixed NDC [Standard Mail machinable parcels and Marketing parcels 6 ounces and over]. Firm [Outside-County Periodicals]. Presort 5D SB 3D SCF AB AD BS MB MD SP NDC MNDC 1.4 3B AB Sortation Level Sortation level Abbreviation MB MB BB FB Jkt 235001 Carrier Route ......................... 5-Digit Carrier Routes ............ 5-Digit Scheme Carrier Routes [sacks and pallets, Periodicals flats and irregular parcels, Standard Mail flats]. 5-Digit Scheme [barcoded and machinable letters]. 5-Digit Scheme [pallets, Periodicals flats and irregular parcels, Standard Mail flats, Bound Printed Matter flats]. Merged 5-Digit [sacks and pallets, Periodicals flats and irregular parcels, Standard Mail flats]. PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Abbreviation Merged 5-Digit Scheme [sacks and pallets, Periodicals flats and irregular parcels, Standard Mail flats]. 5-Digit FSS Scheme [bundle, tray, sack or other approved container, Periodicals flats, Standard Mail flats, Bound Printed Matter flats]]. 3-Digit Carrier Routes ............ 3-Digit Scheme [barcoded letters, barcoded and co-bundled flats]. Merged 3-Digit [sacks, Periodicals flats and irregular parcels]. 3-Digit ..................................... ADC ........................................ ADC [pallets created from bundle reallocation]. AADC ..................................... Mixed ADC ............................. Origin Mixed ADC .................. Mixed AADC .......................... SCF [sacks and pallets, Periodicals flats, Bound Printed Matter, Standard Mail irregular parcels less than 6 ounces]. SCF [pallets created from bundle reallocation]. NDC ....................................... ASF ........................................ NDC [pallets created from bundle reallocation]. Mixed NDC [working] ............. * The actual sortation level (or corresponding abbreviation) is used for the bundle, tray, sack, or pallet levels required by 1.2 and shown below: [Revise the table in 1.4 to read as follows:] AB Sortation level M5DS 5DG FSS CR3 3DGS M3D 3DG ADC PADC AADC MADC OMX MAAD SCF PSCF NDC ASF PNDC MNDC FB c. Carrier Route Periodicals and Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail: * * * * * b. Presorted First-Class Mail, barcoded and nonbarcoded Periodicals flats, nonbarcoded Periodicals letters, and machinable and nonmachinable Standard Mail: [Revise the table in 1.3 item b to read as follows:] VerDate Sep<11>2014 Abbreviation CRD CR5 CR5S * * * * 1.6 Detailed Zone Listing for Periodicals 1.6.1 Definition and Retention [Revise the first sentence of 1.6.1 to read as follows:] The publisher must be able to present documentation to support the number of copies of each edition of an issue, by entry point, mailed to each zone, and at DDU, DFSS, DSCF, DADC, DNDC, and In-County prices.* * * * * * * * 1.6.3 Zone Abbreviations Use the actual price name or the authorized zone abbreviation in the listings in 1.0 and 207.17.4.2: [Revise the table in 1.6.3 to read as follows:] 5DGS Zone abbreviation Rate equivalent 5DGS ICD ......................................... IC ............................................ M5D Sfmt 4700 DDU ....................................... E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 In-County, DDU In-County, Others OutsideCounty, DDU 25565 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Zone abbreviation Rate equivalent Zone abbreviation Rate equivalent FSS ........................................ OutsideCounty, DFSS OutsideCounty, DSCF OutsideCounty, DADC zones 1 and 2 zones 3 through 8 (as applicable) M ............................................ mixed zones SCF ........................................ ADC ........................................ 1–2 or 1/2 ............................... 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (as applicable) * * * * * 6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels, Sack Labels, and Container Placards * * * * * 6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray and Sack Labels 1.7.2 Outside-County Container Report * The container report must contain, at a minimum, the following elements: * * * * * [Revise 1.7.2 item d to read as follows:] d. Container entry level (origin, DDU, DFSS, DSCF, DADC, or DNDC). * * * * * * * * * 6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers * * * See Exhibit 6.2.4. Exhibit 6.2.4 Numbers 3-Digit Content Identifier [Update Exhibit 6.2.4, 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers, to read as follows:] Class and mailing CIN Human-readable content line Priority Mail Express Open and Distribute * * * * * * * Priority Mail Open and Distribute * * * * First-Class Package Service, Parcels * * * * * * All Other Classes, Parcels * * * * * * * * * * * First-Class Mail FCM Letters—Automation * * * * FCM Letters—Nonautomation Machinable * * * * * * * FCM Letters—Presorted Nonmachinable * * * * * * FCM Letters—Single-Piece * * * * * * * FCM Flats—Automation * * * * * * * FCM Flats—Presorted * * * * * * * * * * * FCM Flats—Co-trayed Automation and Presorted * * FCM Flats—Single-Piece * * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * FC Parcels—Presorted * * * * * * * * * * * Periodicals (PER) PER Letters—Carrier Route VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25566 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Class and mailing * * * CIN Human-readable content line * * PER Letters—Barcoded (Automation) * * * * * * PER Letters—Nonbarcoded (Nonautomation) * * * * * * PER Flats—Carrier Route * * * * * * * PER Flats—Barcoded * * * * * * * PER Flats—Nonbarcoded * * * * * * * * * * * * * PER Flats—Co-sacked Barcoded and Nonbarcoded * * * * * PER Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded merged 5-digit sacks ............................................................................................................................. merged 5-digit scheme sacks ............................................................................................................... FSS scheme .......................................................................................................................................... FSS facility ............................................................................................................................................ merged 3-digit sacks ............................................................................................................................. 339 349 707 703 352 PER PER PER PER PER FLTS FLTS FLTS FLTS FLTS CR/5D. CR/5D SCH. 5D FSS SCH BC. 5D FSS FAC BC. CR/5D/3D. PER Irregular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted * * * * PER Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route * * * * * * PER Irregular Parcels—Presorted * * * * * * * * * * * Periodicals (NEWS) NEWS Letters—Carrier Route * * * * NEWS Letters—Barcoded (Automation) * * * * * * * NEWS Letters—Nonbarcoded (Nonautomation) * * * * * * NEWS Flats—Carrier Route * * * * * * * NEWS Flats—Barcoded * * * * * * * NEWS Flats—Nonbarcoded * * * * * * * * * * * * * NEWS Flats—Co-sacked Barcoded and Nonbarcoded mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * * * NEWS Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and Nonbarcoded merged 5-digit ....................................................................................................................................... merged 5-digit scheme .......................................................................................................................... FSS scheme .......................................................................................................................................... FSS facility ............................................................................................................................................ 439 449 708 704 merged 3-digit sacks ............................................................................................................................. 452 Regular Parcels—Merged Carrier Route and Presorted VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 NEWS FLTS CR/5D. NEWS FLTS CR/5D SCH. NEWS FLTS 5D FSS SCH. BC NEWS FLTS 5D FSS FAC. BC NEWS FLTS CR/5D/3D. 25567 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Class and mailing CIN Human-readable content line * * * * NEWS Irregular Parcels—Carrier Route * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * NEWS Irregular Parcels—Presorted * * Standard Mail ECR Letters—Barcoded * * * * ECR Letters—Nonautomation (Machinable) * * * * * * * ECR Letters—Nonautomation (Nonmachinable) * * * * * * * * * STD Letters—Automation * * * * * STD Letters—Nonautomation Machinable * * * * * * * STD Letters—Presorted Nonmachinable * * * * * * * STD Letters—Residual Pieces Subject to FCM Single-Piece Prices * * * * * * * Enhanced Carrier Route Flats—Nonautomation * * * * * * * STD Flats—Co-sacked Automation and Nonautomation * * * * * * * * * * STD Flats—Merged Carrier Route, Automation, and Presorted merged 5-digit ....................................................................................................................................... merged 5-digit scheme .......................................................................................................................... FSS scheme .......................................................................................................................................... FSS facility ............................................................................................................................................ 539 549 709 705 STD STD STD STD FLTS FLTS FLTS FLTS CR/5D. CR/5D SCH. 5D FSS SCH BC. 5D FSS FAC BC. STD Flats—Automation * * * * STD Flats—Nonautomation * * * * * STD Flats—Residual Pieces Subject to FCM Single-Piece Prices * * * * * * * * Customized MarketMail (CMM) * * * * * * * ECR Marketing Parcels * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * * STD Marketing Parcels Less Than 6 oz. and Irregular Parcels * * * * * * * STD Marketing Parcels 6 oz. or More and Machinable Parcels * * * * * * * STD Machinable and Irregular Parcels—Presorted * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25568 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Class and mailing * * CIN * * Human-readable content line * * * * * * * * * Presorted BPM—Automation Flats * * * * * Package Services Carrier Route BPM—Flats * * * * * Presorted BPM—Flats * * * * * BPM Flats—Co-sacked Barcoded and Presorted 5-digit scheme sacks ............................................................................................................................. 648 FSS scheme .......................................................................................................................................... FSS facility ............................................................................................................................................ 5-digit sacks .......................................................................................................................................... 3-digit sacks .......................................................................................................................................... SCF sacks ............................................................................................................................................. ADC sacks ............................................................................................................................................. mixed ADC sacks .................................................................................................................................. 710 706 648 661 667 668 669 PSVC FLTS 5D SCH BC/ NBC. PSVC FLTS 5D FSS SCH. BC PSVC FLTS 5D FSS FAC. BC PSVC FLTS 5D BC/NBC. PSVC FLTS 3D BC/NBC. PSVC FLTS SCF BC/NBC. PSVC FLTS ADC BC/NBC. PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG. Carrier Route BPM—Irregular Parcels * * * * * * * * * * Carrier Route BPM—Machinable Parcels * * * * * * * Presorted BPM—Machinable Parcels * * * * * * * Media Mail and Library Mail Flats—Presorted * * * * * * * Media Mail and Library Mail Irregular Parcels—Presorted * * * * * * * Media Mail and Library Mail Machinable Parcels—Presorted * * * * * * * * * * * Presorted BPM—Irregular Parcels * * * Parcel Select Parcel Select Machinable Parcels * * * * Parcel Select DSCF and DDU Prices * * * Parcel Select—Irregular (Nonmachinable) Parcels * * * * * * * Parcel Select Lightweight Machinable Parcels * * * * * * * Parcel Select Lightweight Irregular Parcels * * * * mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 * * * * Combined Package Services and Parcel Select Parcels * * * * * * * * Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard Machinable Parcels * * * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 * * * Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard—All Parcels 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 * E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3 25569 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and Regulations Class and mailing CIN Human-readable content line * * * * * Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and Standard—Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz. (APPS-Machinable) * * * * * * * Combined PSVC & STD—Irregular Parcels Less Than 2 oz., and Tubes and Rolls (Not APPSMachinable) * * * * * * * * * We will publish appropriate amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to reflect these changes. Stanley F. Mires, Attorney, Federal Requirements. [FR Doc. 2015–10029 Filed 5–1–15; 8:45 am] mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3 BILLING CODE 7710–12–P VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:56 May 01, 2015 Jkt 235001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\04MYR3.SGM 04MYR3

Agencies

[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 85 (Monday, May 4, 2015)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 25527-25569]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2015-10029]



[[Page 25527]]

Vol. 80

Monday,

No. 85

May 4, 2015

Part III





Postal Service





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





39 CFR Part 111





New Mailing Standards for Domestic Mailing Services Products; Final 
Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 85 / Monday, May 4, 2015 / Rules and 
Regulations

[[Page 25528]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

POSTAL SERVICE

39 CFR Part 111


New Mailing Standards for Domestic Mailing Services Products

AGENCY: Postal ServiceTM.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: On April 16, 2015, the Postal Service filed a notice of 
mailing services price adjustments with the Postal Regulatory 
Commission (PRC), effective May 31, 2015. This final rule contains the 
revisions to Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, 
Domestic Mail Manual (DMM[supreg]) to implement the changes coincident 
with the price adjustments and other minor DMM changes.

DATES: Effective date: May 31, 2015.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Karen Key, 202-268-7492, John Rosato, 
202-268-8597, or Suzanne Newman, 202-695-0550.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Prices are available under Docket Number 
R2015-4 on the Postal Regulatory Commission's Web site at www.prc.gov. 
The Postal Service's final rule includes changes to certain market 
dominant prices. Directly below, we discuss comments on proposed price 
changes, and the Postal Service's responses to those comments, followed 
by a summary of minor DMM changes.

Comments on Proposed Changes

Summary

    The Postal Service received four formal responses to our proposed 
rule as comments, questions, or suggestions related to prices.

Changes to Prices

    We received one formal question from a mailer on prices and three 
formal comments from mailers voicing opposition to the price increases. 
One mailer questioned why First-ClassTM commercial 
automation prices in the PRC filing were slightly lower than the 
proposed prices posted on Postal Explorer[supreg].
    Response: We believe that the mailer was viewing the CPI prices 
without exigent surcharges within the filing; therefore, the customer 
was advised to view Attachment A, Part II, Changes to Mail 
Classification Schedule (CPI Prices + Exigent Surcharges) which was 
filed under Docket Number R2015-4 on the Postal Regulatory Commission's 
Web site at www.prc.gov.
    One periodicals printer/mailer commented that the Industry as a 
whole were unaware of the Postal Service's intentions for price changes 
any time in 2015. This commenter recommended leaving the Exigent 
pricing in place as long as there were no additional increases for the 
next two to three years.
    A fulfillment company which uses various classes of mail and serves 
both consumer and business customers, including commercial and non-
profit, urged deferral of the proposed price increase for postage rates 
in 2015 until 2016, except for the increases applicable to Standard 
Mail[supreg] parcels. The commenter stated that the Postal Service did 
not signal postage increases for 2015, any time during 2014. Therefore, 
mailers/clients budgeted accordingly and any increases would cause the 
customers to mail less, if at all. The commenter continued that price 
increases in 2014 have already impacted mail volumes, and mailers are 
offering e-gifts, over postage and fulfillment costs. Further, with 
diminishing volumes due to price increases, the commenter suggested 
that the Postal Service pursue internal efficiency goals, including 
reducing the costs of labor, facilities, and processing instead of 
enacting postage increases.
    Response: The Postal Service signaled its intention in January 2015 
that new pricing, combined with increased efficiencies gained through 
network consolidation and improved processing, supported the overall 
strategic direction of the Postal Service.
    One Mail Service Provider commented on the virtues of 
eDocumentation (eDoc) and seamless acceptance and directed his 
recommendation in support of future price increases to reduce the 
differences between automation and non-automation prices, to encourage 
more mailers to participate in eDoc, which is a requirement for 
seamless acceptance participation.
    Response: The Postal Service appreciates the recommendation and 
will consider it during future pricing evaluations.

Changes to Extra Services

Certificate of Mailing

    We received two comments from mailers related to the changes to 
Certificate of Mailing service, generally stating that there has not 
been a sufficient amount of notification for the changes, that mailers 
were not directly engaged in the development of these proposed changes, 
and the technical integration work required of the mailers to comply 
with the changes will take time and be a significant cost factor. There 
appeared to be some confusion on the actual extent of the changes 
proposed. One commenter further suggested that the Postal Service 
eliminate pursuing changes as mailers are moving toward electronic 
notifications instead of purchasing Certificate of Mailing service. The 
commenter also stated that the Postal Service should permit the two 
domestic Certificate of Mailing options to remain as they are today, 
and implement the new version as optional. The mailer also suggested 
that the Postal Service change the proposed rule to an Advanced Notice.
    Response: To provide clarification, the proposed changes to 
Certificate of Mailing did not include eliminating the provision of a 
date stamp (postmark) on the forms, nor provision of the piece-level 
data from mail processing equipment. The current acceptance and 
sampling procedures were not changing.

Return Receipt After Mailing

    We received two comments from mailers and one from mailer 
associations who disagreed with our proposal to retire Return Receipt 
after MailingTM (RRAM). Opposition surrounded the 
flexibility and the costs to purchase return receipts at the time of 
mailing versus after mailing. One third-party mailer using Certified 
Mail[supreg] voiced concern that this appeared to be reducing the level 
of Certified Mail service.
    Response: The Postal Service believes that allowing a mailer to 
purchase a return receipt at the time of mailing still provides the 
same or a preferable service to customers. A hard-copy return receipt 
purchased at the time of mailing provides the recipient's actual 
hardcopy signature when the mailpiece can be successfully delivered as 
addressed. A PS Form 3811-A, Request for Delivery Information/Return 
Receipt After Mailing, provides either information from the delivery 
record (recorded and postmarked by an employee on the form) or an 
electronic signature (electronic return receipt) provided to the mailer 
when an email address has been provided. Restricting the purchase of a 
return receipt to only at the time of mailing will eliminate manual 
efforts needed to process a hard-copy PS Form 3811-A. The cost of 
purchasing return receipt (PS Form 3811, Domestic Return Receipt) at 
the time of mailing (currently $2.70) or an electronic return receipt 
at the time of mailing (currently $1.35) are both significantly lower 
than the cost of purchasing a return receipt after mailing (currently 
$5.25). The Postal Regulatory Commission's Order 2388 on March 10, 
2015, confirmed that the elimination of RRAM does not violate 
applicable law and regulations. Therefore, this product

[[Page 25529]]

will be removed from the Postal Service's product offering.

Other Comments

    Three other formal comments were received; one comment on more than 
one item, one with a question not related to the proposed rulemaking, 
and one with a suggestion. One mailer association voiced displeasure 
regarding changes to FSS preparation, Certificate of Mailing, and the 
late fee proposed for overdue Address Correction Service fees. The 
association urged the Postal Service not to implement any price or mail 
preparation changes. Another mailer association commented that there 
were too many changes in the proposed rule and suggested that changes 
be separated into three or four separate proposals. One representative 
of a mailer association questioned the context of a DMM section 
mentioned in the proposed rule that was outside of the proposed 
rulemaking.
    Response: The Postal Service has received prior feedback that 
changes should be combined and implemented simultaneously to help 
reduce the number of changes throughout a calendar year. Knowing the 
complete scope of what is planned helps vendors and mailers better 
understand the strategic vision of what is planned. The FSS changes in 
the proposal were a reflection of previous mailer feedback to continue 
to improve FSS pricing and mail preparation to obtain additional cost 
efficiencies. The late fees for Address Correction Services will be 
considered in the future and have been withdrawn from the final rule.

First-Class Mail Parcels

    In November 2014, the Governors approved filing for the transfer of 
First-Class Mail[supreg] Parcels from a market dominant to a 
competitive product. The pleading was filed with the Postal Regulatory 
Commission (PRC) on November 14, 2014, Docket No. MC2015-7. As of this 
date, the PRC has not yet ruled on the filing, therefore, no changes to 
the standards for First-Class Mail Parcels are being announced as part 
of this final rule.

Return Receipt for Merchandise

    The Postal Service has elected to defer its proposal to eliminate 
Return Receipt for Merchandise effective April 26, 2015, filed in 
Docket No. MC2015-8, following conditional approval received from the 
Commission (Order No. 2322, January 15, 2015). The Postal Service will 
continue to evaluate whether Return Receipt for Merchandise service 
will be eliminated in the future, and if so, a formal advanced notice 
would be provided.

Indemnity Claims and Refunds

    In continuing our efforts to streamline and improve the refunds and 
claims processes for our customers, the Postal Service proposed that 
mailers would file their requests for any applicable extra service fee 
refunds using an online application instead of submitting hardcopy 
requests to the local Postmaster. Although the Postal Service has 
approval to proceed with this enhancement, the final implementation 
date is not yet determined and will be communicated in a future final 
rule.

Summary of Changes To Be Implemented

Changes for First-Class Mail Prices

    The Postal Service will maintain the First-Class Mail single-piece 
stamp price at 49 cents, and the price for single-piece flats up to one 
ounce at 98 cents. The single-piece additional ounce and non-machinable 
surcharge prices will increase one cent to 22 cents. The Metered Mail 
price will increase modestly but will still remain below the single-
piece stamp price. A complete list of approved prices for First-Class 
MailTM is available under Docket Number R2015-4 on the 
Postal Regulatory Commission's Web site at www.prc.gov.

Package Services

    Package Services (Alaska Bypass, Bound Printed Matter, Media 
Mail[supreg], and Library Mail) prices were adjusted for these 
products.

Standard Mail Prices

    Standard Mail prices were adjusted.

Periodicals Prices

    Periodicals prices were adjusted.

Returns Simplification

    The Postal Service is making several changes to merchandise return 
options. Customers may establish a single Return Services permit, and 
pay a single Return Services annual account maintenance fee at any Post 
Office, to receive any one, or a combination of, the following returns 
offerings:
     Merchandise Return Service (MRS), including USPS Returns 
paid using a scan-based payment method.
     Parcel Return Service (PRS).
    Upon annual renewal, the Return Services permit and annual 
accounting fees will be waived for those mailers showing outbound 
package volume paid using their outbound permit imprint account within 
the prior year. The Postal Service is expanding the amount of insurance 
available for purchase with returns as detailed under the insurance 
section of this final rule. Additionally, Parcel Return Service--Full 
Network is eliminated as a general offering and retained only as an 
option for customers under a Negotiated Service Agreement (NSA).

Merchandise Return Service

    The Postal Service will replace the use of market dominant First-
Class Mail parcels, Package Services (Media Mail, Library Mail, and 
Bound Printed Matter), and Standard PostTM for MRS with 
First-Class Package Service and Parcel Select[supreg] Nonpresort 
(ground) products.
    The Postal Service believes that our business mailers using MRS 
today can receive the same handling and delivery service options when 
using our commercially-priced products, or one of the other existing 
returns products. Additional changes to the DMM include removing 
obsolete language allowing MRS labels to be sent by fax. An IMpb is 
required by current standards on all MRS labels, and which align with 
standards prohibiting the faxing of MRS labels with USPS Tracking 
barcodes.

Bulk Parcel Return Service

    The Postal Service will eliminate the BPRS annual permit and 
account maintenance fees as a requirement for the service. 
Additionally, in support of our visibility initiatives, all BPRS labels 
will require an IMpb. This change aligns with the IMpb requirement on 
all other return services labels for parcels, and on all outbound 
commercial parcels. All other requirements for participation will 
remain unchanged.

Extra Services

    The following items represent the changes to extra services:

USPS Tracking

    With this final rule, USPS Tracking will be included at no 
additional charge for First-Class Mail parcels, Media Mail, Library 
Mail, and Bound Printed Matter as long as the label includes an 
accurate Intelligent Mail package barcode (IMpb). USPS Tracking will 
still be available for purchase with Standard Mail parcels, including 
Marketing Parcels.

Insurance

    The Postal Service will combine the domestic Priority Mail 
Express[supreg] merchandise insurance and the domestic general 
insurance tables into one table. No other changes will be made to the 
insurance included with Priority Mail Express and Priority 
Mail[supreg], or to the options for purchasing

[[Page 25530]]

additional insurance for any applicable outbound product. However, the 
ability to purchase insurance coverage for USPS returns products will 
be expanded to allow either the Returns Services permit holder, or the 
sender using the returns label, to purchase insurance up to the current 
allowable limit of $5,000.00. There will be no other changes to the 
standard which disallows any ``included'' insurance coverage for 
returns products.
    The Postal Service will adjust the insurance threshold for 
capturing the recipient's signature at the time of delivery from items 
insured for more than $200.00, to items insured for more than $500.00. 
Additionally, the delivery record (including a copy of the recipient's 
signature) will be provided to mailers at no additional charge for 
items insured for more than $500.00 (excludes insurance purchased for 
more than $500.00 for returns). Customers who want a signature for 
their outbound items insured for $500.00 or less can purchase Signature 
ConfirmationTM service in addition to insurance.

Certified Mail

    The Postal Service introduces three new combined offerings under 
Certified Mail[supreg] service:
     Certified Mail Restricted Delivery (available through all 
channels);
     Certified Mail Adult Signature Required;
     Certified Mail Adult Signature Restricted Delivery 
(available online and to commercial mailers only).

Restricted Delivery

    The Postal Service will replace restricted delivery service, which 
is currently used as a separate add-on and price, with a combination of 
extra services (with which restricted delivery can be purchased today). 
Customers may choose from the following restricted delivery combined 
services:
     Certified Mail Restricted Delivery.
     Certified Mail Adult Signature Restricted Delivery.
     Collect on Delivery (COD) Restricted Delivery.
     Insurance (over $500.00) Restricted Delivery.
     Registered MailTM Restricted Delivery.
     Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery (expanded from 
online only, to include retail and commercial channels.)

Return Receipt

    The Postal Service is adjusting the availability of a domestic 
return receipt from items insured for more than $200.00, to items 
insured for more than $500.00, which aligns with the threshold changes 
to insured mail for which USPSTM obtains a delivery record 
(that includes the recipient's signature). Additionally, the hardcopy 
PS Form 3811, Domestic Return Receipt, or any USPS-approved facsimile, 
will include an IMpb that will be electronically linked to the IMpb for 
the applicable extra service for the mailpiece. The IMpb on the return 
receipt will provide tracking visibility to mailers similar to that 
provided for other extra services requiring an IMpb.
    The option for purchasing a return receipt after mailing is being 
eliminated. Mailers wishing to receive a copy of the delivery record 
(including the recipient's signature obtained at the time of delivery) 
will still be able to do so by purchasing the applicable extra service 
at the time of mailing.

USPS Signature Services

    The Postal Service introduces a USPS SignatureTM service 
umbrella which will encompass the various extra services that provide 
electronic signature data (including the recipient's signature obtained 
at the time of delivery). The basic standards for the extra services 
will remain unchanged. The USPS Signature services umbrella will 
encompass:
     Signature Confirmation.
     Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery.
     Adult Signature Required *.
     Adult Signature Restricted Delivery *.
    * This USPS Signature service is only available through online or 
commercial channels.

Adult Signature

    Adult Signature Required and Adult Signature Restricted Delivery 
options are expanded to include First-Class Package Service and Parcel 
Select Lightweight[supreg] pieces purchased through commercial 
channels. Customers using these products are able to choose either 
Adult Signature Required (delivery to an individual with identification 
showing they are at least 21 years of age) or Adult Signature 
Restricted Delivery (delivery to an individual specified by name with 
identification showing who they are, and that they are at least 21 
years of age).

Certificate of Mailing

    The following changes related to domestic Certificate of Mailing 
service are being made: A new firm sheet, PS Form 3665, Certificate of 
Mailing--Firm (Domestic), is being introduced for commercial mailers 
presenting three or more mailpieces at one time (replacing the use of 
the PS Form 3877 firm sheet as domestic certificates of mailing) and a 
new PS Form 3606-D, Certificate of Bulk Mailing (For Domestic Use) 
(replacing the use of the current PS Form 3606). However, until further 
notice, the Postal Service will grant a grace period for forms 
implementation and allow mailers to use up existing supplies of current 
facsimiles (of either replaced form). This exception is universal in 
scope and does not require a unique request for an exception.
    The additional changes to Certificate of Mailing service will limit 
the use of PS Form 3817, Certificate of Mailing, to fewer than three 
pieces presented at retail locations at one time, and PS Form 3665--
Firm for three or more pieces presented at one time. Mailers presenting 
fewer than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) of 
corresponding articles at one time, will be permitted to present PS 
Form 3665--Firm or PS Form 3606-D at retail Post OfficeTM 
locations. Mailers presenting at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds 
(whichever amount is met first; lesser amounts only if deemed 
reasonable by USPS management) of corresponding articles at one time, 
must do so at a Business Mail Entry Unit (BMEU) or USPS authorized DMU 
(Detached Mail Unit).

Collect on Delivery (COD)

    PS Form 3816, COD Mailing and Delivery Receipt, used for Collect on 
Delivery (COD) service will be revised to include a Hold For Pickup and 
a street delivery option for mailers using online and commercial 
payment methods. Additionally, mailers will have the option to obtain 
Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), in lieu of a postal money order, for 
remittance of COD payments made by cash. No fee is associated with 
remittances made via EFT; however, mailers must be authorized by the 
Postal Service to participate in the EFT option.

Special Handling

    The Postal Service has redesigned special handling service by 
eliminating the weight threshold associated with special handling fees, 
and creating content-specific identifiers. Only the Fragile category 
will include a fee. The Postal Service added the following content-
specific handling service codes under the special handling umbrella:
     Hazardous Material Transportation.
     Fragile.
     Perishable.

[[Page 25531]]

Changes to Flats

Incenting for Flats Sequencing System (FSS) Preparation

    The Postal Service is adding a new FSS piece price for all FSS 
qualifying pieces for machinable barcoded (automation) flats and 
machinable non-barcoded/nonautomation flats. Sortation of High Density 
and High Density Plus Carrier Route flats will continue to be optional 
for inclusion in FSS scheme bundles. However, if included in the FSS 
sort, they will no longer be considered High Density or High Density 
Plus mailpieces and will pay the new FSS piece price.
    High Density and High Density Plus mailers may continue to prepare 
their mail destined to FSS ZIPs as High Density and High Density Plus 
Carrier Route pieces and would sort, bundle, and containerize them as 
they would for Non-FSS ZIPs and pay the applicable High Density and 
High Density Plus prices. However, the Postal Service has added a new 
destination entry for these High Density and High Density Plus Carrier 
Route flats containers going to FSS zones. Mailers will be able to 
enter these containers at the applicable FSS facility and receive a 
DFSS entry price for these High Density or High Density Plus that is 
applicable to the DSCF entry price. All FSS scheme and facility 
containers (including sacks and flat trays) entered at an FSS facility 
will be eligible for the DFSS entry price for Periodicals, Standard 
Mail, and Bound Printed Matter (BPM) flats.
    The Postal Service also added new destination entry pricing (DFSS) 
for eligible FSS scheme and facility containers for qualifying FSS 
Periodicals, Standard Mail flats and Bound Printed Matter flats. 
Besides enhanced FSS piece pricing and container specific DFSS 
destination entry pricing, Periodicals will also have bundle pricing 
for FSS scheme bundles and container prices for FSS Scheme and FSS 
Facility containers. All BPM flats pieces that bear addresses within 
FSS Zip-CodesTM must be sorted to FSS schemes. This includes 
pieces that are currently sorted to the 5-digit and Carrier Route level 
and dropped at the DDU. All qualified FSS schemed BPM flats will be 
reported as: Origin entry (None) zones 1-9 FSS scheme, DNDC entry zones 
1-5 FSS scheme, DSCF entry FSS Scheme; or DFSS entry for the pieces in 
FSS scheme bundles in or on a FSS scheme container; or in FSS scheme 
bundles in or on a FSS facility container.

Incenting for 5-digit Pallets of Carrier Route Bundles

    A new incentive is included for Periodicals and Standard Mail 
flats. There will be separate prices for carrier route pieces on 5-
digit Carrier Routes or 5-digit Scheme Carrier Routes pallets which 
consist entirely of carrier route bundles for the same applicable 5-
digit or 5-digit scheme.

2015 Promotions

    The Postal Service will offer the following four mailing promotions 
in three categories in calendar year 2015 (details of these promotions 
will be available on RIBBS at https://ribbs.usps.gov/index.cfm?page=mailingpromotions:

Leverage Value of First-Class Mail

    1. Earned Value Promotion; May 1-July 31
    2. Color Transpromo Promotion; June 1-November 30

Mobile Technology--Standard Mail and First-Class Mail

    3. Advanced and Emerging Technologies Promotion; June 1-November 30

Technology Drives Relevance--Standard Mail

    4. Mail Drives Mobile Engagement Promotion; July 1-December 31

Ancillary Service Endorsements

Change Service Requested Option 2

    The standards for the treatment of Standard Mail letters and flats, 
and Bound Printed Matter Flats will be revised to allow mailers an 
additional ancillary service endorsement option.

Other DMM Clarifications, Changes and Corrections

Return Call Tag (Print and Deliver Return Label Service) Name Change

    This article serves as notice to customers that the Postal Service 
renames Call Tag Return Service (implemented in September 2014) as 
Print and Deliver Return Label Service. Print and Deliver Return Label 
Service provides an option for permit holders to electronically request 
that an applicable USPS-return label, which is then generated and 
delivered by USPS to their customer (label end-user).

Competitive Post Office (PO) Box Services

    The Postal Service will clarify the language in the DMM standards 
for competitive PO BoxTM service, when box holders in 
competitive locations use the optional street addressing enhancement. 
Customers who choose to use this designation also have the option of 
receiving packages from private carriers at their Post Office 
BoxTM address. Packages from private carriers being 
delivered to a customer at a competitive Post Office Box service 
location, when using the street addressing designation option, do not 
require U.S. Postage to be affixed on the face of the package.

Standard Mail Marketing Parcels

    Clarifying language will be added to the standards for Standard 
MailTM Marketing Parcels to indicate that bulk insurance is 
not available because bulk insurance is already excluded by standards 
for items bearing an alternate address format.

Expedited Markings on Mailpieces

    Clarification will be made to the mailing standards for use of 
expedited attention, handling, or delivery markings (e.g., ``Urgent,'' 
``Rush Delivery,'' or ``Time Sensitive'') on mailpieces. Over time, 
some mailers have expanded the use of these markings to classes of mail 
other than Standard MailTM paid by permit imprint, as 
originally intended and described in the standards. In some cases the 
wording used has been expanded, risking or creating trademark 
infringements and false advertising. This final rule provides all 
mailers detailed standards for the use of expedited handling or 
delivery markings across all products and mailpieces.

Change of Address Orders by Phone

    Revisions are being made to update standards for change of address 
orders made by phone. The corporate call center no longer accepts 
change-of-address orders, requiring customer authorization using a 
credit card. Customers may continue to make change-of-address orders 
online at https://moversguide.usps.com which requires customer 
verification using a credit card (authentication fee charged), by 
submitting PS Form 3575, Change of Address Order, or other written 
notice, to any Post Office.

Indemnity Claims and Refunds

    Revisions are being made for claims to eliminate outdated or 
duplicate information as follows:
    Proof of value: Invoices or bills of sales must be paid receipts, 
not solely a customer's statement and a picture from a catalog showing 
value of an item.
    Payable claims: The USPS is not presumed to be at fault without any

[[Page 25532]]

physical damage to the package for live bees, crickets, and poultry.
    Complete loss: If the insured, registered, or COD article is lost 
(not damaged), the payment includes an additional amount for the 
postage (not associated fee) paid by the sender.

Miscellaneous

Repositionable Notes (RPNs)

    Clarification will be made in the DMM to remove references to the 
former price charged for RPNs which was eliminated.

Bound Printed Matter (BPM)

    On December 15, 2014, the Postal Service published Postal Bulletin 
issue 22405, which revised the DMM to remove unnecessary language 
related to the former BPM barcode discount for flats which was replaced 
by a Full-Service Intelligent Mail option for BPM flats. This final 
rule revises the DMM further to remove residual references to the 
former barcode discount for BPM flats. The DMM language will be aligned 
with the Mail Classification Schedule which permits presorted or 
Carrier Route barcoded BPM flats to be prepared as Full-Service 
mailings. Although these corrections will not be published in the DMM 
until June 1, 2015, they may be followed immediately.

List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111

    Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.

    Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is amended as follows:

PART 111--[AMENDED]

0
1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority:  5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-
1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 
3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.

0
2. Revise the following sections of the Mailing Standards of the United 
States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM).
* * * * *

Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail 
Manual (DMM)

* * * * *

100 Retail Mail

* * * * *

102 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece

* * * * *

3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings

* * * * *
    [Insert new 3.5 to read as follows:]

3.5 Marking Expedited Handling on Mail

    Mailpieces bearing references to expedited handling or delivery 
(e.g., ``Urgent,'' ``Rush Delivery,'' ``Time Sensitive'') must meet the 
requirements under 604.5.3.5.
* * * * *

140 Every Door Direct Mail--Retail (EDDM-Retail)

143 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

2.0 Content Standards for EDDM--Retail Flats

* * * * *

2.5 Attachments and Enclosures

    [Revise the third sentence of the introductory text of 2.5 to read 
as follows:]
    ***EDDM--Retail flats may bear Repositionable Notes under 
202.7.0.***
* * * * *

200 Commercial Mail

201 Physical Standards

* * * * *

3.0 Physical Standards for Machinable and Automation Letters and Cards

* * * * *

3.18 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes

    [Revise the second sentence of 3.18 to read as follows:]
    * * *For Business Reply Mail (BRM) see 505.1.0, for pre-paid reply 
mail (also known as Metered Reply Mail) or Courtesy Reply Mail (CRM) 
see 505.2.6.

4.0 Physical Standards for Flats

* * * * *

4.7 Flat-Size Pieces Not Eligible for Flat-Size Prices

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.7 to read as follows:]
    Flat-size mailpieces that do not meet the standards in 4.3 through 
4.6 must pay applicable higher prices as follows:
* * * * *
    b. * * * Under the column heading ``eligibility as presented,'' 
flats will be considered to be presented as automation flats only if 
they meet all other eligibility standards for automation flats.
    [Revise Exhibit 4.7b, Pricing for Flats Exceeding Maximum 
Deflection, to read as follows:]

Exhibit 4.7b Pricing for Flats Exceeding Maximum Deflection (see 4.6)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           FIRST-CLASS MAIL AUTOMATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   FIRST-CLASS MAIL PRESORTED (NONAUTOMATION)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           PERIODICALS OUTSIDE COUNTY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Piece price eligibility as presented...  Piece price eligibility with failed deflection.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Carrier Route flat, if not         Machinable 5-digit flat.
 entered at a DDU.
Machinable barcoded FSS................  Nonmachinable barcoded 5-digit flat.
Machinable barcoded 5-digit flat.......  Nonmachinable barcoded 5-digit flat.
Machinable barcoded 3-digit flat.......  Nonmachinable barcoded 3-digit flat.
Machinable barcoded ADC flat...........  Nonmachinable barcoded ADC flat.

[[Page 25533]]

 
Machinable barcoded MADC flat..........  Nonmachinable barcoded MADC flat.
Machinable nonbarcoded FSS.............  Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat.
Machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat....  Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 5-digit flat.
Machinable nonbarcoded 3-digit flat....  Nonmachinable nonbarcoded 3-digit flat.
Machinable nonbarcoded ADC flat........  Nonmachinable nonbarcoded ADC flat.
Machinable nonbarcoded MADC flat.......  Nonmachinable nonbarcoded MADC flat.
Nonmachinable barcoded or nonbarcoded    Price claimed, if otherwise eligible.
 flat.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              PERIODICALS IN-COUNTY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  STANDARD MAIL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eligibility as presented...............  Eligibility with failed deflection
Basic Carrier Route flat, if not         Nonautomation 5-digit flat.
 entered at a DDU.
Automation FSS Sch Pallet..............  Nonautomation FSS Sch Pallet.
Automation FSS Other...................  Nonautomation FSS Other.
Automation FSS Sch Cont................  Nonautomation FSS Sch Cont.
Automation FSS Facility Cont...........  Nonautomation FSS Facility Cont.
Automation 5-digit flat................  Nonautomation 5-digit flat.
Automation 3-digit flat................  Nonautomation 3-digit flat.
Automation ADC flat....................  Nonautomation ADC flat.
Automation MADC flat...................  Nonautomation MADC flat.
Nonautomation flat (all sort levels)...  Nonautomation MADC flat.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              BOUND PRINTED MATTER
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eligibility as presented...............  Eligibility with failed deflection.
Carrier Route flat, if not entered at a  Carrier Route parcel.
 DDU.
Barcoded/nonbarcoded presorted flat....  Presorted parcel.
Barcoded/nonbarcoded FSS Sch flat......  Presorted parcel Price as claimed, if otherwise eligible.
Nonbarcoded nonpresorted flat..........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

202 Elements on the Face of a Mailpiece

* * * * *

3.0 Placement and Content of Mail Markings

* * * * *
    [Insert new 3.5.1 to read as follows:]

3.5.1 Marking Expedited Handling on Mail

    Mailpieces bearing references to expedited handling or delivery 
(e.g., ``Urgent,'' ``Rush Delivery,'' ``Time Sensitive'') must meet the 
requirements under 604.5.3.5.
* * * * *

5.0 Barcode Placement Letters and Flats

* * * * *

5.2 Flat-Size

5.2.1 Barcode Placement for Flats

    [Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 to read as follows:]
    * * * The portion of the surface of the piece on which the 
Intelligent Mail barcode is printed must meet the barcode dimensions 
and spacing requirements in 708.4.0. * * *
* * * * *

7.0 Repositionable Notes (RPNs)

7.1 Use

    [Revise the introductory sentence to read as follows:]
    RPNs are not assessed a fee when used, and must meet all of the 
following standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of item 7.1f to read as follows:]
    f. Attach the RPNs to all pieces in the mailing, except as provided 
for non-identical manifested mail.
* * * * *
    [Delete 7.5, Prices, in its entirety and renumber current 7.6, 
Compliance, as new 7.5.]
* * * * *

207 Periodicals

* * * * *

2.0 Price Application and Computation

* * * * *

2.1 Price Application

* * * * *

2.1.8 Applying Outside-County Bundle Prices

    * * * The following additional standards apply:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 2.1.8 item b to read as follows:]
    b. For bundles with both In-County and Outside-County pieces, 
mailers do not pay the bundle charge for carrier route, 5-digit/scheme 
bundles and FSS scheme bundles.
* * * * *

2.2 Computing Postage

* * * * *

2.2.8 Total Postage

    [Revise the text of 2.2.8 to read as follows:]
    Total Outside-County postage is the sum of the per pound and per 
piece charges, the bundle charges, the container charges, and any Ride-
Along charges; minus all discounts, rounded off to the nearest whole 
cent. Total In-County postage is the sum of the per pound and per piece 
charges, and any

[[Page 25534]]

Ride-Along charges, less all discounts, rounded off to the nearest 
whole cent.
* * * * *

12.0 Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Eligibility

* * * * *

12.3 Prices--In-County

12.3.1 Five-Digit Prices

    5-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Revise item 12.3.1c to read as follows:]
    c. Qualifying flats sorted to a FSS scheme under 705.14.0.

12.3.2 Three-Digit Prices

    3-digit prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Delete item 12.3.2c in its entirety]
* * * * *

13.0 Carrier Route Eligibility

* * * * *

13.2 Sorting

13.2.1 Basic Standards

    * * * Carrier route prices apply to copies that are prepared in 
carrier route bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, subject to 
these standards:
* * * * *
    b. Nonletter-size mailings. Carrier route prices apply to carrier 
route bundles that are sorted in one of the following ways:
* * * * *
    [Delete 13.2.1b item 4 in its entirety]
* * * * *

13.3 Walk-Sequence Prices

13.3.1 Eligibility

    [Revise the second sentence of 13.3.1 to read as follows:]
    * * * High density and saturation mailings must be prepared in 
carrier walk sequence according to USPS schemes see 23.8.
* * * * *

14.0 Barcoded (Automation) Eligibility

14.1 Basic Standards

    All pieces in a Periodicals barcoded (automation) mailing must:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.1 item d to read as follows:]
    d. Be marked, sorted, and documented as specified in 705.8.0 (if 
palletized); or 24.0 (for letters) or 25.0 (for flats) or; for 
nonletter-size mail, 705.9.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0; or for 
nonletter-size mail, bundles prepared on or in pallets, trays, sacks or 
other approved container under 705.14.0.
* * * * *

14.2 Eligibility Standards for Full-Service Automation Periodicals

    All pieces entered under the full-service automation option must:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.2 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Be scheduled for an appointment through the Facility Access and 
Shipment Tracking (FAST) system when deposited as a DNDC, DADC, DSCF, 
or DFSS drop shipment.
* * * * *

14.4 Prices--In-County

14.4.1 Five-Digit Prices

    5-digit automation prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.4.1 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Qualifying flats sorted to a FSS scheme under 705.14.0.
* * * * *

14.4.2 Three-Digit Prices

    3-digit automation prices apply to:
* * * * *
    [Delete 14.4.2 item c in its entirety]
* * * * *

17.0 Documentation

* * * * *

17.4 Detailed Zone Listing for Periodicals

17.4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the first sentence of 17.4.1 to read as follows:]
    The publisher must be able to present documentation to support the 
actual number of copies of each edition of an issue, by entry point, 
mailed to each zone, at DDU, DSCF, DADC, DFSS and In-County prices.* * 
*
* * * * *

17.4.2 Format

    Report the number of copies mailed to each 3-digit ZIP Code area at 
zone prices using one of the following formats:
* * * * *
    [Revise the first sentence of 17.4.2 item b to read as follows:]
    b. Report copies by zone (In-County DDU, In-County others, Outside-
County DDU, Outside-County DFSS, Outside-County DSCF, and Outside-
County DADC) and by 3-digit ZIP Code, in ascending numeric order, for 
each zone. ***

17.4.3 Zone Abbreviations

    [Revise the text of 17.4.3 to read as follows:]
    Use the actual price name or the authorized zone abbreviation in 
the listings in 17.3 and 17.4.2.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Zone abbreviation                                        Price equivalent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ICD.........................................  In-County, DDU.
IC..........................................  In-County, Others.
DDU.........................................  Outside-County, DDU.
FSS.........................................  Outside-County, DFSS.
SCF.........................................  Outside-County, DSCF.
ADC.........................................  Outside-County, DADC.
1-2 or 1/2..................................  zones 1 and 2.
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (as applicable)............  zones 3 through 8 (as applicable).
M...........................................  mixed zones.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

18.0 General Mail Preparation

* * * * *

18.3 Presort Terms

    Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:
* * * * *
    [Redesignate current items 18.3c through 18.3t as new items 18.3d 
through 18.3u, then, add new item18.3c to read as follows:]
    c. FSS scheme for flats: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on 
all pieces in the FSS bundle is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed 
by the USPS as one scheme as shown in L006.
* * * * *

[[Page 25535]]

18.5 FSS Preparation

    [Revise the text of 18.5 to read as follows:]
    Flat sized Periodicals In-County priced mailings, along with a 
maximum of 5,000 Outside-County pieces for the same issue (see 
207.1.1.4) and flats mailed at Saturation (Non-simplified addressed) 
and High Density prices may be optionally sorted under FSS preparation 
standards. All other Periodicals flats destinating and qualifying to 
FSS zones in L006, must be prepared under 705.14.0.
* * * * *

26.0 Physical Criteria for Nonmachinable Flat-Size Periodicals

* * * * *

26.3 Flexibility and Deflection

    [Revise the text of 26.3 to read as follows:]
    Nonmachinable flats (under 26.0) are not subject to flexibility 
standards or deflection standards in 201.4.0.
* * * * *

29.0 Destination Entry

29.1 Basic Standards

    * * * The following standards apply:
* * * * *
    [Revise 29.1 item c to read as follows:]
    c. The advertising and nonadvertising portions may be eligible for 
DADC, DSCF, DFSS, or DDU pound prices based on the entry facility and 
the address on the piece.
* * * * *

29.5 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Entry

29.5.1 Definition

    [Revise 29.5.1 to read as follows:]
    For this standard, destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) refers 
to the facilities listed in L006, Scheme, Column B or Facility, Column 
C.

29.5.2 Eligibility

    [Revise 29.5.2 to read as follows:]
    DFSS prices apply to eligible FSS pieces deposited at a USPS-
designated FSS processing facility and correctly placed in a flat tray, 
sack, alternate approved container or on a pallet, labeled to a FSS 
scheme processed by that facility, under labeling list L006. These 
pieces must include a complete address and meet the physical standards 
for machinable flats in 201. Eligibility also applies to Carrier Route 
High Density containers properly prepared under 207.23 for FSS ZIPs.
* * * * *

240 Commercial Mail Standard Mail

* * * * *

243 Prices and Eligibility

* * * * *

3.0 Basic Eligibility Standards for Standard Mail

* * * * *

3.2 Defining Characteristics

* * * * *

3.2.2 Standard Mail Marketing Parcels

    [Revise 3.2.2 by inserting a new last sentence to read as follows:]
    * * * USPS Tracking is the only extra service available for 
Standard Mail Marketing parcels.
* * * * *

3.2.8 Extra Services

    [Revise the text of 3.2.8 to read as follows:]
    See information regarding available extra services under 503.0.
* * * * *

4.0 Price Eligibility for Standard Mail

* * * * *

4.2 Minimum Per Piece Prices

* * * * *
    [Revise the third sentence of 4.2 item c to read as follows:]
    * * * Except for Customized MarketMail pieces, discounted per piece 
prices also may be claimed for destination entry mailings (destination 
flat sequencing sorter (DFSS), destination network distribution center 
(DNDC), destination sectional center facility (DSCF), and destination 
delivery unit (DDU)) under 246.
* * * * *

4.3 Piece/Pound Prices

    [Revise the last sentence of 4.3 to read as follows:]
    * * * Discounted per pound prices also may be claimed for 
destination entry mailings (destination flat sequencing sorter (DFSS), 
destination network distribution center (DNDC), and destination 
sectional center facility (DSCF)) under 246.
* * * * *

5.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail 
Letters, Flats, and Presorted Standard Mail Parcels

* * * * *

5.6 Nonautomation Price Application--Flats

5.6.1 5-Digit Prices for Flats

    The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
    [Revise the text of 5.6.1 item a to read as follows:]
    a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more 
pieces, as applicable; properly placed in a 5-digit/scheme sack 
containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces.
* * * * *

5.6.2 3-Digit Prices for Flats

    The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:
* * * * *
    [Delete 5.6.2 item c in its entirety.]
* * * * *
    [Insert new 5.6.5 and 5.6.6 to read as follows:]

5.6.5 FSS Scheme Piece Price for Flats

    The FSS Scheme Price applies to flat-size pieces:
    a. In an FSS Scheme bundle of at least 10 or more pieces, no matter 
the container level.
    b. The FSS Scheme Pallet price applies to the piece price for flat-
sized pieces on a FSS scheme pallet with bundles of 10 or more FSS-
schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0.

5.6.6 Mixed ADC Prices for Flats

    Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not 
qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices; placed in mixed ADC sacks 
or on ASF, NDC, or mixed NDC pallets under 705.8.0.
* * * * *

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route 
Standard Mail Letters and Flats

* * * * *

6.3 Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards

* * * * *

6.3.3 Basic Price Eligibility-Flats

    Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or 
more pieces that is:
* * * * *
    [Delete 6.3.3 item e in its entirety]
    [Add new item 6.3.4 to read as follows:]

6.3.4 Basic Carrier Route Bundles on a 5-digit Pallet (Basic-CR 
Bundles/Pallet) Price Eligibility-Flats

    Basic--CR Bundles/Pallet prices apply to each piece in a carrier 
route bundle of 10 or more pieces that are palletized under 705.8.0 on 
a 5-digit carrier route or 5-digit scheme carrier route pallet entered 
at an Origin (None), DNDC, DSCF, or DDU entry.
* * * * *

[[Page 25536]]

6.5 High Density and High Density Plus (Enhanced Carrier Route) 
Standards--Flats

* * * * *

6.5.2 High Density and High Density Plus Prices for Flats

    [Revise the introductory text of 6.5.2 to read as follows:]
    High density or high density plus prices apply to each piece 
meeting the density standards in 6.5.1 or in a carrier route bundle of 
10 or more pieces that is:
* * * * *

7.0 Eligibility Standards for Automation Standard Mail

* * * * *

7.5 Price Application for Automation Flats

    [Revise 7.5 in its entirety to read as follows:]
    Automation prices apply to each piece properly sorted into 
qualifying groups:
    a. The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces in a 5-digit/
scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as 
applicable;
    b. The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces in a 3-digit/
scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces.
    c. The ADC price applies to flat-size pieces in an ADC bundle of 10 
or more pieces.
    d. The mixed ADC price applies to flat-size pieces in mixed ADC 
bundles (no minimum).
    e. The FSS Scheme Pallet price applies to the piece price for flat-
sized pieces on a FSS scheme pallet with bundles of 10 or more FSS-
schemed pieces properly prepared under 705.14.0.
    f. The FSS Other price applies to the piece price for flat-sized 
pieces in or on any container other than a FSS Scheme pallet with 
bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 
705.14.0.
    g. The FSS Scheme Container price (DFSS Entry only) applies to the 
piece price for flat-sized pieces on or in a FSS scheme container with 
bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 
705.14.0 and dropped at a DFSS.
    h. The FSS Facility Container (DFSS Entry Only) price applies to 
the piece price for flat-sized pieces in or on a FSS facility container 
with bundles of 10 or more FSS-schemed pieces properly prepared under 
705.14.0 and dropped at a DFSS.
* * * * *

245 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.6 FSS Preparation

    [Revise the text of 1.6 to read as follows:]
    Except for Standard Mail flats mailed at Saturation, High Density, 
or High-Density Plus prices, all Standard Mail flats destinating to a 
FSS scheme in accordance with labeling list L006 must be prepared under 
705.14.0.
* * * * *

246 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *

4.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

* * * * *

4.2 Eligibility

* * * * *

4.2.2 Flats

    Pieces in a mailing that meet the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are 
eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise text of 4.2.2 item c to read as follows:]
    c. DSCF prices apply to all pieces on or in a FSS Scheme or FSS 
Facility container when entered at a DSCF facility and any of the 
pieces on or in the container are addressed for delivery within that 
DSCF's service area. DSCF prices also apply to high density and high 
density plus carrier route containers entered at a DFSS facility.
    [Insert a new item d to read as follows:]
    d. DSCF prices apply to high density and high density plus pieces 
on a 5-digit or 5-digit scheme container entered at a Flat Sequencing 
System (FSS) facility for pieces that are not addressed for that 
facility's FSS ZIPs.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of 6.0 to read as follows:]

6.0 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Facility Entry

6.1 Definition

    [Revise the text of 6.1 to read as follows:]
    Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) refers to the facilities 
listed in L006.

6.2 Eligibility

    [Revise the text of 6.2 to read as follows:]
    DFSS prices apply to pieces deposited at a USPS-designated FSS 
processing site and correctly placed in or on a container labeled to a 
FSS scheme or FSS Facility processed by that site under labeling list 
L006 (Column B or Column C). These pieces must include a full delivery 
address and meet the physical standards for FSS machinability in 
705.14.0.
* * * * *

260 Commercial Mail Bound Printed Matter

263 Prices and Eligibility

1.0 Prices and Fees for Bound Printed Matter

1.1 Nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter

    Apply the prices and discounts for nonpresorted Bound Printed 
Matter (BPM) as follows:

1.1.1 Prices

    [Revise text of 1.1.1 to read as follows:]
    BPM prices are based on the weight of a single addressed piece or 
one pound, whichever is higher, and the zone to which the piece is 
addressed. The nonpresorted price applies to BPM not mailed at the 
Presorted, FSS scheme or carrier route prices. For prices, see Notice 
123, Price List.
* * * * *
    [Delete item 1.1.4 in its entirety.]

1.2 Commercial Bound Printed Matter

* * * * *

1.2.3 Price Application

    [Revise the text of 1.2.3 to read as follows:]
    The presorted, FSS scheme, FSS scheme container, and FSS facility 
container Bound Printed Matter price has a per piece charge and a per 
pound charge. The minimum postage price for an addressed piece is one 
unit of the per piece charge plus the per pound charge for an addressed 
piece weighing one pound. Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-
piece discount for each presorted flat (except pieces mailed at carrier 
route prices) that complies with the Full-Service Intelligent Mail 
option requirements under 705.23.0.
    [Revise the title and text of 1.2.4 to read as follows:]

1.2.4 Bound Printed Matter Carrier Route Prices

    Each piece is subject to both a piece price and a pound price. 
Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-piece discount for each 
presorted flat that complies with the Full-Service Intelligent Mail 
option requirements under 705.23.0.

[[Page 25537]]

1.2.5 Bound Printed Matter Destination Entry Prices

    [Revise the second sentence of 1.2.5 to read as follows:]
    * * * Deduct the Full-Service Intelligent Mail per-piece discount 
for each presorted or Carrier Route barcoded flats that complies with 
the Full-Service Intelligent Mail option requirements under 705.23.0. * 
* *

1.2.6 Destination Entry Mailing Fee

    [Revise the text of the last sentence of 1.2.6 to read as follows:]
    * * * Payment of this fee is waived for mailers who present only 
qualified full-service flat-size automation mailings under 705.23.
* * * * *

1.2.8 Computing Postage for Permit Imprint

    [Revise introductory text of 1.2.8 to read as follows:]
    Presorted, FSS Presorted and Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter 
mailings paid with permit imprint are charged a per pound price and a 
per piece price as follows:
* * * * *

4.0 Price Eligibility for Bound Printed Matter

4.1 Price Eligibility

    * * * Price categories are as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise the second sentence of item b to read as follows:]
    b. Presorted Price. The Presorted price applies to BPM prepared in 
a mailing of at least 300 BPM pieces, prepared and presorted as 
specified in 265.5.0, 265.8.0, 705.8.0, and 705.21.
    [Renumber current 4.1 items c as new item d, then, insert new item 
c to read as follows:]
* * * * *
    c. FSS Scheme Presorted Price. This price applies to BPM flats 
prepared in a mailing of at least 300 BPM pieces, prepared and 
presorted as specified in 705.14.0.
* * * * *
    [Revise the heading of 6.0 to read as follows:]

6.0 Additional Eligibility Standards for Full-Service Bound Printed 
Matter Flats

* * * * *

265 Mail Preparation

1.0 General Information for Mail Preparation

* * * * *

1.6 FSS Preparation

    [Revise the text of 1.6 to read as follows:]
    BPM flats claiming FSS presorted scheme prices, meeting the 
standards in 201.0 and destinating to a FSS scheme in accordance with 
labeling list L006, must be prepared under 705.14.0.
* * * * *

5.0 Preparing Presorted Flats

* * * * *

5.3 Sacking

* * * * *

5.3.4 Cosacking Presorted Mail With Barcoded Mail

    [Revise the entire text of 5.3.4 to read as follows:]
    The following standards apply if the mailing job contains a carrier 
route mailing, and a Presorted mailing, then the carrier route mailing 
must be prepared under 6.0, and the Presorted mailing must be co-sacked 
under 705.9.0. Bundled pieces must be co-sacked under 705.9.0.
* * * * *

7.0 Preparing Barcoded Flats

7.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the first sentence of 7.1 to read as follows:]
    Flat-size Bound Printed Matter pieces claiming the Full-Service 
discount must be prepared under 7.0 and the eligibility standards for 
the price claimed. * * *
* * * * *

266 Enter and Deposit

* * * * *

5.0 Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry

5.1 Eligibility

    Bound Printed Matter pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 
3.0 are eligible for the DSCF price when they meet all of the following 
additional conditions:
* * * * *
    b. Are deposited at:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 5.1b item 2 to read as follows:]
    2. DSCF prices apply to all pieces on or in a FSS Scheme or FSS 
Facility container when entered at a DSCF facility when any of the 
pieces on or in the container are addressed for delivery within that 
DSCF's service area.
* * * * *
    [Insert new 7.0 to read as follows:]

7.0 Destination Flat Sequencing System (DFSS) Facility Entry

7.1 Definition

    Destination Flat Sequencing System Facility (DFSS) refers to the 
facilities listed in L006, Column C.

7.2 Eligibility

    DFSS prices apply to pieces deposited at a USPS-designated FSS 
processing facility and correctly placed on a container labeled to a 
FSS scheme or a FSS facility processed by that facility or to a single 
5-digit destination processed by that facility under labeling list 
L006. These pieces must include a full delivery address and meet the 
physical standards for FSS machinability in 705.14.0.
* * * * *

500 Additional Mailing Services

503 Extra and Additional Services

1.0 Basic Standards for All Extra Services

* * * * *

1.3 Paying Fees and Postage

    [Revise the first sentence of 1.3 to read as follows:]
    Except as provided under 604.6.1 and for official mail of federal 
government agencies collected under 703.7.0 (for Department of State, 
see 703.3.0), postage and extra service fees are paid at the time of 
mailing. * * *

1.4 Matter Eligible for Extra Services

1.4.1 Eligible Matter

    One or more of the following extra or additional services may be 
added at the time of mailing, if the standards for the services are met 
and the applicable fees are paid, as follows:

Exhibit 1.4.1 Eligible Matter--Domestic Destinations

    [Revise the entire Exhibit 1.4.1, Eligible Matter--Domestic 
Destinations, to read as follows:]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Extra service                      Eligible mail class              Additional combined services
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Registered Mail                       Priority Mail                         Registered Mail COD
Registered Mail Restricted Delivery   First-Class Mail                      Return Receipt
                                      First-Class Package Service           Signature Confirmation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 25538]]

 
Certified Mail                        Priority Mail                         Return Receipt (Form 3811 only if
Certified Mail--Restricted Delivery   First-Class Mail                       with Adult Signature options 1)
Certified Mail--Adult Signature 1     First-Class Package Service
Certified Mail--Adult Signature
 Restricted 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance                             Priority Mail Express                 USPS Tracking Signature Confirmation
Insurance Restricted Delivery (If     Priority Mail                          (available if insured for <$500;
 insured >$500.00.) (Note: Priority   Critical Mail                          included if insured for >$500.00.)
 Mail Express includes $100.00 of     First-Class Mail                      Adult Signature Requested 1
 insurance and Priority Mail          First-Class Package Service           Adult Restricted Delivery 1 Return
 includes either $100.00 or $50.00    Standard Post                          Receipt (if insured >$500.00, Form
 of insurance (see 503.4.0),          Bound Printed Matter                   3811 only.)
 insurance >$500.00 includes
 Signature Confirmation.)
                                      Library Mail                          Special Handling--Fragile Parcel
                                      Media Mail                             Airlift (PAL)
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight (bulk
                                       insurance only)
                                      Standard Mail 7 (bulk insurance for
                                       (nonprofit) parcels only)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificate of Mailing (Form 3817     Priority Mail                         Special Handling--Fragile
 (retail use only) or Form 3665-      First-Class Mail                      Parcel Airlift (PAL)
 Firm) for individual pieces only;    First-Class Package Service
 Form 3665-Firm is for 3 or more      Standard Post
 pieces presented at one time (see    Bound Printed Matter
 5.0)                                 Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificate of Bulk Mailing (Form     Priority Mail                         Special Handling--Fragile
 3606; only evidence of number of     First-Class Mail                      Parcel Airlift (PAL)
 identical weight piece mailed (see   First-Class Package Service
 5.0).
                                      Standard Post
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight
                                      Standard Mail 7
                                      Bound Printed Matter
                                      Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return Receipt (Form 3811 must bear   Priority Mail Express (Form 3811      USPS Tracking.
 an IMpb linked to the IMb for the     only).                               Signature Confirmation Restricted
 host extra service for the appended  Priority Mail 3                        Delivery
 mailpiece.)                          First-Class Mail 3                    Signature Confirmation 6
                                      First-Class Package Service 3         Special Handling
                                      Standard Mail (parcels only) 2 3 7    Adult Signature Requested 1 (Form
                                      Parcel Select 4                        3811 only)
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight 3           Adult Signature Restricted Delivery
                                      Standard Post 4                        1 (Form 3811 only)
                                      Bound Printed Matter 4                Parcel Airlift (PAL)
                                      Library Mail 4
                                      Media Mail 4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             USPS Signature Services
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature Confirmation                Priority Mail                         Collect on Delivery (COD)
                                      Critical Mail                         Insurance
                                      First-Class Mail (parcels only;       Registered Mail
                                       electronic option only)              Return Receipt 6 (Form 3811 only)
                                      First-Class Package Service           Special Handling
                                       (electronic option only)             Hold For Pickup
                                      Standard Post
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight
                                      Bound Printed Matter
                                      Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature Confirmation Restricted     Priority Mail 3                       Collect on Delivery (COD)
 Delivery
                                      First-Class Mail 2 3                  Insurance
                                      First-Class Package Service           Registered Mail
                                      Standard Post 5                       Return Receipt 6 (Form 3811 only)
                                      Parcel Select 5                       Special Handling
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight 4           Hold For Pickup
                                      Bound Printed Matter 5
                                      Library Mail 5

[[Page 25539]]

 
                                      Media Mail 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adult Signature Required 1            Priority Mail Express                 Insurance
Adult Signature Restricted Delivery   Priority Mail                         Return Receipt (Form 3811 only)
 1                                    Critical Mail                         Hold For Pickup
                                      First-Class Mail 2
                                      First-Class Package Service 3
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Parcel Select Lightweight
                                      Bound Printed Matter 2
                                      Library Mail 2
                                      Media Mail 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USPS Tracking (USPS Tracking is       Standard Mail (parcels only;          Insurance (bulk insurance (for
 provided at no additional charge      electronic option only 1 2)           Standard Mail (nonprofit) parcels)
 for all classes of mail (excludes                                           only 1 2)
 Periodicals and Standard Mail
 parcels.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect on Delivery (COD)             Priority Mail Express (1-Day and 2-   Registered Mail
COD Restricted Delivery                Day only)                            Return Receipt
                                      Priority Mail
                                      First-Class Mail                      Special Handling--Fragile
                                      First-Class Package Service
                                      Signature Confirmation 2 (not
                                       available for purchase with
                                       Priority Mail Express COD)
                                      Standard Post                         Hold For Pickup
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Bound Printed Matter
                                      Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return Receipt for Merchandise        Priority Mail                         USPS Tracking Insurance 1
                                      Standard Mail (machinable and         Special Handling
                                       irregular parcels only) 7            Parcel Airlift (PAL) (see 703.2.0)
                                      Parcel Select                         1. If insured for $200.00 or less
                                      Standard Post
                                      Bound Printed Matter
                                      Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Special Handling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Handling--Fragile             Priority Mail Express                 Collect On Delivery (COD)
                                      Priority Mail                         Insurance
                                      First-Class Mail                      Signature Confirmation 2
                                      First-Class Package Service           Parcel Airlift (PAL)
                                      Standard Post
                                      Parcel Select
                                      Bound Printed Matter
                                      Library Mail
                                      Media Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Not at retail.
\2\ Parcels only.
\3\ If purchased with Certified Mail, COD, insurance over $500.00 or Registered Mail.
\4\ If purchased with bulk insurance over $500.00.
\5\ If purchased with COD or insurance over $500.00.
\6\ If purchased with insurance over $500.00, COD, Registered Mail, or Signature Confirmation Restricted
  Delivery.
\7\ Excludes Marketing Parcels.

1.4.2 Offshore Domestic Destinations

    [Revise the text of 1.4.2 to read as follows:]
    As provided for the classes of mail under 1.4.1, and unless 
otherwise restricted (also see ``Overseas Military/Diplomatic Mail'' 
and ``Freely Associated States (FAS)'' sections of the Postal 
Bulletin), extra services are available for mail addressed to APO/FPO 
destinations (also see 703), and to ZIP Codes in U.S. territories and 
possessions (also see 608.2.0), or Freely Associated States (also see 
608.2.0), as follows:

Exhibit 1.4.2 Eligible Matter--Offshore Domestic Destinations

    [Revise Exhibit 1.4.2 to read as follows:]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 U.S. territories and       Freely associated
            Extra service                     APO/FPO                 possessions                 states
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Registered Mail.....................  Limited 1 (Available     Yes.....................  Yes.
                                       only to select APO/FPO
                                       destinations.).

[[Page 25540]]

 
Certified Mail......................  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
Certified Mail Restricted Delivery..  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
Certified Mail Adult Signature        No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
 Required.
Certified Mail Adult Signature        No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
 Delivery.
Insurance (< or = $500.00)..........  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
Insurance (>$500.00)................  Limited 2..............  Yes.....................  Yes.
Insurance Restricted Delivery.......  Limited 2..............  Yes.....................  Yes.
Certificate of Mailing..............  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
USPS Tracking.......................  Limited 1..............  Yes.....................  Yes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             USPS Signature Service
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature Confirmation..............  No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
Signature Confirmation Restricted     No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
 Delivery.
Adult Signature Requested...........  No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
Adult Signature Restricted Delivery.  No.....................  Yes.....................  No.
COD.................................  No.....................  Yes.....................  Limited.3
Return Receipt for Merchandise......  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Special Handling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Handling--Fragile...........  Yes....................  Yes.....................  Yes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ If insured for more than $500.00, signature service provided only if hardcopy return receipt (form 3811) is
  also purchased.
\2\ Availability of electronic information regarding an event scan may be limited.
\3\ Except for items sent to Marshall Islands and the Federated States of Micronesia.

1.4.3 Domestic Returns

    Extra services for return mailpieces are available as follows:

Exhibit 1.4.3 Eligible Matter--Domestic Returns

    [Revise Exhibit 1.4.3 to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Eligible extra
                                 Eligible extra      services  (paid by
       Return service          services  (paid by     permit holder or
                                 permit holder)            sender)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merchandise Return Service..  Registered Mail:....  Registered Mail:
                              Insurance < or =      Insurance < or =
                               $500.00 1 2.          $500.00.1 2
                              Insurance >$500.00 1  Insurance >$500.00.1
                               2 4.                  2 4
                              Return Receipt for    Return Receipt for
                               Merchandise.          Merchandise.
                              Special Handling--    Special Handling--
                               Fragile.              Fragile
                                                    Certificate of
                                                     Mailing.\3\
Priority Mail Return Service  Insurance < or =      Insurance < or =
                               $500.00 \2\.          $500.00.\2\
First-Class Package Return    Insurance >$500.00 2  Insurance >$500.00.2
 Service.                      4.                    4
Ground Return Service.......
Parcel Return Service.......  Insurance < or =      Insurance < or =
                               $500.00 \2\.          $500.00.\2\
                              Insurance >$500.00 2  Insurance >$500.00.2
                               4.                    4
                                                    Certificate of
                                                     Mailing.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Insurance may be combined with Special Handling.
\2\ Insurance must be purchased; no included insurance is provided for
  returns.
\3\ Individual pieces using Form 3817 or Form 3665 by sender only.
\4\ Signature service is not provided for items insured for >$500.

* * * * *

1.7 Forms and Labels

* * * * *

1.7.2 Privately Printed Forms or Labels

    [Revise the third sentence of 1.7.2 to read as follows:]
    * * * Customers affixing both a barcoded address label and a 
barcoded extra service label on the same mailpiece must ensure that the 
barcodes on both labels match. * * *
* * * * *

1.7.4 Acceptance

    Customers must also meet the following requirements when presenting 
mail bearing an extra service IMpb for acceptance:
    [Revise the text of 1.7.4 item a to read as follows:]
    a. Certificates of mailing using Form 3655-Firm or Form 3606-D when 
at least 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met first) of 
corresponding articles presented at one time, or for presorted or 
permit imprint mailings containing pieces with extra services, must be 
presented to a Post Office business mail entry unit (BMEU) or 
authorized detached mail unit (DMU).
* * * * *

1.8 Obtaining Delivery Information and Delivery Records

    Delivery records for extra services are available as follows:
    [Revise the text of 1.8 items a and c to read as follows:]
    a. Information by article number can be retrieved at www.usps.com 
or by calling 1-800-222-1811. A proof of delivery letter (including 
recipient's

[[Page 25541]]

signature, when available) may be provided by email.
* * * * *
    c. A return receipt (hardcopy Form 3811) may be purchased at the 
time of mailing and is received by mail.
* * * * *

1.10 Receipts

    [Revise the text of the first and third sentence of 1.10, then, 
insert a new final sentence of 1.10 to read as follows:]
    Except when using Certificate of Mailing Form 3655-Firm and Form 
3606-D when presenting less than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever 
amount is met first) of corresponding articles at one time, the mailer 
receives a USPS sales receipt and the postmarked (round-dated) extra 
service form for services purchased at retail channels. * * * For three 
or more pieces with extra or accountable services (includes 
international certificate of mailing) presented for mailing at one 
time, the mailer uses Form 3877 (firm sheet) or USPS-approved privately 
printed firm sheets in lieu of the receipt portion of the individual 
form. * * * Except for Registered Mail and COD items, the USPS keeps no 
mailing records for pieces bearing extra services.
    [Delete current 1.11, USPS Mailing Records, in its entirety (text 
relocated to 1.10).]

2.0 Registered Mail

2.1 Basic Standards

2.1.1 Description

    [Revise the introductory text of 2.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Registered Mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 
for eligible matter. Registered Mail is the most secure service that 
the USPS offers. It incorporates a system of receipts to monitor the 
movement of the mail from the point of acceptance to delivery. 
Registered Mail provides the sender with a mailing receipt and, upon 
request (see 1.8), electronic verification that an article was 
delivered or that a delivery attempt was made. Customers may obtain a 
record of delivery (which includes the recipient's signature) by 
purchasing a return receipt (6.0), at the time of mailing. Customers 
may direct delivery of Registered Mail only to the addressee (or 
addressee's authorized agent) using Registered Mail Restricted Delivery 
(2.1.4). Postal insurance is included in the fee for articles with a 
value of at least $0.01 up to a maximum insured value of $50,000.00. 
Postal insurance is not available for articles with no value ($0.00). 
The fees for articles valued over $50,000.00 include insurance up to 
$50,000.00, and increasingly higher fees for handling costs. The face 
(address side) of a registered article must be at least 5 inches long 
and 3\1/2\ inches high, regardless of thickness. Registration may not 
be obtained for the following item if:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of item c to read as follows:]
    c. Prepared improperly or packed inadequately to withstand normal 
handling (see 2.3.4).
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of item f. to read as follows:]
    f. A class of mail not listed under eligible matter (see 1.4).

2.1.2 Label 200

    [Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2 to read as follows:]
    Registered Mail must bear the barcoded red Label 200 (see forms at 
https://pe.usps.gov/), or a non-barcoded red Label 200-N (when a mailer-
generated shipping label bearing an IMpb (under 708.5.0) is also 
affixed on the same mailpiece). * * *
* * * * *
    [Insert new items 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 to read as follows:]

2.1.4 Additional Standards for Registered Mail Restricted Delivery

    Registered Mail Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct 
delivery only to the addressee (or addressee's authorized agent). The 
addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The 
mailer may request Registered Mail Restricted Delivery at the time of 
mailing by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ``Restricted 
Delivery'' above the address and to the right of the return address, 
and paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee 
in the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required 
endorsement on the mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery 
(which includes the recipient's signature) by purchasing a return 
receipt (6.0). If a return receipt is requested, the correct block on 
Form 3811 must be checked to show that restricted delivery is also 
required. Mail marked ``Restricted Delivery'' is delivered under the 
conditions in 508.1.1.7 and 1.1.8.

2.1.5 Registered COD Mail

    Sealed domestic mail bearing First-Class Mail, First-Class Package 
Service, or Priority Mail postage may be sent as registered COD mail 
when meeting the standards in 9.0 and as follows:
    a. Such mail is handled the same as other Registered Mail.
    b. The maximum amount collectible from the recipient on one article 
is $1,000.00. Indemnity is available up to the registry limit of 
$50,000.00 by paying the registry fee for the value declared. The total 
fees charged for registered COD service include the proper registry fee 
for the value declared plus the registered COD fee. The mailer must 
declare the full value of the article being mailed, regardless of the 
amount to be collected from the recipient.
    c. The registered label and the COD form must be affixed to each 
article. The registration number is used for delivery receipt and 
indemnity claims.
* * * * *

3.0 Certified Mail

3.1 Basic Standards

3.1.1 Description

    [Revise the text of 3.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Certified Mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 
for eligible matter. Certified Mail provides the sender with a mailing 
receipt and, upon request, electronic verification that an article was 
delivered or that a delivery attempt was made. Customers can retrieve 
the delivery status as provided in 1.8. Certified Mail is dispatched 
and handled in transit as ordinary mail. Except for Priority Mail 
pieces with included insurance, no insurance coverage is provided when 
purchasing Certified Mail. USPS maintains a record of delivery (which 
includes the recipient's signature). Customers may obtain a delivery 
record by purchasing a return receipt (6.0) at the time of mailing. 
Customers may direct delivery of Certified Mail only to the addressee 
(or addressee's authorized agent) using Certified Mail Restricted 
Delivery (3.2.2); or to an adult using Certified Adult Signature 
Required or Certified Adult Signature Restricted Delivery when meeting 
the applicable standards for Adult Signature under 8.1.1e and 8.1.3.

3.2 Mailing

3.2.1 Form 3800

    * * *A mailer of Certified Mail must:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 3.2.1 item e to read as follows:]
    e. For Certified Mail Restricted Delivery, meet the additional 
standards under 3.2.2).
    [Insert new item 3.2.2 to read as follows:]

3.2.2 Additional Standards for Certified Mail Restricted Delivery

    Certified Mail Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct 
delivery only

[[Page 25542]]

to the addressee (or addressee's authorized agent). The addressee must 
be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer may 
request Certified Mail Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by 
advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ``Restricted Delivery'' 
above the address and to the right of the return address and paying the 
applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct 
column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the 
mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the 
recipient's signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0). If a 
return receipt is requested, the correct block on Form 3811 must be 
checked to show that restricted delivery is also required. Mail marked 
``Restricted Delivery'' is delivered under the conditions in 508.1.1.7 
and 1.1.8.

4.0 Insured Mail

* * * * *

4.1.1 Additional Insurance--Priority Mail Express

    [Revise the text of 4.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Additional insurance, up to a maximum coverage of $5,000.00, may be 
purchased for merchandise valued at more than $100.00 sent by Priority 
Mail Express. The additional insurance fee is in addition to postage 
and other fees. See Notice 123--Price List. The insurance fee is 
entered in the block marked ``Insurance'' on the mailing label. If the 
label does not contain this block, the mailer uses the ``COD'' block by 
crossing out ``COD,'' writing ``INS'' to the right, and entering the 
fee for the coverage. Coverage is limited to the actual value of the 
contents, regardless of the fee paid, or the highest insurance value 
increment for which the fee is fully paid, whichever is lower. When 
``signature required'' service is not requested or when ``waiver of 
signature'' is requested, additional insurance is not available.
    [Delete 4.1.2, Fees for Priority Mail Express Insurance, in its 
entirety (text relocated to 4.1.1).]

4.2 Insurance Coverage--Priority Mail

    Priority Mail pieces bearing an Intelligent Mail package barcode 
(IMpb) or USPS retail tracking barcode (see 4.3.4) are insured against 
loss, damage, or missing contents, up to a maximum of $50.00 or 
$100.00, subject to the following:
* * * * *
    [Delete 4.2 item e in its entirety, then, renumber current items f 
and g as new items e and f.]
* * * * *

4.3 Basic Standards

4.3.1 Description

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.3.1 to read as follows:]
    Insured mail is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for 
eligible matter. The following additional standards apply to insured 
mail:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 4.3.1 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Insured mail provides the mailer with a mailing receipt. No 
record of insured mail is kept at the office of mailing; however, the 
USPS maintains insured mail delivery records for a period of time. An 
item insured for $500.00 or less receives a delivery scan. An item 
insured for more than $500.00 receives a delivery scan (includes 
returns products meeting the applicable standards in 505.0) and the 
USPS obtains and provides the recipient's signature as the delivery 
record to the mailer electronically (excludes returns products). 
Customers may optionally obtain a delivery record by purchasing a 
hardcopy return receipt (Form 3811; also see 6.0; excludes returns 
products). Customers may direct delivery of mail insured for more than 
$500.00 only to the addressee (or addressee's authorized agent) using 
Insurance Restricted Delivery (4.5);
* * * * *

4.3.2 Ineligible Matter

    The following types of mail may not be insured:
* * * * *
    [Delete 4.3.2 item e in its entirety (eligible matter provided 
under 1.4), then, renumber item f as new item e.]
    f. Matter mailed at First-Class Mail prices (including Priority 
Mail) that consists of items described in 123.3.0,133.3.0, 233.2.0, and 
283.2.0, and required to be mailed at First-Class Mail prices.
* * * * *

4.3.4 Markings and Forms

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.3.4 to read as follows.]
    The treatment of pieces is determined by the insurance amount as 
described in 4.3.1c and under the following conditions:
    [Revise the text of 4.3.4 items a and b to read as follows:]
    a. For retail pieces insured for $500.00 or less, the mailer must 
affix a barcoded Form 3813 (see forms at https://pe.usps.gov/) to each 
piece above the delivery address and to the right of the return 
address.
    b. For retail pieces insured for more than $500.00, the mailer must 
affix a barcoded Form 3813-P (see forms at https://pe.usps.gov/) to each 
piece above the delivery address and to the right of the return 
address.
* * * * *
    [Revise the second sentence of 4.3.4 item d to read as follows:]
    d. * * * Mailing receipts are provided under 1.10.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of 4.4, Bulk Insurance for Standard Mail, to read 
as follows:]

4.4 Bulk Insurance for Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight

4.4.1 Eligibility

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.4.1 to read as follows:]
    To mail at the bulk insurance prices, for Standard Mail (except 
Marketing Parcels) and Parcel Select Lightweight, mailers must obtain 
an authorization under 4.4.2 and meet the following criteria:
* * * * *
    [Insert new 4.5 to read as follows:]

4.5 Additional Standards for Insurance Restricted Delivery

    Insurance Restricted Delivery permits a mailer to direct delivery 
only to the addressee (or addressee's authorized agent). The addressee 
must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The mailer 
may request Insurance Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing by 
advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ``Restricted Delivery'' 
above the address and to the right of the return address and paying the 
applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in the correct 
column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement on the 
mail. Customers may obtain a record of delivery (which includes the 
recipient's signature) by purchasing a return receipt (6.0). If a 
return receipt is requested, the correct block on Form 3811 must be 
checked to show that restricted delivery is also required. Mail marked 
``Restricted Delivery'' is delivered under the conditions in 508.1.1.7 
and 1.1.8.
    [Revise the title of 5.0 to read as follows:]

5.0 Certificates of Mailing

5.1 Basic Standards

5.1.1 Description--Individual Pieces

    [Revise the text of 5.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Certificates of mailing are subject to the basic standards in 1.0, 
see 1.4 for eligible matter. Certificates of mailing (Form 3817 and 
barcoded Form 3665-Firm, including USPS-approved facsimiles) are 
available only at the time

[[Page 25543]]

of mailing and provide evidence that individual mailpieces have been 
presented to the USPS for mailing. Certificates of mailing do not 
provide a record of delivery, and the Postal Service does not retain 
copies of either form. Form 3817 is available for less than three 
individual pieces, presented at one time at a retail Post Office, 
station or branch). Form 3665-Firm is available for three or more 
pieces, but fewer than 50 pieces or 50 pounds (whichever amount is met 
first), presented at one time at a retail post office, station or 
branch, or for three or more pieces, but at least 50 pieces or 50 
pounds (whichever amount is met first), presented at a BMEU or USPS 
authorized DMU). Each individual Form 3817 or the Form 3665-Firm is 
postmarked (round-dated) at the time of mailing; the form(s) are then 
returned to the mailer and become the mailer's receipt. Mailers may use 
USPS-approved privately printed facsimiles of Form 3877 firm sheets as 
domestic certificates of mailing in lieu of the Form 3665.
    [Delete 5.1.2, Eligible Matter--Single Piece, in its entirety 
(context of text already under 1.4 for eligible matter), then, renumber 
current 5.1.3 through 5.1.7 as new 5.1.2 through 5.1.6.]

5.1.2 Paying Fees

    [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 5.1.2 to read as follows:]
    For Certificate of Mailing, in addition to the correct postage, the 
applicable Certificate of Mailing fee must be paid for each article on 
Form 3817 or listed on Form 3665-Firm and for duplicate copies of 
either form. * * *

5.1.3 Mailer Preparation

    [Revise the text of renumbered 5.1.3 to read as follows:]
    A Certificate of Mailing must be completed by the mailer and all 
entries must be typed or printed in ink, by ballpoint pen, or computer-
generated; the form or firm sheets become the mailer's receipts. 
Individual certificate and firm mailings must show the names and 
addresses of the sender and addressee and may show the amount of 
postage paid. The mailer may also place identifying invoice or order 
numbers on the certificate as a reference.
    [Revise the title of renumbered 5.1.4 to read as follows:]

5.1.4 Firm Mailings--Three or More Pieces

    When the number of articles presented justifies such action, the 
mailer must comply with these standards:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 5.1.4 item b to read as follows:]
    b. When the mailer describes and lists three or more individual 
pieces on Form 3665-Firm, but does not present the pieces in the order 
shown on the sheets, the mailer must consecutively number each entry 
line on the sheet and lightly number each piece to show both the 
corresponding sheet and line number.

5.1.5 Duplicate Copies--After Mailing

    [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 5.1.5 to read as follows:]
    To obtain a duplicate copy of the certificate after mailing (Form 
3817 only), the mailer must present the original postmarked certificate 
and an additional certificate endorsed ``Duplicate'' or a copy showing 
the original dates of mailing. * * *

5.1.6 Presenting to Rural Carrier

    [Revise the text of renumbered 5.1.6 to read as follows:]
    For certificate of mailing (Form 3817 only), a mailer may provide 
mail to the rural carrier with the fee for the certificate. The carrier 
obtains the certificate at the Post Office, attaches the stamps, 
obtains the postmark (round-date) on the certificate on the day of 
mailing, and delivers the certificate to the mailer on the next trip.

5.2 Other Bulk Quantities--Certificate of Bulk Mailing

5.2.1 Description

    [Revise the text of 5.2.1 to read as follows:]
    Certificate of Bulk Mailing is subject to the basic standards in 
1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Form 3606-D, or USPS-approved 
facsimile, is available only at the time of mailing and is used to 
specify only the number of identical-weight pieces mailed; it does not 
provide evidence that a piece was mailed to a particular address. The 
Form 3606-D is postmarked (round-dated) at the time the mailing is 
presented and returned to the mailer as their receipt. Form 3606-D is 
available for identical-weight mailings of fewer than 50 pieces or 50 
pounds (whichever amount is met first) presented at any retail Post 
Office, station or branch, or, for mailings of at least 50 pieces or 50 
pounds (whichever amount is met first) presented at a BMEU or USPS 
authorized DMU. Certificate of Bulk Mailing service does not provide a 
record of delivery and the Postal Service does not retain any copies of 
Form 3606-D. The Form 3606-D cannot be used as a certificate of mailing 
of individual mailpieces or itemized lists. Mailers may use USPS-
approved privately printed facsimiles of Form 3606 for domestic 
certificates of bulk mailings in lieu of the Form 3606-D.

5.2.2 Paying Fees

    [Revise the text of 5.2.2 to read as follows:]
    The applicable Certificate of Bulk mailing fee must be paid for 
mailings of identical-weight pieces reported on Form 3606-D, or for 
additional copies of the form if requested at the time of mailing, in 
addition to the correct postage. Mailers using Form 3606-D may affix 
ordinary stamps or postage evidencing indicia on the form to pay the 
fee. When postage evidencing indicia are used, they must bear the full 
numerical value of the fee in the imprint. Mailers using Form 3606-D 
with a permit imprint mailing also may pay certificate of mailing fees, 
at the time of mailing, using the same permit imprint.

6.0 Return Receipt

6.1 Basic Standards

6.1.1 Description

    [Revise the text of 6.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Return Receipt service is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; 
see 1.4 for eligible matter. A return receipt may be purchased at the 
time of mailing and provides a mailer with evidence of delivery (to 
whom the mail was delivered and date of delivery), and information 
about the recipient's actual delivery address. A mailer purchasing a 
return receipt may choose to receive the return receipt by mail (Form 
3811) or electronically (by email, or by signature extract file format 
under 1.8). A complete return address is required on the mailpiece when 
a return receipt is requested. For Priority Mail Express (Form 3811 
option only), the return address on the Priority Mail Express label 
meets this requirement. The unique barcode on a return receipt must be 
electronically linked to the separate barcode for the host extra 
service (for additional information, see the Intelligent Mail Package 
Barcode (IMpb) Implementation Guide available on RIBBS).
* * * * *

6.2 Obtaining Service

* * * * *
    [Delete the heading 6.2.1, At Time of Mailing.]
    [Delete items 6.2.2, After Mailing, and 6.2.3, Time Limit, in their 
entirety.]

[[Page 25544]]

6.3 Other Requests for Delivery Information

6.3.1 Receipt Not Received

    [Delete the heading 6.3.1, Receipt Not Received, and revise the 
text of former 6.3.1 to read as follows:]
    A mailer who did not receive a return receipt (Form 3811) for which 
the mailer had paid may request information from the delivery record 
within 90 days of the date of purchase using Form 3811-A. The mailer 
must complete Form 3811-A, at any Post Office, station or branch, and 
produce their receipt showing that the applicable return receipt fee 
was paid.
    [Delete 6.3.2, Form 3811-A, in its entirety (text relocated to 
6.3.1).]
    [Delete sections 7.0, Restricted Delivery, through 9.0 Return 
Receipt for Merchandise, in their entirety, then, renumber current 10.0 
through 15.0 as new 7.0 through 12.0.]
* * * * *

7.0 USPS Tracking

7.1 Basic Standards

7.1.1 Description

    [Revise the text of renumbered 7.1.1 to read as follows:]
    USPS Tracking is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for 
eligible matter. USPS Tracking provides the mailer with information 
about the date and time an article was delivered or the date and time 
of the delivery attempt. See 1.8 to obtain delivery information. USPS 
Tracking is available only at the time of mailing. No record is kept at 
the office of mailing. USPS Tracking does not include insurance, but 
insurance may be purchased as an additional service unless otherwise 
restricted. Some statutes governing the mailing of legal documents may 
require the use of Certified Mail or Registered Mail, rather than USPS 
Tracking.
    [Revise the title of and insert a new first and second sentence to 
renumbered 7.1.2 as follows:]

7.1.2 Electronic Option USPS Tracking for Standard Mail Parcels

    Electronic option USPS Tracking may be purchased for Standard Mail 
parcels for mailers using privately printed forms or labels, or Label 
400, and who establish an electronic link with the USPS to exchange 
acceptance and delivery data. Mailers wishing to obtain a mailing 
receipt may use Form 3877. * * *
* * * * *

7.1.3 Additional Physical Standards

    [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 7.1.3 to read as 
follows:]
    In addition to the applicable standards in 101, 201.7.0, and 
201.8.0, all parcels must be large enough to hold the required delivery 
address, return address, mailing labels, postage, barcode, 
endorsements, and other mail markings on the address side of the 
parcel. In addition to the applicable standards in 101 and 201 and for 
the purposes of USPS Tracking with Standard Post, Media Mail, Library 
Mail, Bound Printed Matter, or Parcel Select, the parcel must meet 
these additional requirements:
    [Delete 7.1.3 item a in its entirety (context of text relocated to 
introductory text), then, renumber current items b and c as new a and 
b.]
* * * * *
    [Delete renumbered 7.1.4, Service Options, in its entirety 
(appropriate text relocated to either 7.1.2 or 7.2.1 as only electronic 
option remains).]

7.2 Labels

7.2.1 Types of Labels

    [Revise the text of renumbered 7.2.1 to read as follows:]
    Mailers using privately printed USPS Tracking labels must meet the 
requirements in 1.8. Mailers not printing their own privately printed 
labels must use one of the label options as follows:
    a. Label 400 may be used by: Electronic option mailers, USPS retail 
associates when affixed to mailpieces at a Post Office, station, or 
branch, or by mailers when affixed to mailpieces with postage and fees 
prepaid by metered indicia or ordinary stamps. A mailing receipt is 
provided to mailers who present mailpieces with an affixed Label 400 at 
a Post Office, branch, or station, or to their USPS carrier (except 
under 507.7.2.2). A mailer may also present mailpieces to a retail 
employee at a Post Office, station, or branch; and the retail associate 
will affix a USPS Tracking label to the item.
    b. Unique, product specific USPS-provided tracking labels are for 
use by electronic option mailers. The labels are populated with the 
product service type code and customer's Mailer Identification (MID) 
number in the Intelligent Mail package barcode (IMpb).
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of renumbered 8.0 to read as follows:]

8.0 USPS Signature Services

8.1 Basic Standards

8.1.1 Description

    [Revise the entire text of renumbered 8.1.1 to read as follows:]
    USPS Signature Services include Signature Confirmation, Signature 
Confirmation Restricted Delivery, Adult Signature Required, and Adult 
Signature Restricted Delivery, all of which are subject to the basic 
standards in 1.0; see 1.4 for eligible matter. Some statutes governing 
the mailing of legal documents may require the use of Certified Mail or 
Registered Mail rather than USPS Signature Services. USPS Signature 
Services are available as follows:
    a. Signature Confirmation provides the mailer with information 
about the date and time an article was delivered or the date and time 
of the delivery attempt. A delivery record (including the recipient's 
signature) is maintained by the USPS and is available electronically or 
by email, upon request. The Signature Confirmation is available as a 
Retail option: Available at Post Offices at the time of mailing; a 
mailing receipt is provided. Electronic option: Available to mailers 
who establish an electronic link with the USPS to exchange acceptance 
and delivery data; no mailing receipt is provided.
    b. Signature Confirmation Restricted Delivery provides the same 
service as provided under item a and permits a mailer to direct 
delivery only to the addressee (or addressee's authorized agent). The 
addressee must be an individual (natural person) specified by name. The 
mailer may request Insured Restricted Delivery at the time of mailing 
by advising the USPS clerk or by marking the mail ``Restricted 
Delivery'' above the address and to the right of the return address and 
paying the applicable fee. A firm mailer must enter the proper fee in 
the correct column of the firm sheet and place the required endorsement 
on the mailpiece.
    c. Adult Signature service provides electronic confirmation of the 
delivery or attempted delivery of the mailpiece and signature of the 
recipient, who must be 21 years of age or older. Prior to delivery, the 
recipient must furnish proof of age via a driver's license, passport, 
or other government-issued photo identification that lists age or date 
of birth. The USPS maintains a record of delivery (including the 
recipient's signature) for two years. The Adult Signature options are:
    1. Adult Signature Required--provides delivery to a person who is 
21 years of age or older. Upon delivery, an adult who is 21 years of 
age or older must provide one of the forms of identification listed 
above and provide a signature for receipt of the mailpiece.
    2. Adult Signature Restricted Delivery--provides Adult Signature 
Required with the additional restriction of limiting delivery to a 
specific addressee or authorized agent who is 21

[[Page 25545]]

years of age or older. If the specific individual is not 21 years of 
age or older, the mailpiece will be returned to sender.
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 8.1.2 to read as follows:]

8.1.2 Additional Standards for Signature Confirmation

    For Signature Confirmation with Standard Post, Media Mail, Library 
Mail, Bound Printed Matter, or Parcel Select pieces meeting the 
physical standards under 201.7, the parcel must meet these additional 
requirements:
    a. The surface area of the address side of the parcel must be large 
enough to contain completely and legibly the delivery address, return 
address, postage, and any markings, endorsements, and extra service 
labels.
    b. Except as provided in (12.1.2c.) for machinable parcels, the 
parcel must be greater than \3/4\ inch thick at its thickest point.
    c. If the mailpiece is a machinable parcel under 201.7.0 and no 
greater than \3/4\ inch thick, the contents must be prepared in a 
strong and rigid fiberboard box or similar container or in a container 
that becomes rigid after the contents are enclosed and the container is 
secured. The parcel must be able to maintain its shape, integrity, and 
rigidity throughout processing and handling without collapsing into a 
letter-size or flat-size piece.
    d. Mailers must use one of the following labels:
    1. Form 153 (see forms at https://pe.usps.gov/), obtained from the 
Post Office at no charge, may be used only with the retail option.
    2. Label 315 electronic Signature Confirmation is available to 
electronic option mailers.
    3. Privately printed barcoded labels must meet the requirements in 
1.8. On the Priority Mail label, mailers must use the registered 
trademark symbol following the Priority Mail text or add the following 
statement at the bottom of the label in at least 6-point Helvetica 
type: ``Priority Mail is a registered trademark of the U.S. Postal 
Service.'' See Parcel Labeling Guide or Publication 97 available on 
RIBBS.
    e. The barcoded label section of Label 315 or Form 153 (see forms 
at https://pe.usps.gov/) must be placed completely on the address side 
either above the delivery address and to the right of the return 
address, or to the left of the delivery address. A privately printed 
Signature Confirmation label that is separate from a privately printed 
address label must be placed in close proximity to the address label.
    [Delete renumbered 8.1.3, Service Options, in its entirety (context 
of text relocated to 8.1.2), then insert new 8.1.3 as follows:]

8.1.3 Additional Standards for Adult Signature Service

    Customers may obtain Adult Signature Required and Adult Signature 
Restricted Delivery by producing qualified shipping labels with 
Intelligent Mail package barcodes. The Adult Signature Required or 
Adult Signature Restricted Delivery fee must be paid in addition to the 
correct postage using Click-N-Ship, PC Postage, Permit imprint (if the 
customer electronically submits postage statements and mailing 
documentation) or IBI postage meter. Conditions in 8.3.1 and 8.3.2 also 
apply to Adult Signature Restricted Delivery items. A shipment of 
cigarettes and smokeless tobacco with Adult Signature service, mailed 
by certain individuals under 601.9.0, requires the mailer to present 
items at a retail counter.
    [Delete renumbered 8.2, Labels, in its entirety (context of text 
relocated to 8.1.2).]

9.0 Collect on Delivery (COD)

9.1 Basic Standards

9.1.1 Description

    [Revise the text of renumbered 9.1.1 to read as follows:]
    Collect on delivery (COD) is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; 
see 1.4 for eligible matter. Any mailer may use COD to mail an article 
(using a unique COD number for each article) for which the mailer has 
not been paid and have its price and the cost of the postage collected 
(not to exceed $1,000.00) from the addressee (or agent). COD service 
provides the mailer with a mailing receipt and the USPS maintains a 
record of delivery (including the recipient's signature). The recipient 
has the option to pay the COD charges (with one form of payment) by 
cash, or a personal check or money order made payable to the mailer 
(accepted by the USPS employee upon the recipient's presentation of 
adequate identification). The USPS forwards the check or money order to 
the mailer. If payment is made by cash, a money order fee is included 
in the amount collected from the recipient (unless the mailer is 
authorized to participate in EFT for the remittance), in addition to 
the COD amount. The Postal Service cannot intervene in disputes between 
mailers and recipients of COD mail after payment was returned to the 
mailer. Customers may obtain a delivery record by purchasing a return 
receipt. Bulk proof of delivery service (7.0) is also available if 
electronic return receipt service is purchased at the time of mailing.
* * * * *

9.1.3 Registered COD Mail

    [Revise the text of renumbered 9.1.3 to read as follows (text 
relocated under 2.1.5, Registered COD):]
    Sealed domestic mail bearing First-Class Mail, First-Class Package 
Service, or Priority Mail postage may be sent as registered COD mail as 
provided under 9.0 and 2.1.5.
* * * * *

10.0 Special Handling

10.1 Basic Standards

10.1.1 Description

    [Revise the first and last sentences of renumbered 10.1.1 to read 
as follows:]
    Special Handling is subject to the basic standards in 1.0; see 1.4 
for eligible matter.* * * There are unique service codes included in 
the IMpb for the content categories (Fragile, Hazardous Material 
Transportation, Live Animal Transportation, Perishables, and Cremated 
Remains (only available with Priority Mail Express) of special 
handling.

10.1.2 Bees and Poultry

    [Revise the text of renumbered 10.1.2 to read as follows:]
    Unless sent Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, First-Class Mail 
or First-Class Package Service, special handling-fragile is required 
for parcels containing honeybees or baby poultry.

10.1.3 Marking

    [Revise the text of renumbered 10.1.3 to read as follows:]
    Except for cremated remains (accordingly marked or with Label 139 
affixed), the marking ``Special Handling-Fragile'' must appear 
prominently above the address and to the right of the return address on 
each piece for which the special handling service is requested and the 
applicable fee has been paid.
    [Delete renumbered item 10.1.4, Parcel Select--Nonmachinable 
Parcels, in its entirety (the Parcel Select nonmachinable surcharge was 
eliminated in a prior price change).]
* * * * *

505 Return Services

1.0 Business Reply Mail (BRM)

1.1 Business Reply Mail (BRM) Prices and Fees

    [Revise the title and text of 1.1.1 to read as follows:]

[[Page 25546]]

1.1.1 General BRM Charges

    For BRM cards, letters and flats, an annual permit fee under 1.2 is 
required, and a per-piece fee under 1.1.8 is applied to each mailpiece, 
in addition to the applicable First-Class Mail or Priority Mail 
postage. See Notice 123--Price List, for applicable prices and fees.
    [Revise the title and text of 1.1.2 (context of deleted text 
relocated to 1.1.1) to read as follows:]

1.1.2 High-Volume Basic BRM

    An annual account maintenance fee is required for high-volume BRM.
    [Revise the text of 1.1.3 (context of deleted text relocated to 
1.1.1) to read as follows:]

1.1.3 Basic Qualified BRM (QBRM)

    In addition to prices and fees under 1.1.1, an annual account 
maintenance fee is required for basic QBRM (which applies to a card 
meeting the applicable standards in 1.6 and 201.1 or a letter meeting 
the applicable standards in 1.6 that is not eligible for and claimed at 
the QBRM price for cards).
    [Revise the text of 1.1.4 (context of deleted text relocated to 
1.1.2) to read as follows:]

1.1.4 High-Volume Qualified BRM

    In additional to 1.1.1, annual permit and account maintenance fees, 
and a quarterly fee, are required for high-volume QBRM.
    [Revise the text of 1.1.5 (context of deleted text relocated to 
1.1.1) to read as follows:]

1.1.5 Bulk Weight Averaged Nonletter-Size BRM

    In addition to 1.1.1, permit holders participating in bulk weight 
averaged nonletter-size BRM under 1.8 must pay an annual account 
maintenance fee, and a monthly maintenance fee.
* * * * *
    [Insert new 1.1.7 through 1.1.11 as follows (these relocated 
sections all have to do with prices and fees):]

1.1.7 Postage

    Each piece of returned BRM is charged the applicable single-piece 
First-Class Mail or Priority Mail postage (423.1.0, and 133.1.0). Cards 
must meet the standards in 201.1.0 to qualify for card price postage. 
Any card larger than those dimensions is charged the applicable First-
Class Mail letter price. For Priority Mail or First-Class Mail BRM 
pieces exceeding 13 ounces in weigh, if the zone cannot be determined 
from a return address or cancellation, then the permit holder is 
charged zone 4 postage based on the weight of the piece. For QBRM, see 
1.6.3.

1.1.8 Per Piece Fees

    Per piece fees listed in 1.1 are charged for each piece of returned 
BRM postcard, letter or flat (in addition to postage in 1.1.1). If a 
permit holder has not paid an annual account maintenance fee and 
established a BRM advance deposit account, then the basic (higher) BRM 
per piece fee must be paid. If a permit holder has paid the annual 
account maintenance fee and has established a BRM advance deposit 
account, then the high-volume (lower) BRM per piece fee is paid. For 
QBRM, see 1.6.4.

1.1.9 Advance Deposit Account and Annual Account Maintenance Fee

    A permit holder may choose to pay an annual account maintenance fee 
and establish an advance deposit account, which qualifies returned BRM 
pieces for the high-volume per piece fee. The account maintenance fee 
must be paid once each 12-month period at each Post Office where a 
permit holder holds an advance deposit account. Payment of the account 
maintenance fee is based on the anniversary date of the initial 
payment. The fee may be paid in advance only for the next 12-month 
period and only during the last 60 days of the current 12-month period. 
The fee charged is that which is in effect on the date of payment. A 
separate advance deposit account solely for BRM is not required. An 
advance deposit account can be used for BRM under these conditions:
    a. For each withdrawal, only one statement is provided for each 
annual account maintenance fee paid.
    b. If a permit holder distributes BRM with different addresses 
(including Post Office box numbers) under the same permit number going 
to the same delivery unit and has only one business reply account, then 
the BRM is separated by each different address but only one statement 
is provided and only one annual account maintenance fee is paid.
    c. The permit holder must pay an annual account maintenance fee for 
each separate statement (accounting) requested. If only one annual 
account maintenance fee is paid, then the permit holder receives only 
one statement.
    d. The permit holder must maintain a sufficient balance in the BRM 
advance deposit account to cover postage and per piece fees for 
returned mailpieces. The permit holder is notified if funds are 
insufficient. After three calendar days, if no funds are deposited, 
then the BRM on hand is charged the basic BRM per piece fee and postage 
and charges are collected from the permit holder (e.g., in cash) prior 
to delivery.
    e. BRM addressed to several different firms at the same delivery 
unit may be delivered to an agent authorized by a valid BRM permit 
holder. The agent pays one annual account maintenance fee for all the 
firms represented by the agent in the same delivery unit. If the agent, 
or any of the firms represented by the agent, wants a separation of 
charges, then separate (additional) account maintenance fees must be 
paid.

1.1.10 Renewal of Annual Account Maintenance Fee

    An annual renewal notice is provided to each BRM permit holder with 
a BRM advance deposit account. The notice and the payment for the next 
12 months must be returned by the expiration date to the Post Office 
that holds the advance deposit account. After the expiration date, if 
the permit holder has not paid the annual account maintenance fee but 
still has a valid BRM permit, returned BRM pieces no longer qualify for 
the high-volume BRM per piece fee and are charged the basic BRM per 
piece fee in 1.1.8.

1.1.11 Payment Options

    Permit holders may pay for postage and per piece fees on returned 
pieces by cash or check upon delivery, through a regular postage due 
account (604.6.3), or through a BRM advance deposit account (1.1.9). A 
regular postage due account is not charged an annual account 
maintenance fee and does not qualify the permit holder for high-volume 
BRM per piece fees.
    [Delete 1.2 Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM) Prices, and 1.3, 
Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM), in their entirety, (1.2 is 
already stated in 505.1.1 and 1.3 relocated to 1.10, Additional 
Standards for QBRM.), then, insert new 1.2, Permits, (relocated from 
current 1.5) to read as follows:]

1.2 Permits

* * * * *

1.2.2 Application Process

    The mailer may apply for a BRM permit by submitting a completed 
Form 3615 to the Post Office issuing the permit and paying the annual 
permit fee. If a completed Form 3615 is already on file for the mailer 
for other permits at that office, then the mailer must submit the 
annual BRM permit fee and the USPS amends Form 3615 by adding the BRM 
authorization.

1.2.3 Annual Permit Fee

    A permit fee must be paid once each 12-month period at each Post 
Office where a BRM permit is held. Payment of the permit fee is based 
on the

[[Page 25547]]

anniversary date of the permit's issuance. The fee may be paid in 
advance only for the next 12 months and only during the last 60 days of 
the current service period. The fee charged is that which is in effect 
on the date of payment. Agents authorized by a permit holder under 1.7 
are not required to pay an annual permit fee at the Post Office where 
their BRM is received.

1.2.4 Renewal of Annual Permit Fee

    An annual renewal notice is provided to each BRM permit holder by 
the USPS. The notice and the payment for the next 12 months must be 
returned by the expiration date to the Post Office that issued the 
permit. After the expiration date, if the permit holder has not paid 
the annual permit fee, then returned BRM pieces are treated as follows:
    a. Postcards of no obvious value are treated as waste and disposed 
of at the delivery unit.
    b. Letter and flat pieces with a return address are endorsed 
``Business Reply Permit Canceled'' and are returned to the sender.
    c. Pieces without a return address are endorsed ``Business Reply 
Permit Canceled'' and forwarded to the mail recovery center for 
handling.

1.2.5 Other Post Offices

    A permit holder may distribute BRM through any Post Office for 
delivery at any Post Office under 1.7.

1.2.6 Revocation of a Permit

    The USPS may revoke a BRM permit because of format errors or for 
refusal to pay permit fees (annual, accounting, quarterly, or monthly), 
postage, or per piece fees. If the permit was revoked due to format 
errors, then a former permit holder may obtain a new permit and permit 
number by completing and submitting a new Form 3615, paying the 
required BRM annual permit fee, paying a new annual account maintenance 
fee (if applicable), and, for the next 2 years, submitting two samples 
of each BRM format to the appropriate Post Office for approval.
    [Renumber current 1.4 through 1.12 as new 1.3 through 1.8.]
    [Revise the title (to align with other titles in 505) of renumbered 
1.3 as follows:]

1.3 Basic Standards

1.3.1 Description

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.3.1 to read as follows:]
    Business Reply Mail (BRM) service enables a permit holder to 
receive First-Class Mail and Priority Mail back from customers. The 
permit holder guarantees payment of the applicable First-Class Mail or 
Priority Mail postage, plus a per piece fee, on all returned BRM which 
includes any incomplete, blank, or empty BRM cards and envelopes and 
any mailable matter with a BRM label affixed. BRM cards, envelopes, 
self-mailers, and flats may be distributed by a BRM permit holder in 
any quantity for return to any Post Office in the United States and its 
territories and possessions, including military Post Offices overseas. 
High-Volume BRM under 1.1.2 is a subset of BRM that qualify pieces for 
a reduced per piece fee. QBRM, under 1.1.3, 1.1.4 and 1.6, is a subset 
of BRM available for specific automation-compatible letter-size pieces 
that qualify for an automation postage price and a reduced per piece 
fee. Domestic BRM may not be distributed to foreign countries (see the 
International Mail Manual for International Business Reply Service 
(IBRS)). BRM may not be used for any purpose other than that intended 
by the permit holder, even when postage is affixed. In cases where a 
BRM card or letter is used improperly as a label, the USPS treats the 
item as waste.
    [Delete renumbered 1.3.2, Payment Guarantee, in its entirety, (text 
relocated under 1.3.1, Description), then, renumber recently renumbered 
1.3.3, Services, through 1.3.8, Error Notification, as new 1.3.2 
through 1.3.7.]
    [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 1.3.2 as follows:]

1.3.2 Extra Services

    No extra services are permitted with BRM, except for BRM parcels 
bearing an Intelligent Mail package barcode with imbedded USPS Tracking 
service.
    [Delete renumbered 1.3.3, Address, in its entirety, (text relocated 
more appropriately under 1.8.6, Format Elements), then, renumber 
recently renumbered 1.3.4, through 1.3.7 as new 1.3.3 through 1.3.6.]
    [Delete recently renumbered 1.3.4, Intentions of the Permit Holder, 
in its entirety, (text relocated in 1.3.1, Description) and renumber 
recently renumbered 1.3.5 through 1.3.6 as new 1.3.4 through 1.3.5.]

1.3.4 Samples

    [Revise the text of newly renumbered 1.3.4 to read as follows:]
    Prior to printing, permit holders are encouraged, but not required, 
to submit preproduction samples of BRM to the USPS for approval. QBRM 
pieces require USPS approval (1.6).

1.3.5 Error Notification

    [Revise the text of newly renumbered 1.3.5 to read as follows:]
    If the USPS discovers a BRM format error, the responsible permit 
holder or authorized agent receives written notification of the error. 
The permit holder must correct the error and make sure that all future 
BRM pieces meet appropriate specifications. The repeated distribution 
of BRM with format errors is grounds for revoking a BRM permit (1.2.6).
    [Delete renumbered 1.4, Permits, in its entirety (relocated to new 
1.2.]
    [Delete renumbered 1.5, Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Account 
Maintenance Fees, and 1.5.1, Postage through 1.5.4, Renewal of Annual 
Account Maintenance Fee, (all text relocated within 1.1) in their 
entirety.]
    [Renumber 1.5.5 through 1.5.7 as new 1.3.6 through 1.3.8.]

1.3.6 Combined Pieces as a Single Item

    Two or more BRM pieces may be mailed as a single piece if the BRM 
pieces are identically addressed and prepared for mailing in accordance 
with 201.1.0. The permit holder is charged postage based on the total 
weight of the combined piece plus one per piece fee. If the combined 
pieces become separated, then the permit holder must pay postage and a 
per piece fee for each individual piece. Combined pieces are not 
eligible for QBRM postage prices or per piece fees.

1.3.7 With Postage Affixed

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.3.7 to read as follows:]
    BRM with postage affixed is handled the same as other BRM. No 
effort is made to identify or separate BRM pieces with postage affixed. 
The amount of affixed postage is not deducted from the postage or per 
piece fees owed. The permit holder may request a credit or refund for 
postage affixed to BRM under 604.9.2.
    [Delete newly renumbered 1.3.8 in its entirety (context of text 
relocated to 1.1.11 under BRM Prices and Fees).]

1.4 Mailpiece Characteristics

* * * * *

1.4.5 Window Envelopes

    The following standards apply to BRM prepared in an open-panel or a 
covered window envelope:
* * * * *
    c. Open panel window envelopes:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.4.5c.2 to read as follows:]

[[Page 25548]]

    2. Other required and optional elements in 1.5 may be printed on 
the insert appearing through the address window.

1.4.6 Self-Mailers and Reusable Mailpieces

    [Revise the first sentence of renumbered 1.4.6 to read as follows:]
    In addition to the standards in 1.4 and 1.5, self-mailers and 
reusable mailpieces must meet the standards in 201.3.14 and 601.6.5 (or 
601.6.6). * * *
* * * * *
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 1.4.8 to read as follows:]

1.4.8 Labels for Letter-Size Pieces

    The minimum size of a BRM label for use on letter-size pieces is 2 
inches high and 3 inches long. BRM labels on ordinary letter-size 
pieces are not required to have a FIM or a ZIP+4 barcode, but all other 
format standards in 1.5 must be met. In cases where a BRM card or 
letter is used improperly as a label, the USPS treats the item as 
waste. The following standards apply to BRM labels for use on letter-
size pieces:
    a. The minimum size of a BRM label is 2\5/8\ inches high and 4\1/4\ 
inches long. All format elements, including a FIM, must be printed on 
the label. Exception: The vertical series of horizontal bars must be at 
least \3/4\ inch high. Horizontal bars may be omitted on BRM letter-
size pieces bearing Intelligent Mail barcodes. The back of the label 
must be coated with a permanent adhesive strong enough to firmly attach 
the label to an envelope.
    b. The permit holder must provide instructions to the user 
describing how the label should be applied to a mailpiece and what 
precautions must be observed when applying the label (see Exhibit 
1.4.8a). A pictorial diagram showing proper placement of the label must 
be included with the instructions. At a minimum, the instructions must 
include the following directions:
    1. Place the label squarely in the upper right corner of the 
envelope.
    2. Do not write on the envelope or label.
    3. Do not use a window envelope, an envelope that is less than 1 
inch higher than the label an envelope that is more than 4\1/2\ inches 
high, or an envelope with any printing other than a return address.
    4. Do not use tape to affix the label.
    c. When the label is affixed to an envelope, the address must be 
placed within the OCR read area (see 202.2.1).
    d. Pieces with business reply labels cannot qualify for QBRM 
prices.

Exhibit 1.4.8a Instructions for Affixing Business Reply Label

* * * * *
    [Delete 1.4.9, Labels for Letter-Size Pieces, in its entirety 
(context of text relocated to 1.4.8).]

1.5 Format Elements

1.5.1 General

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.5.1 to read as follows:]
    Except for BRM parcels under 3.0, all pieces of BRM are subject to 
these format elements. The USPS may revoke a BRM permit because of 
format errors under 1.2.6. An Intelligent Mail barcode (IMb) is not 
required, except for QBRM prices; if an IMb is used, it must be printed 
and placed under 1.5.10 and as shown in Exhibit 1.5.1a. Pieces of QBRM 
and bulk weight averaged nonletter-size BRM are subject to additional 
format standards listed in 1.6 and 1.8. BRM format elements are shown 
in Exhibit 1.5.1a.

Exhibit 1.5.1a Business Reply Mail Format

* * * * *

1.5.2 Printing and Print Reflectance

    [Revise the second sentence of renumbered 1.5.2 to read as 
follows:]
    * * * Handwriting, typewriting, and hand stamping may not be used 
to prepare BRM. Printed borders are not permitted on letter-size BRM, 
but are permitted on envelopes greater than 6\1/8\ inches high or 11\1/
2\ inches long or \1/4\ inch thick. * * *
* * * * *

1.5.4 Business Reply Legend

    [Revise the first sentence of 1.5.4 to read as follows:]
    The legend ``BUSINESS REPLY MAIL'' or ``BUSINESS REPLY LABEL'', as 
appropriate, must appear on all pieces. * * *
* * * * *

1.5.6 Delivery Address

    [Add a new first sentence to and revise item d of renumbered 1.5.6 
to read as follows:]
    The delivery address on a piece of BRM may not be altered to 
redirect the mailpiece to any address other than the one preprinted on 
the piece. * * *
* * * * *
    [Renumber current 1.9 as new 1.5.10, then, revise the title and 
text of renumbered 1.5.10 to read as follows:]

1.5.10 Additional Standards for Letter-Size and Flat-Size BRM Bearing 
an IMb

    When an Intelligent Mail barcode is printed on any BRM pieces, it 
must contain the barcode ID, service type ID, and correct ZIP+4 routing 
code, as specified under 708.4.3. The IMb must be placed on the address 
side of the piece and positioned as part of the delivery address block 
under 202.5.7 or within the barcode clear zone in the lower right 
corner of the piece if printed directly on the piece.

1.6 Additional Standards for Qualified Business Reply Mail (QBRM)

1.6.1 Description

    [Revise renumbered 1.6.1 to read as follows:]
    Qualified business reply mail (QBRM) is a subset of business reply 
mail. Permit holders distribute automation-compatible letter-size 
pieces that qualify for automation postage prices and reduced per piece 
fees. In addition to meeting the eligibility requirements below, the 
authorization to participate in QBRM under 1.6.2, and the format 
standards in 1.5, QBRM is First-Class Mail that:
    a. Is letter-size and is prepared to meet the automation 
compatibility requirements in 201.3.0 (except 201.3.13.1).
    b. Meets all the Business Reply Mail (BRM) standards in 1.3 through 
1.8.
    c. Has postage and per piece charges deducted from a BRM advance 
deposit account.
    d. Is authorized to mail at QBRM prices and fees under 1.6.2. 
During the authorization process, a proper ZIP+4 Code is assigned to 
the mailer (under 1.6.2) for each price category of QBRM to be returned 
under the system (one for card priced pieces, one for letter-size 
pieces weighing 1 ounce or less, and one for letter-size pieces 
weighing over 1 ounce up to and including 2 ounces).
    e. Bears the proper ZIP+4 Code, assigned by USPS for the 
appropriate price category, in the address of each piece. The ZIP+4 
Codes assigned for this program must be used only on the organization's 
appropriate QBRM pieces.
    f. Bears the correct Intelligent Mail barcode, correctly prepared 
under 1.9 and 708.4.0, that corresponds to the unique ZIP+4 code in the 
address on each piece distributed.
    g. Bears a properly prepared facing identification mark (FIM) C on 
each piece distributed (see 708.9.0).
    [Delete renumbered 1.6.2, Eligibility, in its entirety (text in 
``1.3'' as reference in 1.10.2 relocated to 1.10.1 (1.10.1

[[Page 25549]]

subsequently renumbered as new 1.6.1)), then, renumber recently 
renumbered 1.6.3 through 1.6.8 as new 1.6.2 through 1.6.7.]

1.6.2 Authorization

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.2 to read as follows:]
    To participate in QBRM, a mailer with a valid BRM permit and having 
paid the annual account maintenance fee, must submit Form 6805 to the 
Postmaster or manager, Business Mail Entry for the Post Office to which 
the QBRM pieces are to be returned. USPS assigns to the mailer a proper 
BRM ZIP+4 Code, as applicable, reviews Form 6805 and preproduction 
samples provided by the mailer for compliance with relevant standards, 
and if approved, issues the mailer an authorization via the Form 6805.
* * * * *

1.6.4 Per Piece Fees

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.4 to read as follows:]
    Per piece fees are charged for each piece of returned QBRM (in 
addition to postage in 1.6.3). Pieces that do not meet the format 
requirements for QBRM cannot qualify for QBRM per piece fees and are 
charged the high-volume BRM per piece fees in 1.1.2.

1.6.5 Annual Account Maintenance Fee and Advance Deposit Account

    [Revise the text of renumbered 1.6.5 to read as follows:]
    Permit holders are required to pay QBRM postage and per piece fees 
through a BRM advance deposit account, which requires payment of an 
annual account maintenance fee (see 1.1.9).
* * * * *
    [Revise the complete text of renumbered 1.7 to read as follows 
(incorporating the text and sections 1.11.2 through 1.11.6 as new 1.7.1 
items a through e.):]

1.7 BRM Distributed and Received by Agents of a Permit Holder

1.7.1 Description

    Permit holders may give permission to subsidiary offices, agents, 
or authorized representatives to distribute and receive BRM using a 
single (corporate) permit number. BRM pieces are distributed by and 
returned to agents, who pay postage and per piece fees on those 
returned pieces. Agents may use any type of BRM service meeting the 
applicable standards in 1.0 and under the following additional 
conditions:
    a. Permit--The main permit holder or ``corporate'' office applies 
for the permit number and pays the permit fee. The agent must present a 
letter of authorization from the permit holder showing the name, 
address, and telephone number of the local agent authorized to receive 
the BRM to the Post Office where the BRM is to be returned. Any time 
there is a change to the original permit application or the 
authorization letter, each agent must provide an amended letter of 
authorization to their local Post Office.
    b. Annual Permit Fee--Agents do not pay a separate annual permit 
fee but must submit evidence (usually a copy of Form 3544) to the local 
office once each 12-month period to show that the annual permit fee has 
been paid. This evidence is not required if-the permit holder has a 
centralized account processing system (CAPS) account, through which the 
local Post Office can determine that the permit fee has been paid.
    c. Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Annual Account Maintenance Fees--
Agents receiving BRM or QBRM are responsible for paying all the postage 
and per piece fees, and applicable annual account maintenance fees, 
under 1.1 for the type of service received.
    d. Payment Guarantee--The permit holder is ultimately responsible 
for postage and per piece fees for all pieces returned under that 
permit number. If a local agent refuses or neglects to pay postage or 
per piece fees on returned pieces, then those pieces are forwarded to 
the Post Office that issued the original permit for collection of 
postage and per piece fees from the permit holder. Once forwarded to 
the permit holder, these pieces cannot qualify for QBRM postage and per 
piece fees. The permit holder's refusal to accept and pay the required 
postage and per piece fees for BRM offered for delivery is grounds for 
immediate revocation of the BRM permit (1.5.6).
    e. Format--BRM distributed by agents must meet all required format 
standards in 1.4 and 1.5. Authorized representatives distributing BRM 
on behalf of a permit holder must have the permit holder's name and 
permit number printed on the BRM and their own names and addresses 
printed below the permit holder's name, except:
    1. When the agent is a branch of an authorized business.
    2. The permit holder notifies a Post Office that authorized 
representatives may use the permit holder's permit number without 
printing the permit holder's name.

1.8 Bulk Weight Averaged Nonletter-size BRM

* * * * *

1.8.3 Postage, Per Piece Fees, and Other Fees

    [Revise the last sentence of renumbered 1.8.3 to read as follows:]
    * * * Permit holders participating in bulk weight averaged 
nonletter-size BRM must pay an annual account maintenance fee and a 
monthly maintenance fee (see 1.1.5).
    [Revise the title of 1.8.4, Application Procedures, to read as 
follows:]

1.8.4 Application Process

    [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 1.8.4 to read as 
follows:]
    A permit holder who wants to use bulk weight averaged BRM for 
nonletter-size pieces must submit a written request to the Postmaster 
of the office where the BRM permit is held. The Postmaster forwards 
this information to the manager, Customer Service Standardization, USPS 
Headquarters (see 608.8.0 for address). The request must include the 
following information:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 1.8.4d read as follows:]
    d. Based on the estimated volume in 1.8.4c, a 24-hour estimate and 
a 30-day estimate of postage and per piece fees using the postage and 
charges listed in 1.1.5.
* * * * *

1.8.7 Revoking Authorization

    [Revise the introductory text of renumbered 1.8.7 to read as 
follows:]
    A Postmaster may terminate authorization for bulk weight averaged 
BRM by sending written notice to the permit holder, for any of the 
following reasons:
* * * * *
    [Revise the heading of 2.0, Permit Reply Mail, to read as follows:]

2.0 Permit, Pre-Paid (Metered), and Courtesy Reply Mail

    [Revise the title of 2.1, General Information, to read as follows;]

2.1 Permit Reply Mail

2.1.1 Description

    [Revise the second sentence of 2.1.1 to read as follows:]
    * * * Mailers must distribute PRM pieces as part of the contents of 
an outgoing First-Class Mail mailing (see 230) only by using a valid 
permit imprint (604.5.0) account.
    [Revise the title of 2.1.2, Services, as follows;]

2.1.2 Extra Services

* * * * *
    [Delete 2.1.3, Address, in its entirety (text relocated to 2.3.6), 
then renumber

[[Page 25550]]

current 2.1.4 through 2.1.5 as new 2.1.3 through 2.1.4.]
* * * * *

2.3.6 Delivery Address

    [Revise the text of 2.3.6 to read as follows:]
    The complete address (including the permit holder's name, delivery 
address, city, state, and ZIP+4 Code) must be printed on the piece. The 
delivery address on a PRM mailpiece may not be altered to redirect it 
to any address other than the one preprinted on the piece. PRM pieces 
must bear an Intelligent Mail barcode meeting the standards in 202.5.0 
and 708.4.0.
* * * * *

2.3.8 Company Logo

    [Revise the text of 2.3.8 to read as follows:]
    A company logo is permitted on letter-size PRM, provided the logo 
is placed no lower than 5/8 inch from the bottom edge of the piece and 
it does not interfere with any required format element.
    [Delete 2.4, Permit Imprint Account, in its entirety (relocated the 
last sentence to 2.1.1, Description, and the rest of this text is 
already stated in 2.1.1), then, renumber current 2.5 and 2.6 as new 2.4 
and 2.5.]
* * * * *
    [Renumber recently renumbered 2.5, Courtesy Reply Mail, as new 
2.7.]
    [Insert new section 2.6 (relocated more appropriately here from 
604.4.5.2) to read as follows:]

2.6 Prepaid (Metered) Reply Mail

2.6.1 Description

    Mailers may use indicia generated by any postage evidencing system 
(see 604.4) to prepay reply postage on Priority Mail Express, on 
Priority Mail when the price is the same for all zones, on First-Class 
Mail, and on single-piece price Media Mail and Library Mail under the 
following conditions.
    a. The postage amount must be sufficient to prepay the full postage 
due.
    b. Print indicia directly on the mailpiece or on a label, and place 
indicia under 201.4.3.3.
    c. Indicia used to prepay reply postage must not show the date.
    d. Pre-address the mailpiece for return to the authorized user 
only.
    e. Print the words ``NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY POSTAGE HAS BEEN 
PREPAID BY'' directly above the address.
    f. Mailers may use FIM A on barcoded letter-size First-Class Mail 
reply mail except when using PC Postage.
    g. When using PC Postage, mailers must use FIM D for prepaid reply 
mail when the indicium is printed directly on the mailpiece.
    h. The address side must appear as described in this section and 
shown in the illustration below. Nothing may be added except a return 
address, FIM, or barcode.


* * * * *
    [Insert new 2.8 (context of text relocated from 201.3.18) to read 
as follows:]

2.8 Enclosed Reply Cards and Envelopes

    Mailers may enclose reply cards or envelopes (i.e. BRM under 1.0; 
Permit Reply Mail under 2.1 and 2.4, Prepaid (Metered) Reply under 2.6, 
or Courtesy Reply Mail under 2.7), addressed for return to a domestic 
delivery address, within automation mailings subject to provisions in 
201.3.0 for enclosures.
    [Revise the title of 3.0 to read as follows:]

3.0 Merchandise Return Service (MRS)

3.1 Prices and Fees

3.1.1 Permit Fee

    [Revise the text of 3.1.1 to read as follows:]
    An annual Returns Services permit fee must be paid once each 12-
month period at each Post Office where a Merchandise Return Service 
(MRS) permit is held. The fee (in effect on the date of the payment) 
may be paid for the next 12 months, during the last 60 days of the 
service period, before the anniversary of the permit's issuance. An 
approved merchandise return permit on Form 3615 must be on file at 
every Post Office to which parcels are returned.

3.1.2 Advance Deposit Account and Account Maintenance Fee

    [Revise the entire text of 3.1.2 (including relocated text from 
3.2.9, Multiple Accounts) to read as follows:]
    There is an annual Returns Services account maintenance fee for the 
advance deposit account. The permit holder must pay postage and extra 
service fees through an advance deposit account and must pay an annual 
account maintenance fee. When an advance deposit account is kept at 
each entry location, a separate permit (except as provided under 3.2.11 
and for qualified national permit holders using scan based payment for 
returns) is needed and the annual merchandise return service permit and 
annual

[[Page 25551]]

account maintenance fees must be paid at each Post Office. The fee (in 
effect on the date of the payment) may be paid for the next 12 months, 
during the last 60 days of the service period, before the anniversary 
date of the initial fee payment. A separate advance deposit account for 
MRS is not required; the annual account maintenance fee is charged if 
MRS postage and fees are paid from an existing account:
    a. For each withdrawal, only one statement is provided for each 
annual account maintenance fee paid.
    b. The permit holder must pay an annual account maintenance fee for 
each separate statement (accounting) requested.
* * * * *

3.1.3 Postage

    Merchandise return service parcels are charged single-piece price 
postage and extra service fees based on the class or subclass marking 
on the label. If a parcel is unmarked or marked Media Mail, Library 
Mail, or Bound Printed Matter, then it is charged Parcel Select 
Nonpresort prices. If the postage for the returned parcel is zoned and 
there is no way to determine its zone of origin (i.e., no postmark or 
return address), then postage is calculated at zone 4 (for Priority 
Mail, or for pieces marked ``Ground'' and charged at Parcel Select 
Nonpresort prices). Postage is deducted from an advance deposit 
account.
* * * * *

3.1.5 Priority Mail Commercial Base and Commercial Plus Prices

    Priority Mail Commercial Base and Commercial Plus prices are 
available to MRS permit holders when the following criteria are met:
    [Revise the text of 3.1.5 item a by deleting the second sentence.]
* * * * *

3.2 Basic Standards

3.2.1 Description

    [Revise the text of 3.2.1 to read as follows:]
    Merchandise return service allows an authorized Returns Services 
permit holder to pay the postage and extra service fees on single-piece 
priced Priority Mail, or First-Class Package Service or ground return 
service parcels (Parcel Select Nonpresort) that are returned to the 
permit holder by the permit holder's customers via a special barcoded 
label (see 3.5.10) produced by the permit holder.
* * * * *
    [Delete 3.2.5, IMpb Standards, in its entirety, (context of text in 
new item j. under 3.5.10, Label Format Elements) then, renumber current 
3.2.6 through 3.2.14 as new 3.2.5 through 3.2.13.]
* * * * *

3.2.6 Application Process

    [Revise the text of 3.2.6 to read as follows:]
    The applicant must submit a completed Form 3615 and the annual 
permit fee to the Post Office issuing the permit, or amend an existing 
Form 3615 on file at that office by adding the merchandise return 
service authorization to existing Returns Service permit 
authorizations. Except for MRS labels generated by the USPS Application 
Program Interface (API), Form 3615 must be accompanied by copies of the 
MRS labels (including printed copies of labels intended to be faxed to 
customers or transmitted to customers electronically) and the 
instructions provided to the permit holder's customers. All MRS labels 
that have preprinted USPS Tracking barcodes must be approved by the 
USPS. If articles are to be returned from customers as Registered Mail, 
the applicant must indicate ``Registered Mail'' on the application. 
After a MRS permit is obtained, any change to label formats or customer 
instructions must be approved by the Post Office where the permit is 
held. The permit is valid for 12 months after the approval date of the 
application.
    [Delete renumbered 3.2.7, Procedure, (text relocated in 3.1.1), 
3.2.8, Multiple Accounts, (text relocated in 3.1.2) in their entirety, 
then renumber recently renumbered 3.2.9 through 3.2.13 as new 3.2.7 
through 3.2.11.]
    [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 3.2.7, Renewal, to 
read as follows:]

3.2.7 Permit Renewal

    To renew the MRS permit, the permit holder must send the annual 
fees (under 3.1.1 and 3.1.2) to the issuing Post Office by the 
expiration date of the permit, or authorize the Postmaster to deduct 
the fee from the advance deposit account, or establish a CAPS link for 
EFT. If a permit holder's outbound permit account shows any amount of 
outbound parcel volumes, the annual Returns Services permit and account 
maintenance fees may be waived at the time of renewal. Written 
authorization is not needed for permit renewal if there is no change to 
the authorization on file at the delivery unit.

3.2.8 Nonrenewed Permit

    [Revise the text of 3.2.8 to read as follows:]
    If the permit is not renewed, merchandise return mail bearing the 
sender's return address is returned to the sender; otherwise, it is 
treated as dead mail.

3.2.9 Permit Cancellation

    [Revise the text of 3.2.9 to read as follows:]
    The USPS may cancel a MRS permit if the permit holder refuses to 
accept and pay postage and fees on merchandise return service parcels, 
fails to keep sufficient funds in the advance deposit account to cover 
postage and fees, or distributes merchandise return labels or tags that 
do not meet USPS standards.

3.2.10 Reapplying After Cancellation

    [Revise the text of 3.2.10 to read as follows:]
    To receive a new MRS permit at the same Post Office after a 
merchandise return permit is canceled, the applicant must amend the 
Form 3615 on file at that office to reflect the new application date; 
pay a new permit fee; submit for approval two samples of any label 
format to be used; provide evidence that the reasons for the permit 
cancellation are corrected; and provide and keep funds in an advance 
deposit account to cover normal returns for at least 2 weeks.

3.2.11 Using Other Post Offices

    [Revise the text of 3.2.11 to read as follows:]
    The permit holder may distribute merchandise return labels for 
return through other Post Offices (i.e. stations or branches under a 
Main Post Office) without paying an additional permit fee if the permit 
holder opens and keeps their advance deposit account at the Post Office 
where the permit is issued and supplies that Postmaster the name, 
address, and telephone number of a representative in each additional 
station or branch if different from the information on the application.
    [Revise the title of 3.3, Additional Standards for Permit Holder, 
to read as follows:]

3.3 Additional Standards for MRS

    [Revise the title and text of 3.3.1 to read as follows:]

3.3.1 Extra and Additional Services

    The MRS permit holder may obtain extra and additional services with 
MRS as follows:
    a. Insurance--Which may be combined with special handling) for MRS 
containing only matter not required to be mailed at First-Class Mail 
prices under 133.3.0. To request insurance, the permit holder must 
preprint or rubber-stamp ``Insurance

[[Page 25552]]

Desired by Permit Holder for $__ (value)'' to the left of and above the 
``Merchandise Return Label'' legend and below the ``Total Postage and 
Fees Due'' statement on the merchandise return label. The value part of 
the endorsement, showing the dollar amount of insurance for the 
article, may be handwritten by the permit holder. If insurance is paid 
for by the MRS permit holder, then only the MRS permit holder may file 
a claim (609).
    b. Registered Mail--May be obtained by the MRS permit holder under 
the following conditions:
    1. The customer using the MRS label must declare the full value of 
the article to be registered when presented at the Post Office. 
Registered Mail service may be obtained only on articles returned at 
Priority Mail or First-Class Package Service prices and may not be 
combined with any other extra service.
    2. A permit holder wanting to add Registered Mail service under an 
existing permit must submit a written request to the Post Office where 
the permit is held, with samples of the merchandise return labels and a 
copy of the instructions to be provided to the permit holder's 
customers. The permit holder must not distribute labels that request 
Registered Mail service before receiving USPS written approval.
    c. Special Handling--The permit holder may obtain special handling 
service with MRS.
    d. Pickup on Demand Service--The permit holder may obtain Pickup on 
Demand service with MRS. Pickup on Demand service may be combined with 
Certified Mail (Priority Mail only), USPS Tracking, and special 
handling.
    e. USPS Tracking--(which may be combined with insurance and special 
handling or both) is included with MRS when the MRS labels are properly 
formatted under 3.5.10.
    f. Mailing Acknowledgment--The permit holder may prepare a 
detachable mailing acknowledgment form, subject to these conditions:
    1. The acknowledgment must not bear adhesive but must be attached 
to the label and perforated or designed for easy separation at the time 
of mailing.
    2. The acknowledgment establishes no USPS liability for the parcel 
if damaged, lost, or stolen.
    3. The acknowledgment provides documentation for account management 
between the mailing customer and the permit holder. The USPS charges no 
fee, keeps no records, and does not provide copies of or further 
information about the acknowledgment.
    4. A merchandise return service parcel containing the detachable 
mailing acknowledgment form must be presented to the USPS acceptance 
employee at the time of mailing to be executed.
    5. Each mailing acknowledgment part of the label must include a 
unique parcel identification number assigned by the permit holder; the 
return address of the customer mailing the parcel, in the upper part of 
the detachable form; the permit holder's address, in the lower part of 
the form; an initials section in the acknowledgment portion for use by 
the USPS acceptance employee; and space in the acknowledgment part 
where the USPS acceptance employee places the date stamp.
    [Delete 3.3.2, Registered Mail, through 3.3.7, Mailing 
Acknowledgment, in their entirety (context of text relocated to 
3.3.1).]

3.4 Additional Standards for Permit Holder's Customer

3.4.1 Customer Options

    [Revise the text of 3.4.1 to read as follows:]
    If the permit holder has not indicated the extra services listed in 
3.3.1a through 3.3.1d a customer may request the extra services listed 
in 3.3.1a through 3.3.1d at their own expense.

3.4.2 Insurance

    [Revise the text of 3.4.2 to read as follows:]
    If insurance is paid by the customer, then only the customer may 
file a claim.

3.4.3 Certificate of Mailing

* * * * *
    [Revise the title of 3.5, Preparation, to read as follows:]

3.5 Labels

3.5.1 Distribution of Labels

    [Revise the text of 3.5.1 to read as follows:]
    Merchandise return service labels may be distributed to customers 
as an enclosure with merchandise, as a separate item (including when 
requested electronically through the Business Customer Gateway for 
printing and delivery to the end-user by USPS), as part of a double 
postcard subject to 201.1.2.8 and the approval of the PCSC, as an 
electronic transmission for customer downloading and printing, or 
through one of the permit holder's designated pickup facilities. Any 
such label distributed to a customer must meet the format standards in 
3.5.10, including the requirement to furnish instructions.
    [Delete 3.5.2, Labels, in its entirety (text relocated to 
introductory text of renumbered 3.5.10, Label Format Elements); then, 
renumber 3.5.3 through 3.5.14 as new 3.5.2 through 3.5.13.]
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.2 to read as follows:]

3.5.2 Mailer Price Markings

    It is recommended that permit holders preprint a price marking (or 
``Ground'' for ground service charged at Parcel Select Nonpresort 
prices) on the merchandise return service labels they distribute to 
ensure that returned parcels will be given service and charged postage 
according to the wishes of the permit holder. Regardless of weight, all 
unmarked parcels will be treated as Standard Post and charged Parcel 
Select Nonpresort prices.
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.3 to read as follows:]

3.5.3 Label Preparation

    Any photographic, mechanical, or electronic process or any 
combination of such processes other than typewriting or handwriting may 
be used to prepare the MRS label and detachable acknowledgment form. 
The background may be any light color (excluding brilliant colors) that 
allows the address, postmark, and other endorsements to be readily 
discerned. If labels are faxed to customers or electronically 
transmitted to customers for their local printing, the permit holder 
must advise their customers of these preparation requirements as part 
of the required instructions required under 3.5.5. All MRS labels 
bearing the required IMpb (with imbedded USPS Tracking) must be 
certified for use by the USPS prior to distribution. Labels with USPS 
Tracking barcodes cannot be faxed to customers.
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.4 to read as follows:]

3.5.4 Labeling Methods

    If all applicable content and format standards are met (including 
the written instructions required by 3.5.5), a merchandise return 
service label may be produced by any of the following methods:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of renumbered 3.5.4 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Printed and delivered by USPS to the customer (end-user) when 
requested electronically by the permit holder or its agents through the 
Business Customer Gateway.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title of renumbered 3.5.5 to read as follows:]

3.5.5 Labeling Instructions

    Written instructions must be provided with the label that, at a 
minimum, directs the customer to do the following:
* * * * *

[[Page 25553]]

    [Revise renumbered 3.5.5 item d by changing any blue colored text 
to black.]
    d. ``Mail the labeled parcel at a Post Office, drop it in a 
collection box, leave it with your letter carrier, or schedule a 
package pickup at usps.com.''
    [Delete renumbered 3.5.6, Insured Markings, in its entirety 
(context of text relocated more appropriately under 3.5.8); then, 
insert new 3.5.6 to read as follows:]

3.5.6 Special Handling Endorsement

    To request special handling, the permit holder must preprint or 
rubber-stamp ``Special Handling Desired by Permit Holder'' to the left 
of and above the ``Merchandise Return Label'' legend and below the 
``Total Postage and Fees Due'' statement on the merchandise return 
label.
* * * * *
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.8 to read as follows:]

3.5.8 Placement of Extra Service Labels

    The permit holder must either leave a clear space on the 
merchandise return label to the right of the return address for the 
placement of the applicable extra service label (see 503.1.7.2 for 
additional standards for extra service labels) or instruct the customer 
to affix the merchandise return label to the article so that the USPS 
acceptance employee can place the extra service label on the article 
directly above the merchandise return label.
    [Delete renumbered 3.5.9, Placement of Return Receipt for 
Merchandise Label, (context of text relocated more appropriately under 
3.5.8) and 3.5.10, Special Handling Endorsement, (context of text 
relocated to 3.5.6) in their entirety; then, renumber newly renumbered 
3.5.11 through 3.5.13 as new 3.5.9 through 3.5.11.]
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 3.5.9 to read as follows:]

3.5.9 Additional Standards for Special Handling Labels

    In addition to meeting the standards under 3.5.6 and 3.5.8, as 
applicable, the permit holder must provide ``Special Handling'' labels 
with instructions to customers about their placement on the parcel.
    [Revise the title, complete text, and exhibits, of newly renumbered 
3.5.10 to read as follows:]

3.5.10 Label Format Elements

    The label used for merchandise return service must meet the 
standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS.
    [Delete renumbered 3.5.11, Certificate of Mailing, in its entirety 
(already stated in 505.3.4.3).]

3.6 Enter and Deposit

3.6.1 Customer Mailing Options

    [Revise the last section of the first sentence of 3.6.1 to read as 
follows:]
    * * *; or at any place designated by the Postmaster for the receipt 
of mail. * * *
    [Insert new 3.7 to read as follows:]

3.7 Additional Standards for USPS Return Services

3.7.1 Permit and Account Fees

    An annual Returns Services permit fee, under 3.1.1, and annual 
account maintenance under 3.1.2, are required for the USPS Return 
Services described in 3.7.

3.7.2 Extra Services

    USPS insurance is the only extra service that can be purchased for 
USPS Returns (Priority Mail Return Service, First-Class Package Return 
Service and Ground Return Service). There is no included insurance 
provided for Priority Mail Return Service pieces.

3.7.3 Prices

    Commercial Base prices are available for permit holders receiving 
Priority Mail Return Service and First-Class Package Return Service 
mailpieces under 3.7.
    Permit holders may combine cumulative volumes for Priority Mail 
Return Service and First-Class Package Return Service. Eligibility for 
Commercial Plus prices are available to permit holders who qualify for 
Commercial Base prices, and at least one of the following:
    a. Have cumulative Priority Mail Return Service, First-Class 
Package Return Service, and Ground Return Service volume exceeding a 
combined total of 25,000 return pieces in the previous calendar year.
    b. Have cumulative returns Commercial Plus cubic (see 1.1.4) volume 
exceeding a combined total of 85,000 pieces returned in approved 
packaging in the previous calendar year.
    c. Have cumulative returns and outbound volume exceeding a combined 
total of 90,000 pieces in the previous calendar year.
    d. Have a signed Commercial Plus returns customer commitment 
agreement with USPS.
    e. Have a signed commercial plus Critical Mail commitment agreement 
with USPS.

3.7.4 Postage

    Postage is calculated based on the weight of the parcel and zone, 
except for First-Class Package Return Service, for which postage is 
based on the weight of the parcel and Critical Mail returns, for which 
postage is based on flat rate pricing. Customers must pay postage under 
a scan based payment program (705.24.0) and using an eVS/CAPS account.

3.7.5 Description

    Priority Mail Return Service (including Critical Mail), First-Class 
Package Return Service and Ground Return Service provide return service 
options to customers who meet the applicable standards in 3.0. Except 
for restricted material described in Publication 52, any mailable 
matter may be mailed using any of the USPS Return Service options. Any 
content that constitutes First-Class Mail matter may only be mailed 
using Priority Mail Return Service or using First-Class Package Return 
Service at Commercial Plus prices.

3.7.6 Labels

    USPS Return Service labels must meet the standards in the Parcel 
Labeling Guide available on RIBBS. USPS Return Services standard label 
sizes are 3 inches by 6 inches, 4 inches by 4 inches, or 4 inches by 6 
inches and must be certified by the USPS for use prior to distribution. 
All other label sizes require written approval from the National 
Customer Support Center (NCSC). The label must include an Intelligent 
Mail package barcode, accommodate all required elements, be legible, 
and be prepared in accordance with 708.5.0 and Publication 205 at 
https://ribbs/evs/documents/tech_guides/pubs/Pub205.PDF. Permit holders 
or their agents may distribute approved USPS Return Service labels and 
instructions by means listed under 3.5.4. Permit holders or their 
agents must provide written instructions to the label end-user (mailer) 
as provided under 3.5.5. The label used for USPS Returns must meet the 
standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS.

3.7.7 Additional Standards for Priority Mail Return Service

    Priority Mail Return Service may contain any mailable matter 
weighing no more than 70 pounds. Lower weight limits apply to 
Commercial Plus cubic (see 1.1.4), APO/FPO mail is subject to 703.2.0 
and 703.4.0, and Department of State mail is subject to 703.3.0. 
Priority Mail Return Service receives expeditious handling and 
transportation, with service standards in

[[Page 25554]]

accordance with Priority Mail. Priority Mail Return Service items 
mailed under a specific customer agreement is charged postage according 
to the individual agreement. Otherwise Priority Mail Return Service 
eligibility is under 3.7.3. Commercial Base and Commercial Plus prices 
are the same as for outbound Priority Mail in Notice 123--Price List.

3.7.8 Additional Standards for First-Class Package Return Service

    First-Class Package Return Service handling, transportation, and 
eligibility of contents is the same as for outbound First-Class Package 
Service parcels under 433. Parcels weighing more than 13 ounces but 
less than 16 ounces may be included in the eligibility calculation for 
Commercial Plus prices and parcels weighing 13 ounces or less are 
eligible for Commercial Base prices.

3.7.9 Additional Standards for Ground Return Service

    Ground Return Service provides ground transportation for mailpieces 
containing mailable matter weighing no more than 70 pounds and meeting 
the content standards in 153.3.0. Ground Return Service assumes the 
handing and transportation and service objectives for delivery of 
Standard Post.
    [Delete current 4.0, USPS Returns, in its entirety; then, renumber 
current 5.0, Parcel Return Service, as new 4.0.]

4.0 Parcel Return Service

    [Deleted renumber 4.1, Basic Information, in its entirety, (text 
relocated to new 4.3).]
    [Renumber and retitle the 4.2 heading to read as follows:]

4.1 Prices and Fees

    [Deleted 4.2.1, Postage, in its entirety (text relocated to new 
4.1.3).]
    [Renumber and retitle 4.2.2 as follows:]

4.1.1 Permit and Account Fees

    [Revise renumbered 4.1.1 to read as follows:]
    The participant must pay an annual Returns Services permit fee at 
the Post Office where the permit is held, and must pay postage through 
an advance deposit account by paying an annual account maintenance fee. 
See Notice 123--Price List for applicable fees.
    [Delete renumbered 4.2.2, Advance Deposit Account and Annual 
Account Maintenance Fee, in its entirety, (context of text relocated to 
renumber 4.1.2).]
    [Delete the renumbered heading 4.3, Prices.]
    [Renumber 4.3.1, Parcel Return Service Prices, as 4.1.2; then, 
delete 4.3.2 through 4.3.3 (text relocated to new 4.1.2); then revise 
the entire text to read as follows:]

4.1.2 Parcel Return Service Prices

    Parcel Return Service prices are based on the price that applies to 
the weight increment of each addressed piece, and on the designated 
return facility, RDU, RSCF, or RNDC. The price is charged per pound or 
fraction thereof; any fraction of a pound is considered a whole pound. 
For example, if an item weighs 4.225 pounds, the weight increment is 5 
pounds. The minimum price per piece is the 1-pound price and these 
additional standards apply:
    a. Parcel Return Service--Nonmachinable Prices: Parcels exceeding 
the maximum machinable dimensions in 401.1.5 or are considered an 
outside parcel under 401.1.7 are subject to nonmachinable prices.
    b. Balloon and Oversized Prices: RSCF and RNDC parcels that weigh 
less than 20 pounds but measure more than 84 inches in combined length 
and girth are charged the applicable price for a 20-pound parcel 
(balloon price). Regardless of weight, any parcel that measures more 
than 108 inches (but not more than 130 inches) in combined length and 
girth must pay the oversized price.
    c. Standard Post Prices: PRS-labeled parcels shipped from origin 
ZIP Codes 006-009, 967-969, and 995-999 that are picked up at an RNDC 
are subject to retail Standard Post prices.
    [Insert new 4.1.3 as follows:]

4.1.3 Postage

    There are three PRS price categories:
    a. Parcel Return Service--RDU. Parcels returned as Standard Post 
to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated delivery unit.
    b. Parcel Return Service--RSCF. Parcels returned as Standard Post 
to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated SCF.
    c. Parcel Return Service--RNDC. Parcels returned as Standard Post 
to, and retrieved in bulk from, a designated NDC.
    [Renumber current 4.3.5, Noncompliant Labels, as new 4.2.11.]
    [Insert new 4.2 to read as follows:]

4.2 Basic Standards

4.2.1 Description

    Parcel Return Service (PRS) applies to parcels that are picked up 
in bulk by authorized permit holders or their agents. Permit holders 
guarantee payment of postage for all parcels mailed with a PRS label. 
By providing an approved PRS label to its customers, the merchant or 
other party designates the permit holder identified on the label as 
their agent for receipt of mail bearing that label, and authorizes the 
USPS to provide that mail to the permit holder or its designee. The 
permit holder must retrieve parcels at each of the return network 
distribution centers (RNDC). For this purpose, an RNDC is each NDC as 
noted in L601. PRS permit holders also may retrieve parcels at one or 
more designated return sectional center facilities (RSCFs) or 
designated return delivery units (RDUs). Payment for parcels returned 
under PRS is deducted from a separate advance deposit (postage-due) 
account funded through the Centralized Account Processing System 
(CAPS). The permit holder must be authorized to use eVS (see 705.2.9).

4.2.2 Conditions for Mailing

    Parcels may be mailed as PRS when all of the following conditions 
apply:
    a. Parcels contain eligible matter as described in 153.3.0 and 
153.4.0.
    b. Parcels bear a PRS label that meets the standards in 5.4.
    c. Parcels show the permit number, and the permit holder has paid 
the annual PRS permit fee and the annual PRS account maintenance fee.

4.2.3 Customer Mailing Options

    Returned parcels may be deposited as follows:
    a. At any Post Office, station, or branch.
    b. In any collection box (except a Priority Mail Express box).
    c. With any letter carrier.
    d. As part of a collection run for other mail (special arrangements 
may be required).
    e. At any place designated by the postmaster for the receipt of 
mail.

4.2.4 Application Process

    Companies who wish to participate in PRS must send a request on 
company letterhead to the manager, Business Mailer Support (see 608.8.0 
for address). The request must contain the following information:
    a. Company name and address.
    b. An individual's contact name, telephone number, fax number, and 
email address.
    c. The price category or categories to be used, and the proposed 
retrieval locations (delivery units, sectional center facilities, and 
network distribution centers).
    d. A description of the electronic returns manifesting system to be 
used to document returns listed by location and price eligibility.

[[Page 25555]]

4.2.5 Approval

    The manager, Business Mailer Support reviews each request and 
proceeds as follows:
    a. If the applicant meets the criteria, the manager, Business 
Mailer Support approves the letter of request and sends an 
authorization letter outlining the terms and conditions for the 
program.
    b. If the application does not meet the criteria, the manager, 
Business Mailer Support denies the request and sends a written notice 
to the applicant with the reason for denial.

4.2.6 Permit Cancellation

    USPS may cancel a PRS permit for any of the following reasons:
    a. The permit holder fails to pay the required postage and fees for 
returned parcels.
    b. The permit holder does not maintain adequate available funds to 
cover postage and fees for returned parcels.
    c. The permit holder does not fulfill the terms and conditions of 
the PRS permit authorization.
    d. The return labels do not conform to the specifications in 5.4.

4.2.7 Reapplying After Cancellation

    To receive a new PRS permit after cancellation under 5.1.7, the 
mailer must:
    a. Submit a letter to the manager, Business Mailer Support 
requesting a permit and a new agreement.
    b. Pay a new Returns Services permit fee.
    c. Provide evidence showing that the reasons for cancellation no 
longer exist.
    d. Maintain adequate available funds to cover the expected number 
of returns.

4.2.8 Extra Services and Endorsement

    Pieces using PRS may not bear an ancillary service endorsement (see 
102.4.0 and 507.1.5). See 503.0 for available extra services for PRS.

4.2.9 Pickup Schedule and Location

    Permit holders or their agents must set up recurring or standing 
appointments to retrieve PRS parcels. If the permit holder (or agent) 
has existing appointments to deliver Parcel Select parcels to 
destination facilities and those facilities are one of the NDCs, 
designated RSCFs, or designated RDUs, those appointments can be used 
for retrieving PRS parcels at the same time. Permit holders or their 
agents must retrieve parcels on a regular schedule as follows:
    a. From RNDCs, at a minimum of every 48 hours, excluding Sundays 
and USPS holidays.
    b. From all listed RSCFs, at a minimum of every 24 hours, excluding 
Saturdays, Sundays, and USPS holidays. The Postal Service maintains a 
list of active RSCFs and provides permit holders 30-day notice of 
changes to the list. This list is available on the Facility Access and 
Shipment Tracking system (FAST) at https://fast.usps.com/fast/.
    c. From RDUs, according to the authorization letter. The USPS 
maintains a list of active RDUs and provides permit holders 30-day 
notice of changes to the list. This list is available on the Facility 
Access and Shipment Tracking system (FAST) at https://fast.usps.com/fast/.
    d. For parcels picked up from RNDCs and that are shipped from 
origin ZIP Codes 006-009, 967-969, and 995-999, see 5.3.

4.2.10 Parcels Endorsed Hold for Pickup

    PRS participants must pay the appropriate Parcel Return Service RDU 
price under 5.3 for any unclaimed, refused, undeliverable as addressed, 
or recalled parcels that are endorsed ``Hold For Pickup'' (under 
508.7.0) and that bear the marking ``PARCEL RETURN SERVICE REQUESTED'' 
or ``PRS REQUESTED'' followed by a unique 569 prefix ZIP Code.

4.2.11 Noncompliant Labels

    PRS permit holders must use USPS-certified labels meeting the 
standards in 4.3. When noncompliant labels are affixed to PRS parcels, 
which travel through the Postal network to the delivery address of the 
label, the permit holder will be assessed the appropriate Standard Post 
price, calculated from the parcel's entry point in the USPS network to 
its delivery address. If the parcel's entry point cannot be determined, 
then postage will be calculated at zone 4.
    [Revise the title of renumbered 4.3 as follows:]

4.3 Labels

4.3.1 Label Preparation

    [Revise renumbered 4.3.1 to read as follows:]
    PRS labels must be certified by the USPS for use prior to 
distribution as defined in the service agreement. In addition, permit 
holders must obtain USPS certification for barcode symbologies. Except 
for by FAX, any photographic, mechanical, or electronic process or any 
combination of these processes may be used to produce PRS labels. The 
background of the label may be any light color that allows the address, 
barcodes, and other required information to be easily distinguished. If 
labels are electronically transmitted to customers for their local 
printing, the permit holder must advise customers of these printing 
requirements as part of the instructions in 4.3.3.

4.3.2 Labeling Methods

    [Revise renumbered 4.3.2 to read as follows:]
    If all applicable contents and formats are approved (including 
instructions to the user), permit holders or their agents may 
distribute a PRS label by any of the methods provided under 3.5.4.
    [Revise the title and text of renumbered 4.3.3 to read as follows:]

4.3.3 Labeling Instructions

    Regardless of label distribution method, permit holders or their 
agents must always provide written instructions to the user of the PRS 
label as provided under 3.5.5.

4.3.4 Label Format Elements

    [Revise renumbered 4.3.4 to read as follows:]
    PRS labels must meet the standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide 
available on RIBBS. There is no minimum size for PRS labels; however, 
the label must be big enough to accommodate all of the label elements 
and standards in this section. All PRS label elements must be legible. 
Except where a specific type size is required, elements must be large 
enough to be legible from a normal reading distance and be separate 
from other elements on the label.
    [Delete 6.0, Parcel Return Service-Full Network, in its entirety.]
    [Renumber current 7.0, Bulk Parcel Return Service, as new 6.0.]

6.0 Bulk Parcel Return Service

    [Retitle renumbered 6.1 to read as follows;]

6.1 Bulk Parcel Return Service (BPRS) Permit and Fees

    [Delete renumbered 6.1.1, Permit Fee, through 6.1.3, Per Piece 
Charge, in their entirety (text relocated in new 6.1.1).]
    [Delete the renumbered heading 6.2, Charges and Fees.]
    [Renumber 6.2.1 through 6.2.6 as new 6.1.1 through 6.1.6, then, 
revise the title and text of renumbered 6.1.1 to read as follows:]

5.1.1 Permit and Per Piece Fees

    A BPRS permit is required to participate in BPRS; no annual fee is 
required to obtain a BPRS permit. Each piece returned through BPRS is 
charged only the per piece fee, not postage, regardless of weight. See 
Notice 123--Price List for applicable fees.
    [Delete renumbered 6.1.2, Per Piece Fee, in its entirety (context 
of text

[[Page 25556]]

relocated under 6.5.1); then, renumber 6.1.3 through 6.1.6 as new 6.1.2 
through 6.1.5.]
    [Revise the title and text of newly renumbered 5.1.2 to read as 
follows:]

6.1.2 Advance Deposit Account

    The permit holder must pay BPRS fees through an advance deposit 
account. A separate advance deposit account for BPRS is not required; 
the annual account maintenance fee is charged if BPRS fees are not paid 
from an existing account and the permit holder desires a single, 
separate accounting of all charges deducted from that account.
    [Delete renumbered 6.1.3, Existing Advance Deposit Account, 
(relocated to 6.1.2, Advance Deposit Account), and 6.1.4, Payment 
Guarantee, (relocated to 6.2.3 under Availability), in their entirety; 
then, renumber 6.1.5, Postage Due Weight Averaging, as new 6.1.3.]
* * * * *
    [Renumber 6.3, General Information, as new 6.2, then revise the 
title of renumbered 6.2, General Information, to read as follows:]

6.2 Basic Standards

6.2.1 Description

    [Revise renumbered 6.2.1 to read as follows:]
    Bulk parcel return service (BPRS) allows mailers of large 
quantities of Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight machinable 
parcels that are either undeliverable-as-addressed or un-opened and 
refused by addressees to be returned to designated postal facilities. 
The mailer has the option of picking up all returned parcels from a 
designated postal facility at a predetermined frequency specified by 
the USPS or having them delivered by the USPS in a manner and frequency 
specified by the USPS. For this service, a mailer establishes a BPRS 
permit and pays a per piece charge for each parcel returned from an 
advance deposit account.

6.2.2 Availability

    [Revise renumbered 6.2.2 to read as follows:]
    A mailer may be authorized to use BPRS when the following 
conditions apply:
    a. All returned parcels are initially prepared as regular or 
Nonprofit Standard Mail, or Parcel Select Lightweight, and are 
machinable parcels as defined in 201.7.5.
    b. At least 10,000 Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight 
machinable parcels will be returned to a designated postal facility 
during a 12-month period.
    c. Parcels are returned to the mailer either because they are 
undeliverable- as-addressed or because they are un-opened and refused 
by the addressee.
    d. Parcels bear an approved BPRS label or one of the following BPRS 
endorsements (507.2.0) on the outbound mailpiece:
    ``Return Service Requested--BPRS''
    ``Address Service Requested--BPRS''
    e. Parcels have a return address that is in the delivery area of 
the Post Office that issued the BPRS permit.
    f. The postal facility designated for returned parcels is located 
in the United States, its territories or possessions, or is a U.S. 
military Post Office overseas (APO or FPO).
    g. The mailer has a valid postage due advance deposit account and 
BPRS permit.
    h. BPRS parcels may be combined with the shipper paid forwarding 
service (507.4.2.9).
    i. Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight parcels that qualify 
for a Media Mail or Library Mail price under the applicable standards, 
and that contain the name of the Package Service price in the mailer's 
ancillary service endorsement (507.1.5.3d.), are not eligible for BPRS.
    [Delete renumbered 6.2.3, Optional Label, in its entirety (text 
relocated to 6.4.2); then, insert new 6.2.3, Payment Guarantee, to read 
as follows:]

6.2.3 Payment Guarantee

    The permit holder guarantees payment of all applicable fees. The 
Post Office returns BPRS items to the permit holder only when there are 
sufficient funds in the advance deposit account to pay the fees on 
returned pieces.
    [Delete renumbered 6.2.4, Extra Services, in its entirety (text 
relocated to New 6.2.4).]
    [Delete renumbered heading 6.4, Permits, in its entirety.]
    [Renumber current 6.4.1, Application Process, through 6.4.3, 
Postage Due Service Agreement, as 6.2.4 through 6.2.6; then, retitle 
renumbered 6.2.4 to read as follows:]

6.2.4 Application Process

    [Revise the introductory text and items a, b, and f, of renumbered 
6.2.4 to read as follows:]
    To obtain a BPRS permit, a mailer must send a written request to 
the Postmaster at each Post Office where parcels are to be returned 
that includes the following:
    a. Request for the BPRS permit.
    b. Information pertinent to each requested delivery point that 
documents either the receipt of, or that there are reasonable grounds 
to expect, at least 10,000 machinable parcels originally mailed at 
regular or non-profit Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight prices 
during the past, or next, 12 months.
* * * * *
    f. If a label will be furnished for returning opened parcels, the 
labels must be USPS approved, prepared in accordance with 6.5, and must 
be accompanied by complete instructions for its use as described in 
3.5.5.

6.2.5 Authorization

    [Revise the text of renumbered 6.2.5 to read as follows:]
    A BPRS mailer will be required to sign a postage due service 
agreement with each Post Office that issues a permit for the return of 
BPRS parcels. Upon approval of a mailer's request, the Post Office 
issues an authorization letter and provides a postage due service 
agreement with a BPRS permit number. The permit number is used for 
account administration and is required on BPRS labels under 6.5, when 
used.
    [Delete renumbered 6.2.6, Postage Due Service Agreement, (text 
relocated to 6.2.5), in its entirety.]
    [Insert new heading, 6.3 Permits]

6.3 Permits

    [Renumber 6.4.4 as new 6.3.1 and revise text to read as follows:]

6.3.1 Permit Renewal

    A Post Office provides BPRS permit holders with annual renewal 
notices advising that their permits are due to expire. A notice must be 
returned to the issuing Post Office with the fee payment or 
authorization for the postmaster to deduct the fee from the advance 
deposit account by the permit expiration date. Written authorization is 
not necessary for renewal of a permit if there is no change to the 
authorization on file at the Post Office where the parcels are 
returned. If a permit holder does not renew a BPRS permit after having 
been given notice, the USPS will endorse the mail ``Bulk Parcel Return 
Service Canceled'' and will charge postage due at the single-piece 
First-Class Mail or Priority Mail price as appropriate for the weight 
of the piece. If the single-piece First-Class Mail or Priority Mail 
price is not paid, the mail is forwarded to the nearest mail recovery 
center.
    [Renumber 6.4.5 and 6.4.6 as new 6.3.2 and 6.3.3.]

6.3.2 Permit Cancellation

    A BPRS permit may be canceled by the USPS for any of the following 
reasons:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of renumbered 6.3.2 item e to read as follows:]

[[Page 25557]]

    e. Failure to conform return labels to the specifications in 
section 6.5.

6.3.3 Reapplying After Cancellation

    A mailer must do the following to receive a new BPRS permit at the 
same Post Office where a permit was previously canceled:
    [Revise the text of renumbered 6.3.3 items a to read as follows; 
then, delete item b in its entirety; then, renumber items c and d and 
new items b and c:]
    a. Submit a letter to that office requesting a BPRS permit and new 
agreement.
* * * * *
    [Insert new section 6.3.4 as follows:]

6.3.4 Extra Services

    Extra services cannot be added to pieces returned via bulk parcel 
return service.
    [Revise the title and text of renumber 6.5, Label Requirements, to 
read as follows:]

6.5 Optional BPRS Label

    An authorized BPRS permit holder has the option to use a label to 
identify BPRS parcels for return to a designated postal facility. The 
label is prepared at the mailer's expense and must meet all format 
standards in the Parcel Labeling Guide available on RIBBS, including an 
IMpb meeting the standards in 708.5.0.
* * * * *

507 Mailer Services

1.0 Treatment of Mail

* * * * *

1.5 Treatment for Ancillary Services by Class of Mail

* * * * *

1.5.3 Standard Mail and Parcel Select Lightweight

    Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA) Standard Mail and Parcel Select 
Lightweight pieces are treated as described in Exhibit 1.5.3, with 
these additional conditions:
* * * * *

Exhibit 1.5.3 Treatment of Undeliverable Standard Mail and Parcel 
Select Lightweight

    [Revise (only) the two designated sections of Exhibit 1.5.3 titled 
Address Service Requested (Option 1 and Option 2) and Change Service 
Requested 1 4 (Option 1 and Option 2) to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Mailer endorsement              USPS treatment of UAA pieces
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Endorsement \1\...............   * * * * *
``Electronic Service Requested''.   * * * * *
``Address Service Requested''....  (Does not include Shipper Paid
                                    Forwarding/Return participants)
OPTION 1.........................   * * * * *
OPTION 2.........................   * * * * *
``Address Service Requested''....   * * * * *
Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return      * * * * *
 Option 1.
Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return      * * * * *
 Option 2.
Shipper Paid Forwarding/Return      * * * * *
 Option 3.
``Address Service Requested--       * * * * *
 BPRS''.
``Forwarding Service Requested''    * * * * *
 \3\.
``Return Service Requested''.....   * * * * *
OPTION 1.........................
OPTION 2.........................
``Return Service Requested--        * * * * *
 BPRS''.
``Change Service Requested'' \1\
 \4\.
OPTION 1.........................  (Valid for all pieces, including ACS
                                    participating pieces)
                                   If no change-of-address order on
                                    file, or if change-of-address order
                                    is on file: Notice of new address or
                                    reason for non-delivery provided
                                    (address correction fee charged);
                                    piece disposed of by USPS.
                                   Restrictions:
                                   The following restrictions apply:
                                   (1) USPS Tracking is the only extra
                                    services permitted with this
                                    endorsement.
                                   (2) This endorsement is not permitted
                                    for Standard Mail or Parcel Select
                                    Lightweight containing hazardous
                                    materials.
OPTION 2.........................  (Available via ACS only; for Standard
                                    Mail letters and flats only)
                                   If no change-of-address order on
                                    file:
                                   Reason for non-delivery provided to
                                    mailer (electronic ACS fee charged);
                                    piece disposed of by USPS.
                                   If change-of-address order on file:
                                    Months 1 through 12: Piece
                                    forwarded; postage due charged to
                                    the mailer at applicable Forwarding
                                    Fee based on the piece shape (letter
                                    or flat); separate notice of new
                                    address provided (electronic ACS fee
                                    charged).
                                    Months 13 through 18: Piece
                                    disposed of by USPS; separate notice
                                    of new address provided (electronic
                                    ACS fee charged).
                                   After month 18: Treatment same as
                                    noted under ``If no change-of-
                                    address order on file''.
                                   Restrictions:
                                   The following restrictions apply:
                                   (1) USPS Tracking is the only extra
                                    services permitted with this
                                    endorsement.
                                   (2) This endorsement is not permitted
                                    for Standard Mail containing
                                    hazardous materials.
``Change Service Requested''.....   * * * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 25558]]

* * * * *

1.5.4 Standard Post, Package Services and Parcel Select

    Undeliverable-as-addressed (UAA) Standard Post, Package Services, 
and Parcel Select mailpieces are treated as described in Exhibit 1.5.4, 
with these additional conditions:
* * * * *

Exhibit 1.5.4 Treatment of Undeliverable Standard Post, Package 
Services, and Parcel Select

    [Revise (only) the designated section of Exhibit 1.5.4 titled 
Change Service Requested 2 (Option 1 and Option 2) to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Mailer endorsement              USPS treatment of UAA pieces
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Endorsement...................   * * * * *
``Electronic Service Requested''.   * * * * *
``Address Service Requested''....   * * * * *
``Address Service Requested''....   * * * * *
``Forwarding Service Requested''    * * * * *
 \1\.
``Return Service Requested''.....   * * * * *
Option 1.........................
Option 2.........................
``Change Service Requested'' \2\.
Option 1.........................  (Valid for all pieces, including ACS
                                    participating pieces)
                                   If no change-of-address order on
                                    file, or if change-of-address order
                                    is on file:
                                   Notice of new address or reason for
                                    non-delivery provided (address
                                    correction charged): piece disposed
                                    of by USPS.
                                   Restrictions:
                                   The following restrictions apply:
                                   (1) USPS Tracking and Signature
                                    Confirmation are the only extra
                                    services permitted with this
                                    endorsement.
                                   (2) This endorsement is not permitted
                                    for Standard
Option 2.........................  Post or Package Services containing
                                    hazardous materials.
                                   (Available via ACS only; for Bound
                                    Printed Matter flats only)
                                   If no change-of-address order on
                                    file:
                                   Reason for non-delivery provided to
                                    mailer (electronic ACS fee charged);
                                    piece disposed of by USPS.
                                   If change-of-address order on file:
                                    Months 1 through 12: Piece
                                    forwarded; postage due charged to
                                    the mailer at applicable Forwarding
                                    Fee based on the piece shape (flat);
                                    separate notice of new address
                                    provided (electronic ACS fee
                                    charged).
                                    Months 13 through 18: Piece
                                    disposed of by USPS; separate notice
                                    of new address provided (electronic
                                    ACS fee charged).
                                   After month 18: Treatment same as
                                    noted under ``If no change-of-
                                    address order on file''.
``Change Service Requested''.....   * * * * *
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

2.0 Forwarding

2.1 Change-of-Address Order

2.1.4 Methods of Filing

    Customers may use one of the following methods to file a change-of-
address with the Post Office:
* * * * *
    [Delete item c. in its entirety.]
* * * * *

3.0 Premium Forwarding Services

* * * * *

3.3 Premium Forwarding Service Commercial

3.3.1 Description

    [Revise the text of 3.3.1 to read as follows:]
    Premium Forwarding Service Commercial (PFS Commercial) provides 
business commercial customers the option to have USPS gather their mail 
addressed to business PO Boxes (including Caller Service) or business 
street addresses within the same servicing postal facility, and 
dispatch the mail as Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail shipments 
to a new address in bulk. Customers must establish a service agreement 
with the USPS, pay an annual enrollment fee, and the applicable postage 
for the class of mail desired for the shipments. See Notice 123--Price 
List.

3.3.2 Authorization

    [Revise the text of 3.3.2 to read as follows:]
    Commercial customers may establish PFS Commercial service through 
the Business Customer Gateway for shipments selected, as desired as 
Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail. Requests must specify the 
business PO Boxes (or Caller Service) or business street delivery 
addresses, destination address, frequency (Monday through Saturday), 
and the postage payment method (see 3.3.3b). For customers using 
Priority Mail Express and paying postage through a USPSCA (corporate 
account), the enrollment request may be made in writing to the 
Postmaster at the origin Post Office. Service is activated upon 
approval by the Postmaster for the origin office.

3.3.3 Additional Conditions

    [Revise the text of 3.3.3 to read as follows:]
    Only the authorized recipient (or legal agent) of the business' (or 
organization's) mail may activate the request for PFS Commercial 
service. PFS Commercial service agreements are subject to these 
additional standards:
    a. Customers must pay an annual enrollment fee to establish 
service, regardless of the number of individual

[[Page 25559]]

business PO Boxes, Caller Service numbers, or business street delivery 
addresses included for each servicing Post Office. The enrollment fee 
is refundable only if the request is denied.
    b. For requests made in writing to the origin Post Office, the 
annual enrollment fee may be paid at a retail Post Office location, 
station, or branch; the applicable Priority Mail Express postage for 
each shipment container is paid using the customer's USPSCA. For 
requests made through the Business Customer Gateway, the annual 
enrollment fee and applicable Priority Mail Express or Priority Mail 
postage for each shipment container is paid using an eVS account linked 
to the Centralized Account Processing System (CAPS).
    c. Regardless of payment method chosen, the postage is charged per 
shipment container as follows:
    1. A sack or tray box and its contents are considered one piece for 
calculation of the price of postage and must not exceed 70 pounds. 
Postage is calculated by the weight of the container and the zone, 
based on the ZIP Code of the servicing Post Office and the delivery 
address for the shipment, minus the tare weight.
    2. A Flat Rate envelope and its contents are considered one piece 
for the applicable Flat Rate price.
    d. If no mail is collected for a shipment on a designated frequency 
day, no postage is charged.
    e. Except under 3.3.3g, the following products may be included in a 
PFS Commercial service container: Priority Mail, First-Class Mail, and 
First-Class Package Services pieces.
    f. The mailer must keep a postage-due merchandise return service 
(MRS) account, or business reply mail (BRM) account at the originating 
postal facility where the PO Box or business street address is located. 
Any short paid, MRS, or BRM pieces will be charged to the mailer's 
account prior to shipment. The customer's application must include 
confirmation that such an account exists.
    g. Priority Mail Express, or mailpieces with USPS Tracking, 
Certified Mail, COD, insurance, Signature Confirmation, or Adult 
Signature are shipped to the destination delivery office Postmaster 
separately, for proper handling.
    h. Registered Mail is not eligible for PFS Commercial service.
    i. Business customers may terminate their PFS Commercial service 
agreement, effective 24 hours after the USPS receives the customer's 
written notice of termination at the serving Post Office or through the 
Business Customer Gateway. The customer must pay all postage and fees 
as applicable for any shipments already scheduled before termination of 
service is made effective.
    j. USPS may terminate a customer's PFS Commercial service 
agreement, effective 24 hours after the customer receives written 
notice of termination from the serving Post Office. Termination is 
based upon the customer's failure to pay postage and fees, failure to 
meet the standards for PFS Commercial service, or when there is 
substantial reason to believe that the service is being or will be used 
for unlawful activities (in these cases, less than the 24-hour 
effective period may be granted by USPS). The customer may appeal this 
termination of services to the manager, Post Office Operations, but 
must pay for all postage and fees as applicable for any service 
provided during the appeal period.
* * * * *

4.0 Address Correction Services

* * * * *

4.2 Address Change Service (ACS)

* * * * *

4.2.8 Address Correction Service Fee

    [Revise the text of 4.2.8 to read as follows:]
    Unless excepted, the applicable fee for address correction is 
charged for each separate notification of address correction or the 
reason for nondelivery provided. Once the ACS fee charges have been 
invoiced, any unpaid fees for the prior invoice cycle (month) will be 
assessed an annual administrative fee of 10% for the overdue amount.
* * * * *

508 Recipient Services

1.0 Recipient Options

1.1 Basic Recipient Concerns

* * * * *

1.1.7 Priority Mail Express and Accountable Mail

    [Revise the introductory text of 1.1.7 to read as follows:]
    The following conditions also apply to the delivery of Priority 
Mail Express, Registered Mail, Certified Mail, mail insured for more 
than $500.00, Adult Signature, or COD, as well as mail for which a 
return receipt is requested or the sender has specified restricted 
delivery.
* * * * *
    [Insert new 1.1.8 (relocated from previously deleted 503.8.0) as 
follows:]

1.1.8 Additional Delivery Standards for Restricted Delivery

    In additional to the standards described under 1.1.7, mail marked 
``Restricted Delivery'' is delivered only to the addressee or to the 
person authorized in writing as the addressee's agent (the USPS may 
require proof of identification from the addressee (or agent) to 
receive the mail, and under the following conditions:
    a. Mail for famous personalities and executives of large 
organizations is normally delivered to an agent authorized to sign for 
such mail.
    b. Mail for officials of executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of the government of the United States or of the states and 
possessions and their political subdivisions, or to members of the 
diplomatic corps, may be delivered to a person authorized by the 
addressee or by regulations or procedures of the agency or organization 
to receive the addressee's mail.
    c. Mail for the commander or other officials of military 
organizations by name and title, is delivered to the unit mail clerk, 
mail orderly, postal clerk, assistant postal clerk, or postal finance 
clerk, when such individuals are designated on DD (Department of 
Defense) Form 285 to receipt for all mail addressed to the units for 
which they are designated. If the person accepting mail is designated 
on DD Form 285 to receipt for ordinary mail only, then restricted 
delivery mail addressed to the commander, or other official by name and 
title, is delivered to the mail clerk only if authorized by the 
addressee.
    d. Mail for an inmate of a city, state, or federal penal 
institution, in cases where a personal signature cannot be obtained, is 
delivered to the warden or designee.
    e. Mail for minors or persons under guardianship may be delivered 
to their parents or guardians.
    f. An addressee who regularly receives restricted delivery mail may 
authorize an agent on Form 3801 or by letter to the Postmaster and must 
include the notation ``this authorization is extended to include 
restricted delivery (or Adult Signature Restricted Delivery) mail''. 
Form 3849 also may be used for the authorization, if the Post Office 
has no standing delivery order or letter on file, when the addressee 
enters the name of the agent on the back of Form 3849 in the space 
provided and signs the form. The agent must sign for receipt of the 
article on the back of the form.
    g. When mail is addressed to two or more persons jointly, all 
addressees or their agents must be present to accept

[[Page 25560]]

delivery together. The delivery receipt obtained and the return 
receipt, if any, must be signed by all joint addressees or their 
agents. The mail may then be delivered to any of the addressees or 
their agents unless one or more addressees or their agents object, in 
which case delivery is not made until all the addressees or their 
agents sign a statement designating who is to receive the mail.
    h. Either person may sign for mail addressed to one person in care 
of another (i.e. ``In Care Of'').
* * * * *

4.0 Post Office Box Service

* * * * *

4.4 Basis of Fees and Payment

* * * * *

4.5 Fee Group Assignments

* * * * *

4.5.4 Additional Standards for Competitive PO Box Services

    * * * Customers in competitive locations may also complete a 
customer agreement in order to receive one or more of the following 
enhancements:
    [Revise 4.5.4 item a to read as follows:]
    a. Street Addressing--The option to use the Post Office street 
address for their mailing address along with customer's box number 
preceded by as follows (customers who choose to use this designation 
also have the option of receiving packages from private carriers at the 
customer's Post Office Box address): John Smith, 123 Main Street #4567, 
Any Town, NY 10001.
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.5.4 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Signature on File--the option to simplify receipt of Priority 
Mail Express, mail insured for more $500.00, and Signature Confirmation 
items, all of which may include an electronic Return Receipt request, 
by providing a signature kept on file by the Postmaster.
* * * * *

5.0 Caller Service

* * * * *

5.8 Accelerated Reply Mail (ARM)

* * * * *

5.8.6 Mailer Receipt

    [Revise the text of 5.8.6 to read as follows:]
    The mailer may either pick up ARM at the origin facility caller 
service window or have it reshipped, through PFS Commercial (508.7) 
service, to the destination caller service address or to another 
address specified by the mailer. After updating a change to the 
destination address for the PFS Commercial service, the mailer must 
provide a 30-day advance notice and submit an amended ARM application, 
completing only the ``Applicant Information'' and ``Priority Mail 
Express PFS Commercial.''
* * * * *

604 Postage Payment Methods

* * * * *

4.0 Postage Meters and PC Postage Products (``Postage Evidencing 
Systems'')

* * * * *

4.5 Special Indicia

* * * * *

4.5.2 Reply Postage

    [Revise the entire text of 4.5.2 (context of text relocated to 
505.2.6, Prepaid Reply Mail), to read as follows:]
    Mailers may use indicia generated by any postage evidencing system 
to prepay reply postage as provided under 505.2.0.
* * * * *

5.0 Permit Imprint (Indicia)

* * * * *

5.3 Indicia Design, Placement, and Content

* * * * *
    [Revise the title and text of 5.3.5 to read as follows:]

5.3.5 Marking Expedited Handling on Permit Imprint Mail

    Mailpieces bearing unofficial markings that reference directly or 
indirectly expedited attention, handling or delivery (e.g., ``Urgent,'' 
``Rush Delivery,'' ``Time Sensitive'') must meet the following 
conditions:
    a. The indicia much show the class of mail (e.g. ``Standard'' or 
``STD''; ``Presorted Standard'' or ``PRSRT STD''; or ``Nonprofit 
Organization,'' ``Nonprofit Org.,'' or ``Nonprofit'' or as applicable 
for the class of mail as provided under 5.3.6 or 5.3.7) more 
prominently than other words in the indicia.
    b. Include a clear space of at least \3/8\ inch around the entire 
indicia.
    c. Pieces may not include markings identical to or confusingly 
similar to USPS trademarks (word marks or logos), trade dress, or other 
words, symbols, or designs used by the USPS to identify a class of 
mail, price of postage, or level of service, unless such markings are 
correctly used under the applicable standards for the mailpiece on 
which they appear and the corresponding postage and fees have been 
paid. Words, symbols or designs that are unlawful or legally 
actionable, or create a claim for false advertisements or contributory 
infringement (infringement of third party rights) are not permitted.

6.0 Payment of Postage

6.1 Basic Standards

    The mailer is responsible for proper payment of postage. Postage on 
all mail must be fully prepaid at the time of mailing, except as 
specifically provided by standard for:
    [Revise 6.1 items a and b to read as follows:]
    a. Reply mail and return services under 505.0.
    b. Alternate Postage payment under 5.5.
* * * * *
    [Insert new item g under 6.1 to read as follows:]
    g. Packages from private carriers being delivered to a customer at 
a competitive Post Office Box service location, when using the street 
addressing designation option, as provided under 508.4.5.4.
* * * * *

9.0 Exchanges and Refunds

* * * * *

9.2 Postage and Fee Refunds

* * * * *

9.2.5 Applying for Refund

    [Revise the first and the last sentences of 9.2.5 to read as 
follows:]
    For refunds under 9.2, excluding postage refunds for extra service 
fees under 9.2.7, the customer must apply for a refund on Form 3533; 
submit it to the postmaster; and provide the envelope, wrapper (or a 
part of it) showing the names and addresses of the sender and 
addressee, canceled postage and postal markings, or other evidence of 
postage and fees paid. * * * Refunds for postage evidencing systems 
postage, excluding postage refunds for extra service fees under 9.2.7, 
are submitted under 9.3.
* * * * *
    [Insert new 9.2.7 to read as follows:]

9.2.7 Applying for Extra Service Refund

    For refunds for fees paid for extra services, as allowed under 
applicable standards in 9.2, the customer must apply for a refund 
online at www.usps.com/domestic-claims.
* * * * *

[[Page 25561]]

609 Filing Indemnity Claims for Loss or Damage

1.0 General Filing Instructions

* * * * *

1.5.2 Claims Filed by Mail

    [Revise the first sentence of 1.5.2 to read as follows:]
    Customers may file a claim by completing a Form 1000 and mailing 
the original copy to the address indicated on the form, accompanied by 
proof of value. * * *
* * * * *

3.0 Providing Evidence of Insurance and Value

3.1 Evidence of Insurance

    * * * Examples of acceptable evidence are:
* * * * *
    [Revise the second sentence of 3.1 item d to read as follows:]
    d. * * * The printout must identify the USPS Tracking number of the 
insured parcel, total postage paid, insurance fee paid, declared value 
(if applicable), mailing date, origin ZIP Code, and delivery ZIP Code.
* * * * *

3.2 Proof of Value

    * * * Examples are:
    [Revise 3.2 item a to read as follows:]
    a. A sales receipt, paid invoice or bill of sale, or statement of 
value from a reputable dealer.
    [Delete current 3.2 items b and c in their entirety; then, renumber 
current items d through h as new items b through f.]
* * * * *

4.0 Claims

4.1 Payable Claim

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.1 to read as follows:]
    Insurance for loss or damage to insured, COD, or Registered Mail 
within the amount covered by the fee paid, or the indemnity limits for 
Priority Mail, or Priority Mail Express (under 4.2), is payable for the 
following:
    [Revise 4.1 item a to read as follows:]
    a. Article's actual value when mailed.
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.1 item k to read as follows:]
    k. Cost of bees, crickets, or baby poultry destroyed by physical 
damage to the package, otherwise, the USPS is not presumed to be at 
fault.
    [Delete 4.1 items l and m in their entirety; then, renumber current 
items n through q as new l through o.]
* * * * *
    [Revise newly renumbered item n to read as follows:]
    n. For firearms mailed by licensed firearm dealers (under 601.8.0 
and Publication 52), 4, a Form 1508 must be submitted with the claim.
    [Revise newly renumbered item o to read as follows:]
    o. For collectible items, a sales receipt, paid invoice or bill of 
sale, or statement of value from a reputable dealer (i.e., a licensed 
business owner who is qualified to estimate value or cost of repairs 
for the item) must be provided as described in 3.2a.

4.2 Payable Priority Mail Express Claim

    In addition to the payable claims in 4.1, the following are payable 
for Priority Mail Express mailpieces:
    [Revise the second sentence of 4.2 item a to read as follows:]
    a. * * * Coverage is limited to $100 per mailpiece, subject to a 
maximum limit per occurrence as provided in 4.2a.4. * * *
* * * * *

4.3 Nonpayable Claims

    [Revise the introductory text of 4.3 to read as follows:]
    Indemnity is not paid for insured mail (including Priority Mail 
Express and Priority Mail), Registered Mail, COD, or Priority Mail and 
Priority Mail Express in these situations:
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3 item d to read as follows:]
    d. Requested replacement value exceeded article's actual value when 
mailed.
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3 item f to read as follows:]
    f. Loss resulting from delay of the mail, except under 4.2a.2 and 
4.3ad.
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3 item h to read as follows:]
    h. Perishable contents frozen, melted, spoiled, or deteriorated.
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3 item k to read as follows:]
    k. Death of honeybees, crickets, and harmless live animals not the 
fault of the USPS (mailability is subject to standards under 601.8.4 
and Publication 52, Chapter 5).
* * * * *
    [Revise 4.3 item r to read as follows:]
    r. Consequential loss of Priority Mail Express claimed, except 
under 4.2a.3 and 4.3ad.
* * * * *

5.0 Compensation

5.1 Payment Limit

    [Revise the first sentence of 5.1 to read as follows:]
    The USPS does not make payment for more than the article's actual 
value when mailed or, for bulk insurance, for more than the wholesale 
cost of the contents to the sender if a lesser amount. * * *
* * * * *

5.4 Loss

    [Revise the title and text of 5.4 to read as follows:]
    If the insured, registered, or COD article is lost the payment 
includes an additional amount for the postage (not fee) paid by the 
sender. Postage for Priority Mail Express is refunded under 604.9.5.
* * * * *

6.0 Adjudication of Claims

* * * * *

6.3 Final USPS Decision of Claims

    [Revise the text of 6.3 to read as follows:]
    If Accounting Services sustains the denial of a claim, the customer 
may submit an additional appeal within 30 days for final review and 
decision at www.usps.com/insuranceclaims/online.htm. Customers who did 
not file their claim online must send a written appeal to the Consumer 
Advocate (see 608.8.0 for address).
* * * * *

700 Special Standards

* * * * *

705 Advanced Preparation and Special Postage Payment Systems

* * * * *

8.0 Preparing Pallets

* * * * *

8.10 Pallet Presort and Labeling

* * * * *

8.10.2 Periodicals--Bundles, Sacks, or Trays

    * * * Prepare pallets in the following sequence:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 8.10.2 item b to read as follows:]
    b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes, required, allowed with no 
minimum, permitted for bundles only. Pallet must contain only carrier 
route bundles for the same 5-digit scheme under L001. For 5-digit 
destinations not part of L001, 5-digit carrier routes pallet 
preparation begins with 8.10.2e. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L001.
    2. Line 2: ``PER'' or ``NEWS,'' as applicable; followed by ``FLTS'' 
or ``IRREG,'' as applicable; followed by ``CARRIER ROUTES'' (or ``CR-
RTS''); followed by ``SCHEME'' (or ``SCH'').
* * * * *

[[Page 25562]]

    e. 5-digit carrier routes, required, except for trays; permitted 
for bundles, sacks, and trays. Allowed with no weight minimum for 
bundles. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-
digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
* * * * *

8.10.3 Standard Mail or Parcel Select Lightweight-Bundles, Sacks, or 
Trays

    * * * Preparation sequence and labeling:
    a. 5-digit scheme carrier routes, required, allowed with no 
minimum, permitted for bundles of flats only. Pallet must contain only 
carrier route bundles for the same 5-digit scheme under L001. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L001.
    2. ``STD'' followed by ``FLTS''; followed by ``CARRIER ROUTES'' (or 
``CR-RTS''); followed by ``SCHEME'' (or ``SCH'').
    b. 5-digit carrier routes, required except for trays, permitted for 
bundles, sacks, trays, and cartons. Allowed with no weight minimum for 
bundles. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-
digit ZIP Code. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: City, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination (see 
8.6.4c for overseas military mail).
    2. Line 2: For flats and Marketing parcels (Product Samples only), 
``STD FLTS'' or ``STD MKTG,'' as applicable; followed by ``CARRIER 
ROUTES'' (or ``CR-RTS''). For letters, ``STD LTRS''; followed by 
``CARRIER ROUTES'' (or ``CR-RTS''); followed by ``BC'' if pallet 
contains barcoded letters; followed by ``MACH'' if pallet contains 
machinable letters; followed by ``MAN'' if pallet contains 
nonmachinable letters.
    [Revise heading of 14.0 to read as follows:]

14.0 FSS Scheme Preparation

    [Revise the entire text of 14.1 to read as follows:]

14.1 General

    All presorted and basic carrier route Standard Mail, presorted and 
carrier route Bound Printed Matter (BPM), and Periodicals flats meeting 
the standards in 201 must be sorted to FSS schemes, properly bundled 
and placed on or in pallets, trays, sacks, or approved alternate 
containers, for FSS scheme ZIP Code combinations within the same 
facility. Mailings that include 10 or more pieces of Standard Mail 
flats, 6 or more pieces of Periodicals flats, or 10 or more pieces (or 
10 or more pounds) of BPM flats to an FSS scheme must be prepared in 
FSS scheme bundles. The Postal Service also recommends the use of 
authorized flat trays in lieu of sacks for FSS bundles. FSS scheme 
bundles that are not required to be placed in a FSS scheme or FSS 
facility container are combined with bundles of non-FSS sorted bundles 
and placed on an applicable SCF, 3-digit or NDC container. Mailers must 
prepare FSS scheme qualifying mailpieces for each individual FSS scheme 
combination, and then prepare bundles of uniform size from those 
pieces. Mailings (excluding saturation mailings of Standard Mail or 
Periodicals flats) with nonpresorted BPM flats may be included in FSS 
preparation, but will not be eligible for presorted, FSS scheme, FSS 
scheme container, FSS facility container or carrier route prices. 
Mailpieces and bundles must also be prepared as follows:
    a. Bundles for all FSS schemes must be identified as an FSS scheme 
presort with an optional endorsement line under 708.7.0, or when 
authorized, using a red Label 5 SCH barcoded pressure-sensitive bundle 
label.
    b. It is recommended that all pieces placed into an FSS scheme 
bundle be barcoded, and bear an accurate delivery point Intelligent 
Mail barcode with an accurate 11-digit routing code.
    c. All FSS scheme bundles must be prepared in bundles with a 3-inch 
minimum and a 6.5-inch maximum height. ``Leveling'' (adjusting bundle 
heights within an FSS Scheme to avoid overflow bundles) of the bundles 
within each scheme is encouraged. Bundles must be placed on or in 
sacks, trays, pallets or alternate authorized container to form layers 
of consistent thickness; bundles of uneven thickness must be counter-
stacked on pallets or approved alternate container in accordance with 
8.5.8. Except for one overflow bundle that may be under the minimum 
size, all bundles within each FSS scheme must be of uniform size.
    d. Pallets must be prepared under 8.0 and labeled under 8.6, with a 
pallet placard bearing an Intelligent Mail container barcode as 
described in 708.6.4.
    e. An FSS scheme pallet, or approved alternate container, must be 
made when 250 pounds or more of bundles are available for an individual 
FSS scheme. Bundles remaining after palletization may be placed in 
sacks (or flat trays if approved) or approved alternate container.
    f. FSS scheme bundles for multiple schemes processed at one 
facility according to column C, L006 may be combined on an FSS facility 
pallet or approved alternate container if quantities are less than 250 
pounds.
    g. Sacks and trays containing flat-size pieces prepared under FSS 
schemes must meet the applicable sacking standards in 14.2, 14.3, and 
14.4 and be labeled with Intelligent Mail tray or sack label under 
708.6.

14.2 Periodicals

14.2.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the entire text of 14.2.1 to read as follows:]
    All Periodicals flats meeting the standards in 201 (nonmachinable 
flats up to \3/4\ inch thick may be included if they meet the standards 
in 705.14) and destinating to FSS sites as shown in L006 must be 
prepared according to these standards. Mailings of In-County 
Periodicals flats and the associated Outside-County Periodicals flats 
mailings of 5,000 pieces or less may be prepared according to these 
standards. Periodicals are subject to the following:
    a. Pricing eligibility is based on 207.11.0 through 207.14.0. All 
Periodicals flats prepared under these standards will be assessed the 
FSS scheme price. FSS bundles placed on FSS scheme or FSS facility 
pallets, sacks, trays, or approved alternate container will claim the 
FSS scheme bundle price.
    b. FSS scheme pallets will be assessed the FSS scheme Pallet price. 
FSS facility sort level pallets will be charged an FSS Facility Pallet 
container price. FSS scheme sacks or trays will be assessed the FSS 
scheme Sack/Tray price. Pallets, sacks and trays entered at a DFSS will 
claim the DFSS entry price.
    c. The Outside-County pound price will be DFSS price. The Inside-
County price will claim prices for the ``None'' entry level.
    d. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 
708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS prices in accordance with 
207.14.0 and 207.25.0.
    e. Each bundle must be identified with a ``SCH 5-DIGIT FSS'' 
optional endorsement line in accordance with Exhibit 708.7.1.1, or when 
authorized, using a red Label 5 SCH barcoded pressure-sensitive bundle 
label.
    f. All FSS schemed Periodicals mailpieces prepared on FSS scheme 
pallets must be prepared in uniform size bundles, between 3 inches and 
6.5 inches in height and secured under 203.3.0, except that one 
overflow bundle per mailpiece pool may be under the minimum size. All 
Periodicals FSS scheme mailpieces must meet the standards in 705.14.0.

14.2.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the second and third sentences of the introductory text of 
14.2.2 to read as follows:]
    * * * Residual bundles may be included with non-FSS bundles and

[[Page 25563]]

placed directly on 3-digit, SCF, or ADC pallets in accordance with 
8.10.2, or placed in sacks or approved alternate containers. 
Preparation sequence and labeling is as follows:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.2.2b and 14.2.2b1 to read as follows:]
    b. FSS facility, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS 
scheme bundles prepared for the FSS sort plans processed within the 
same facility, as shown in L006. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L006, column C.
* * * * *

14.2.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory text of 14.2.3 to 
read as follows:]
    Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be 
placed in sacks or approved alternate containers when 250 pounds are 
not available to a presort destination (including DFSS sites). * * * 
Preparation and labeling:
    [Revise 14.2.3 item a to read as follows:]
    a. FSS scheme, required at 72 pieces, optional at 24 pieces (fewer 
pieces not permitted), permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared 
for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006; labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.2.3 item b to read as follows:]
    b. FSS facility, optional with a minimum of 24 pieces (fewer pieces 
not permitted), permitted only for FSS bundles prepared for the FSS 
sort plans processed within the same facility, as shown in L006; 
labeling:
* * * * *

14.3 Standard Mail

14.3.1 Basic Standards

* * * * *
    * * * Standard Mail flats are subject to the following:
    [Revise 14.3.1 item b to read as follows:]
    b. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 
708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS scheme prices in 
accordance with 243.
    [Delete 14.3.1 item c in its entirety; then, renumber current items 
d and e as new items c and d; then, and revise renumbered item d to 
read as follows:]
    d. Standard Mail FSS scheme mailpieces must meet all the standards 
in 705.14.1.
* * * * *

14.3.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    * * * Preparation sequence and labeling:
    [Revise 14.3.2 item a to read as follows:]
    a. FSS scheme, required (optional under 250 pounds), no minimum, 
permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, 
as shown in L006. Labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.3.2 items b and b1 to read as follows:]
    b. FSS facility, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS 
scheme bundles prepared for the FSS scheme processed within the same 
facility, as shown in L006. Labeling:
    1. Line 1: L006, column C.
* * * * *

14.3.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the first sentence of the introductory text of 14.3.3 to 
read as follows:]
    Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be 
placed in sacks or approved alternate containers when 250 pounds are 
not available to a FSS scheme, L006. * * * Preparation and labeling:
    [Revise 14.3.3 item a to read as follows:]
    a. FSS scheme, required at 125 pieces or 15 pounds, permitted only 
for FSS scheme bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in 
L006; labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.3.3 item b to read as follows:]
    b. FSS facility, optional with a minimum of 125 pieces or 15 
pounds, permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS 
schemes processed within the same facility, as shown in L006; labeling:
* * * * *

14.4 Bound Printed Matter

14.4.1 Basic Standards

    [Revise the introductory text of 14.4.1 to read as follows:]
    Bound Printed Matter (BPM) flats eligible for, and paid at FSS 
Scheme prices and that meet the standards in 201, must be prepared in 
FSS scheme bundles and placed on pallets, or in flat trays, sacks, or 
approved alternate containers, for delivery to ZIP Codes having FSS 
processing capability, as shown in L006. BPM flats are subject to the 
following:
* * * * *
    [Revise 14.4.1 item b to read as follows:]
    c. Mailers must provide standardized presort documentation under 
708.1.0 that demonstrates eligibility for FSS scheme prices in 
accordance with 263.
    [Revise 14.4.1 item c to read as follows:]
    c. Mailers must prepare all eligible flat-size mailpieces into FSS 
scheme bundles according to L006.
* * * * *

14.4.2 Pallet Preparation and Labeling

    * * * Preparation sequence and labeling:
* * * * *
    b. FSS facility sort, optional, no minimum, permitted only for FSS 
bundles prepared for the FSS schemes processed within the same 
facility, as shown in L006. Labeling:
    [Revise 14.4.2 item b1 to read as follows]
    1. Line 1: L006, Column C.
* * * * *

14.4.3 Sack Preparation and Labeling

    [Revise the introductory text of 14.4.3 to read as follows:]
    Properly prepared flat-size mailpieces in FSS scheme bundles may be 
placed in trays, sacks, or approved alternate containers when 250 
pounds are not available to an FSS scheme. FSS scheme bundles may be 
placed in mixed NDC sacks or alternate containers, or combined with 
non-FSS bundles and placed in 3-digit, SCF, ADC, and mixed ADC sacks or 
alternate containers. Preparation and labeling:
    [Revise 14.4.3 item a to read as follows:]
    a. FSS scheme, required at 20 pieces, permitted only for FSS scheme 
bundles prepared for a single FSS scheme, as shown in L006; labeling:
* * * * *
    [Revise the text of 14.4.3b as follows:]
    b. FSS facility sort, optional with a minimum of 20 pieces, 
permitted only for FSS scheme bundles prepared for the FSS schemes 
processed within the same facility, as shown in L006.
* * * * *

23.0 Full-Service Automation Option

* * * * *

23.2 General Eligibility Standards

    [Revise the introductory text of 23.2 to read as follows:]
    First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and Standard Mail letters and flats 
meeting eligibility requirements for automation or carrier route prices 
(except for Standard Mail ECR saturation flats), and Bound Printed 
Matter presorted or carrier route barcoded flats, are potentially 
eligible for full-service incentives. All pieces entered under full 
service pricing must:
* * * * *

[[Page 25564]]

708 Technical Specifications

1.0 Standardized Documentation for First-Class Mail, Periodicals, 
Standard Mail, and Flat-Size Bound Printed Matter

* * * * *

1.2 Format and Content

    For First-Class Mail, Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Bound Printed 
Matter, standardized documentation includes:
* * * * *
    c. For mail in trays or sacks, list these required elements:
    [Insert a new second sentence in the text of 1.2c item 4 to read as 
follows:]
* * * * *
    4. * * * For pieces prepared in FSS scheme bundles, list by 5-digit 
ZIP Code within each bundle. * * *
* * * * *

1.3 Price Level Column Headings

    The actual name of the price level (or abbreviation) is used for 
column headings required by 1.2 and shown below:
    a. Automation First-Class Mail, Standard Mail, and barcoded 
Periodicals:
    [Revise the table in 1.3 item a to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Price                             Abbreviation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FSS [Periodicals flats, Standard Mail      SB
 flats] 5-Digit [First-Class Mail letters  5B
 and flats, Periodicals letters and
 flats, and Standard Mail letters and
 flats].
3-Digit [First-Class Mail letters and      3B
 flats, Periodicals letters and flats,
 and Standard Mail letters and flats].
AADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and   AB
 Standard Mail letters].
ADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals, and    AB
 Standard Mail Flats].
Mixed AADC [First-Class Mail,              MB
 Periodicals, and Standard Mail letters].
Mixed ADC [First-Class Mail, Periodicals,  MB
 and Standard Mail flats].
Basic [In-County Periodicals]............  BB
Firm [Outside-County Periodicals]........  FB
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    b. Presorted First-Class Mail, barcoded and nonbarcoded Periodicals 
flats, nonbarcoded Periodicals letters, and machinable and 
nonmachinable Standard Mail:
    [Revise the table in 1.3 item b to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Price                             Abbreviation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Presorted [First-Class Mail letters/       Presort
 cards, flats, and parcels].
5-Digit [First-Class Mail parcels, all     5D
 Standard Mail, and Periodicals letters].
FSS [Periodicals flats, Standard Mail      SB
 flats].
3-Digit [First-Class Mail parcels, all     3D
 Standard Mail and Periodicals letters].
SCF [for Standard Mail parcels]..........  SCF
AADC [Standard Mail machinable letters]..  AB
ADC [First-Class Mail parcels, First-      AD
 Class Mail Package Service parcels,
 Standard Mail nonmachinable letters,
 flats, and irregular parcels and all
 Periodicals].
Basic [In-County Periodicals]............  BS
Mixed AADC [Standard Mail machinable       MB
 letters].
Mixed ADC [Standard Mail nonmachinable     MD
 letters, flats, irregular parcels; and
 all Periodicals].
Mixed ADC [First-Class Mail parcels].....  SP
NDC [Standard Mail machinable parcels and  NDC
 Marketing parcels 6 ounces and over].
Mixed NDC [Standard Mail machinable        MNDC
 parcels and Marketing parcels 6 ounces
 and over].
Firm [Outside-County Periodicals]........  FB
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    c. Carrier Route Periodicals and Enhanced Carrier Route Standard 
Mail:
* * * * *

1.4 Sortation Level

    The actual sortation level (or corresponding abbreviation) is used 
for the bundle, tray, sack, or pallet levels required by 1.2 and shown 
below:
    [Revise the table in 1.4 to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Sortation level                        Abbreviation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrier Route............................  CRD
5-Digit Carrier Routes...................  CR5
5-Digit Scheme Carrier Routes [sacks and   CR5S
 pallets, Periodicals flats and irregular
 parcels, Standard Mail flats].
5-Digit Scheme [barcoded and machinable    5DGS
 letters].
5-Digit Scheme [pallets, Periodicals       5DGS
 flats and irregular parcels, Standard
 Mail flats, Bound Printed Matter flats].
Merged 5-Digit [sacks and pallets,         M5D
 Periodicals flats and irregular parcels,
 Standard Mail flats].
Merged 5-Digit Scheme [sacks and pallets,  M5DS
 Periodicals flats and irregular parcels,
 Standard Mail flats].
5-Digit FSS Scheme [bundle, tray, sack or  5DG
 other approved container, Periodicals     FSS
 flats, Standard Mail flats, Bound
 Printed Matter flats]].
3-Digit Carrier Routes...................  CR3
3-Digit Scheme [barcoded letters,          3DGS
 barcoded and co-bundled flats].
Merged 3-Digit [sacks, Periodicals flats   M3D
 and irregular parcels].
3-Digit..................................  3DG
ADC......................................  ADC
ADC [pallets created from bundle           PADC
 reallocation].
AADC.....................................  AADC
Mixed ADC................................  MADC
Origin Mixed ADC.........................  OMX
Mixed AADC...............................  MAAD
SCF [sacks and pallets, Periodicals        SCF
 flats, Bound Printed Matter, Standard
 Mail irregular parcels less than 6
 ounces].
SCF [pallets created from bundle           PSCF
 reallocation].
NDC......................................  NDC
ASF......................................  ASF
NDC [pallets created from bundle           PNDC
 reallocation].
Mixed NDC [working]......................  MNDC
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

1.6 Detailed Zone Listing for Periodicals

1.6.1 Definition and Retention

    [Revise the first sentence of 1.6.1 to read as follows:]
    The publisher must be able to present documentation to support the 
number of copies of each edition of an issue, by entry point, mailed to 
each zone, and at DDU, DFSS, DSCF, DADC, DNDC, and In-County prices.* * 
*
* * * * *

1.6.3 Zone Abbreviations

    Use the actual price name or the authorized zone abbreviation in 
the listings in 1.0 and 207.17.4.2:
    [Revise the table in 1.6.3 to read as follows:]

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Zone abbreviation                     Rate equivalent
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ICD......................................  In-County, DDU
IC.......................................  In-County, Others
DDU......................................  Outside-County, DDU

[[Page 25565]]

 
FSS......................................  Outside-County, DFSS
SCF......................................  Outside-County, DSCF
ADC......................................  Outside-County, DADC
1-2 or 1/2...............................  zones 1 and 2
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (as applicable).........  zones 3 through 8 (as
                                            applicable)
M........................................  mixed zones
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

1.7.2 Outside-County Container Report

    The container report must contain, at a minimum, the following 
elements:
* * * * *
    [Revise 1.7.2 item d to read as follows:]
    d. Container entry level (origin, DDU, DFSS, DSCF, DADC, or DNDC).
* * * * *

6.0 Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels, Sack Labels, and Container 
Placards

* * * * *

6.2 Specifications for Barcoded Tray and Sack Labels

* * * * *

6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers

    * * * See Exhibit 6.2.4.

Exhibit 6.2.4 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers

    [Update Exhibit 6.2.4, 3-Digit Content Identifier Numbers, to read 
as follows:]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Class and mailing                   CIN                 Human-readable content line
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Priority Mail Express Open and Distribute
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Priority Mail Open and Distribute
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      First-Class Package Service, Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
           All Other Classes, Parcels
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                First-Class Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            FCM Letters--Automation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
     FCM Letters--Nonautomation Machinable
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      FCM Letters--Presorted Nonmachinable
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
           FCM Letters--Single-Piece
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
             FCM Flats--Automation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
              FCM Flats--Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 FCM Flats--Co-trayed Automation and Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
            FCM Flats--Single-Piece
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
             FC Parcels--Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Periodicals (PER)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           PER Letters--Carrier Route
 
 

[[Page 25566]]

 
                                                  * * * * * * *
       PER Letters--Barcoded (Automation)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
    PER Letters--Nonbarcoded (Nonautomation)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
            PER Flats--Carrier Route
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
              PER Flats--Barcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
             PER Flats--Nonbarcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 PER Flats--Co-sacked Barcoded and Nonbarcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 PER Flats--Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and
                  Nonbarcoded
 
    merged 5-digit sacks.......................     339  PER FLTS CR/5D.
    merged 5-digit scheme sacks................     349  PER FLTS CR/5D SCH.
    FSS scheme.................................     707  PER FLTS 5D FSS SCH BC.
    FSS facility...............................     703  PER FLTS 5D FSS FAC BC.
    merged 3-digit sacks.......................     352  PER FLTS CR/5D/3D.
 
PER Irregular Parcels--Merged Carrier Route and
                   Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      PER Irregular Parcels--Carrier Route
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
        PER Irregular Parcels--Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Periodicals (NEWS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          NEWS Letters--Carrier Route
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      NEWS Letters--Barcoded (Automation)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
   NEWS Letters--Nonbarcoded (Nonautomation)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
           NEWS Flats--Carrier Route
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
              NEWS Flats--Barcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
            NEWS Flats--Nonbarcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 NEWS Flats--Co-sacked Barcoded and Nonbarcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
NEWS Flats--Merged Carrier Route, Barcoded, and
                  Nonbarcoded
    merged 5-digit.............................     439  NEWS FLTS CR/5D.
    merged 5-digit scheme......................     449  NEWS FLTS CR/5D SCH.
    FSS scheme.................................     708  NEWS FLTS 5D FSS SCH.
    FSS facility...............................     704  BC NEWS FLTS 5D FSS FAC.
    merged 3-digit sacks.......................     452  BC NEWS FLTS CR/5D/3D.
 
   Regular Parcels--Merged Carrier Route and
                   Presorted
 
 

[[Page 25567]]

 
                                                  * * * * * * *
     NEWS Irregular Parcels--Carrier Route
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
       NEWS Irregular Parcels--Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Standard Mail
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ECR Letters--Barcoded
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
    ECR Letters--Nonautomation (Machinable)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
   ECR Letters--Nonautomation (Nonmachinable)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
            STD Letters--Automation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
     STD Letters--Nonautomation Machinable
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      STD Letters--Presorted Nonmachinable
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  STD Letters--Residual Pieces Subject to FCM
              Single-Piece Prices
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Enhanced Carrier Route Flats--Nonautomation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
      STD Flats--Co-sacked Automation and
                 Nonautomation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  STD Flats--Merged Carrier Route, Automation,
                 and Presorted
 
    merged 5-digit.............................     539  STD FLTS CR/5D.
    merged 5-digit scheme......................     549  STD FLTS CR/5D SCH.
    FSS scheme.................................     709  STD FLTS 5D FSS SCH BC.
    FSS facility...............................     705  STD FLTS 5D FSS FAC BC.
 
             STD Flats--Automation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
            STD Flats--Nonautomation
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
   STD Flats--Residual Pieces Subject to FCM
              Single-Piece Prices
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
          Customized MarketMail (CMM)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
             ECR Marketing Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
   STD Marketing Parcels Less Than 6 oz. and
               Irregular Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
    STD Marketing Parcels 6 oz. or More and
               Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
STD Machinable and Irregular Parcels--Presorted
 
 

[[Page 25568]]

 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Package Services
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Carrier Route BPM--Flats
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
              Presorted BPM--Flats
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
        Presorted BPM--Automation Flats
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  BPM Flats--Co-sacked Barcoded and Presorted
 
    5-digit scheme sacks.......................     648  PSVC FLTS 5D SCH BC/NBC.
    FSS scheme.................................     710  PSVC FLTS 5D FSS SCH.
    FSS facility...............................     706  BC PSVC FLTS 5D FSS FAC.
    5-digit sacks..............................     648  BC PSVC FLTS 5D BC/NBC.
    3-digit sacks..............................     661  PSVC FLTS 3D BC/NBC.
    SCF sacks..................................     667  PSVC FLTS SCF BC/NBC.
    ADC sacks..................................     668  PSVC FLTS ADC BC/NBC.
    mixed ADC sacks............................     669  PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.
 
      Carrier Route BPM--Irregular Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
        Presorted BPM--Irregular Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
     Carrier Route BPM--Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
       Presorted BPM--Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Media Mail and Library Mail Flats--Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
Media Mail and Library Mail Irregular Parcels--
                   Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
Media Mail and Library Mail Machinable Parcels--
                   Presorted
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Parcel Select
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Parcel Select Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
       Parcel Select DSCF and DDU Prices
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
    Parcel Select--Irregular (Nonmachinable)
                    Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Parcel Select Lightweight Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Parcel Select Lightweight Irregular Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Combined Package Services and Parcel Select
                    Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and
          Standard Machinable Parcels
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and
             Standard--All Parcels
 
 

[[Page 25569]]

 
                                                  * * * * * * *
 Combined Package Services, Parcel Select, and
Standard--Irregular Parcels 2 up to 6 oz. (APPS-
                  Machinable)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
  Combined PSVC & STD--Irregular Parcels Less
   Than 2 oz., and Tubes and Rolls (Not APPS-
                  Machinable)
 
 
                                                  * * * * * * *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We will publish appropriate amendment to 39 CFR part 111 to reflect 
these changes.

Stanley F. Mires,
Attorney, Federal Requirements.
[FR Doc. 2015-10029 Filed 5-1-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7710-12-P
This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.